GETTYSBURG

Gettysburg College

Sesquicentennial Catalogue Issue 1981/82 (s^e^Rfs 42^5

L,- ^ GTJ,fTrFVCTIIT I'D C* I:jL 11 < Uj jt

Catalogue 1981/82

Gettysburg College

Gettysburg, Pennsylvania 17325 TABLE OF CONTENTS

3 Gettysburg College — The Community

21 Academic Policies and Programs Academic Purposes, Honor Code, Curriculum, January Term, Degree Requirements, Registra- tion, Grading, Individualized Study and Seminars, Computer Courses, Teacher Education Program, Music Education, Off-Campus Programs, Preprofessional Preparation, Cooperative Programs, Honors and Awards

45 Courses of Study

115 Campus Life Living Accommodations, Dining Accommodations, Religious Life, Student Conduct, Student Government, Cultural Activities, Student Communication Media, Student Organizations and Activities, Athletics, Student Services, Facilities

129 Admissions, Expenses, and Financial Aid Admissions Policy and Procedures, Comprehensive Academic Fee Plan, Board, Room Rents, Payment of Bills, Housing Policy, Refund Policy, Insurance, Student Financial Aid

141 Register

Board of Trustees, Administration, The Faculty, Other Instructional and Administrative Personnel, Calendar, Statistical Summary, Endowment Funds

161 Index

Gettysburg, USPS 218-120 Catalogue Issue, Vol. 71, No. 5, April 1981 /Gettysburg College/Gettysburg, Pennsylvania 17325

Published six times a year: August, October, November, February, April, and May. Second class postage paid at Gettysburg, Pa. 17325. Send POD Form 3579 to Gettysburg College, Gettysburg, Pa. 17325.

The provisions of this catalogue are not to be regarded as an irrevocable contract between the College and the student. The College reserves the right to change any provision or requirement at any time. GJLll I iSDUliU | Gettysburg College— The Community fc^j \ A heritage ofexcellence GETTYSBURG COLLEGE rrr 1832/1982 V K

MFl'S or E'EXXSYLVAXIA COLLEGE I'AKEX tiii: veah or I'. VTTLK OF (JETTYSliURG

This catalogue is designed to help commemorate mitment to teach young people to respond to Gettysburg College's 150th birthday, its Sesqui- change in the contemporary world. Focus on the centennial, which will take place in 1982. The future promise of the College is inherent in the College was granted its charter on April 7, 1832 Sesquicentennial theme: "The Liberal Arts and and was opened for admission of students on Visions of the American Future."

November 7, 1832. It is the oldest Lutheran Gettysburg College's heritage of excellence for affiliated college in the United States. 1 50 years is symbolized by the Sesquicentennial The official celebration week for the Sesqui- logo at the top of this page and recounted through centennial will be April 1-7, 1982. During this the significant dates and facts from the College's week the College will both look back upon its rich history that appear on the top of many of the history and look forward to its continuing com- pages that follow. Gettysburg College — The Community Sj\

Ir r r

Most of the roads which bring you to Gettysburg Ultimately, this type of education is the most College in the historic of in town Gettysburg South practical of all because it equips you to make a Central Pennsylvania will cross the site of the creative approach to problems— present or famous Civil War Battle of 1863. During those future. In addition, Gettysburg believes strongly three hot July days, Pennsylvania Hall— which is that such an education will foster in you a high still the center of the campus— served as a sensitivity to moral and spiritual values along with hospital for both Union and Confederate forces. a quest for knowledge which will continue after the Today town of Gettysburg is larger but less completion of formal studies. turbulent than in 1863. It is virtually encircled by a 3500-acre National Military Park; the surround- Although training for specific jobs is not seen as a ing countryside is rural, consisting primarily of primary function of a liberal arts education, farms and orchards in rolling countryside with Gettysburg does not ignore your appropriate large expanses of undisturbed woodland. concern about careers. The College offers a

Gettysburg College, like the town of which it is a career services program; preparation and part, has grown since its Civil War days. It now has certification for teaching; advisory services for a campus of 200 acres and seeks to limit its prelaw and premedical students; opportunities for enrollment to 1900 students. It is a private, student internships in a variety of fields; and independent college that is one of the 18 colleges concentration in a major field as preparation affiliated with The Lutheran Church in America. either for further specialization in graduate or Yet since its founding in 1832 by Lutherans and professional school, or for work in business, local community leaders, the College's purpose industry, or government. has remained the same: to offer a quality liberal arts education to students of all faiths.

The goals of the educational program at Gettysburg are to develop your capacity to think logically and use language clearly, to give you a rigorous introduction to the assumptions and the methods of a representative variety of academic disciplines, and to acquaint you with the range and diversity of human customs, pursuits, ideas, values, and longings. /jg\ 7827 S. S. Schmucker organizes Gettysburg Classical School

err

Academic programs at Gettysburg provide you with both a broad range of intellectual experiences and the individual attention you need to make the best use of those experiences. One of the advantages of an education at Gettysburg is the preponderance of small classes, especially in more advanced courses. A student-faculty ratio of 13:1 helps to assure close relationships between you and your professors.

You may select a major field of study from any one of 21 academic areas: art, biology, business administration, chemistry, economics, English, French, German, Greek, health and physical education, history, Latin, mathematics, music, philosophy, physics, political science, psychology, religion, sociology and anthropology, and Spanish.

If you want to concentrate your academic program on a particular problem or area of investigation which involves courses in several different departments, you may design your own major. A Special Major can cover broad areas such as American Studies, or it can focus on a specific topic, such as Community Planning and Administration.

The College's distribution requirements assure your acquaintance with several broad areas of study. After you select a major field of study, ample opportunity is provided for electives in fields of your choice.

The 4-1-4 academic calendar at Gettysburg allows you to spend the entire month of January concentrating upon one course to provide an exciting, intensive, academic experience in an area in which you have special interest.

Individualized study projects in the fall and spring terms can also help you explore your special interests. The academic program exists to serve you, the individual student.

You will have a faculty adviser to assist you in planning your academic program. Academic counseling is available, as is counseling for non- academic personal matters. Gettysburg wants you to succeed, and the faculty and staff are dedicated to helping you. Gettysburg College — The Community /jZ\

rrr Ov| 1829 Gettysburg Classical School becomes Gettysburg Gymnasium

Ir r r

Preparation for your career may be very a Through membership in the four-college Central much part of your studies at Gettysburg. the Pennsylvania Consortium and through other off- Through campus and cooperative programs, Gettysburg teacher education programs you can become certified to teach in elementary education, music offers you academic opportunities beyond our education, or in one of 11 different secondary campus. The Consortium sponsors a semester in education fields. Urban Studies in Harrisburg. Other off-campus programs include the Washington Semester in Gettysburg offers all the courses necessary for government or the Washington Economic Policy you to enter the medical, dental, or veterinary Semester with American University and the medicine school of your choice. Prelegal United Nations Semester at Drew University. preparation does not require specific courses, but Many students each year study in foreign for students interested in either medical or legal countries under our Junior Year Abroad program careers, we have special advisory committees to and India program. help students plan their courses and to help them obtain admission to Gettysburg has cooperative programs in the professional school they engineering with Pennsylvania State University, choose. Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute and Washington Gettysburg lets you take much of the respon- University of St. Louis. There is a cooperative sibility for choosing an academic program forestry and environmental studies program with that meets your needs and interests. Regardless Duke University. Under all of these programs a of the courses you select, the classes at student begins his or her career at Gettysburg Gettysburg will challenge you intellectually so and completes it at the cooperating university, you can feel the satisfaction that comes only from earning degrees from both institutions. meeting that challenge and succeeding. Gettysburg College — The Community fj^ rn 7832 April 7: Legislature elevates Gettysburg Gymnasium into 10 ^a Pennsylvania College of Gettysburg /j^\ Gettysburg College — The Community 11

rrr

The faculty at Gettysburg is the heart of the College's excellence as an academic institution. The faculty members not only are highly skilled as scholars and teachers but are very much interested in the growth and development of you, the student.

The faculty is concerned with the continued improvement of its teaching skills. Funds for such improvement have come from grants from two major foundations in recognition of the College's commitment to excellence in undergraduate teaching and from the College's own resources.

Teaching occurs most obviously in the classroom, but it does not stop there. As a student, you will be encouraged to talk to your professors after class and during office hours. You will have afacultyadvisertoturntoforadvice or just for conversation.

The relationship between students and faculty need not end at graduation. Recently, a professor in the Political Science Department has published articles as co-author with a former student who is now a practicing attorney. Student-faculty relations continue on a social as well as a scholarly level. If you visit the home of a faculty member during Homecoming Weekend or Commencement, you may find former students as guests.

The first blind student admitted to medical school in the United States in this century was a Gettysburg graduate. His story was the subject of the motion picture made for television, "Journey From Darkness" and the book, White Coat, White Cane. Most students do not require the special attention from faculty and other students that was needed to prepare a blind student for medical school, but when an individual student needs such attention, Gettysburg tries to pro-

vide it.

While emphasizing the teaching of undergradu- ates, the faculty is also concerned with scholarly achievement. Three-quarters hold the doctoral degree or the highest earned degree in their fields, and many publish books and articles in scholarly journals. These scholarly activities assure that faculty members keep up with— and contribute to— the latest developments in their fields. These scholarly achievements thus help to make the faculty better teachers.

The faculty at Gettysburg is a group of trained scholars and skilled teachers with a warm, personal interest in you, the student. 12 r<2>l 1832 November 7: College begins admitting students

rrr

Musselman Library/Learning Resources Center in final construction stage Gettysburg College — The Community £E\ 13

Gettysburg's 200-acre campus and 44 buildings The College Union Building with its many provide you with excellent facilities forall aspects features— including bowling alleys and an

of college life. Olympic-size swimming pool— is a center of student life on the campus. The center of the academic facilities is the new Musselman Library/Learning Resources Center. Other recreational and athletic facilities include Total library collections include approximately two gymnasiums, a fieldhouse, a stadium with a 255,000 volumes, 34,000 microforms, 32,000 football field and quarter-mile cinder track, and government publications, 10,000 records, and five additional outdoor athletic fields. Both indoor subscriptions to 1,100 journals. and outdoor tennis courts are available. Today a college needs more than an excellent The well-equipped College Infirmary has 12 library. New instructional techniques must be double rooms for in-patients, a two-bed isolation available. Gettysburg's computer center has a room, a kitchen, nurses' quarters, and treatment, sophisticated Burroughs 6800 computer which examining, and consulting rooms. permits use in every major computer language to Although most major buildings on campus have College has a serve your educational needs. The been built in the last 25 years, the original campus theatre laboratory modern language laboratory, a building— Pennsylvania Hall, built in 1837— has 16- studio, a greenhouse, an observatory with a been renovated and serves as the center for inch telescope, and a planetarium with a 30-foot administrative personnel. Many other older dome on which paths of planets and stars are projected.

Gettysburg is fortunate to have both an RCA EMU4 transmission electron microscope (TEM) and a JEOL TS20 scanning electron micro- scope (SEM) so that students in the sciences can do any advanced work for which an electron microscope is a necessity.

Ten residence halls, 1 1 fraternity houses, and four cottages provide you with variety in your housing choices. Eighty percent of the students live in College residences or fraternity houses. The College dining hall provides meals on eithera contract or occasional basis. 14 /CE\ 1834-1850 Charles Philip Krauth is President

ir rr

buildings on campus have been renovated so that their exteriors retain the architectural charm of their period of construction while the interiors contain modern facilities.

A full and diverse program of cultural, extra- curricular, and religious activities is provided to enrich your personal and academic growth as well as to provide enjoyment and relaxation.

Student responsibility is promoted through student participation in a number of committees and organizations. Because Gettysburg is a residential College, the Student Life Council is particularly important. Students play a vital role in the work of this Council, which reviews the

College's policies for residential life and student conduct. An elected Student Senate is the main organization of student government. Students also run the Honor Commission, which administers the student Honor Code, and the Student Conduct Review Board, which handles disciplinary cases within the student body.

The College has a full calendar of cultural activities. Concerts, plays, and lectures occur frequently. Student performing groups include the Gettysburg College Choir, which has received international recognition, the Chapel Choir, the College Marching and Symphonic Bands, the Gettysburg College Orchestra, the Owl and Nightingale Players, who present four major theatrical productions each year, and the Laboratory Theatre, which performs a dozen shorter works.

The College Union is the center of student activities on campus. Many events such as concerts, lectures, films, and dances are held in the ballroom of the Union. The Bullet Hole, also in the Union, is a snack bar that serves as an informal meeting place for the campus.

Social events are also provided by fraternities and

sororities. Gettysburg has 1 1 fraternities and seven sororities, all of which are nationally affiliated.

In addition to the social fraternities and sororities, the College has many departmental, professional, and honorary societies. There are honorary fraternities or clubs for students in 16 different academic areas. Gettysburg also has a chapter of Phi Beta Kappa, the national academic honorary fraternity. Gettysburg College — The Community /Jl\ 15

rrr 16 fj^\ 7834 Legislature votes $18,000 for first College building

To keep you informed about happenings on field hockey, volleyball, cross country, basketball, campus, there is the student newspaper, The swimming, lacrosse, softball, and tennis. student-run radio station, Gettysburgian, the FM The College is a member of the Middle Atlantic WZBT, a weekly announcement sheet, This Week States Athletic Conference and enjoys well frequent informal at Gettysburg, and a more balanced athletic rivalries with otherteams in that "Potpourii." news- announcement sheet The division. paper and radio station offer you opportunities to learn about all aspects of journalism and radio After you take advantage of all that Gettysburg broadcasting. has to offer you, you may wish to pursue further Other Gettysburg student publications include graduate study or to enter your career field immediately. be undecided. career The Spectrum, the College yearbook, and The You may The services office will help you to clarify your goals Mercury, a journal of student poems, short stories, and interests so you can make a wise career photographs, and art work. choice. This office maintains a library that At Gettysburg all students can participate in some includes vocational information, and information supervised sport. Depending upon your athletic about graduate studies. Employment interviews ability, you may choose to be part of the extensive with companies are offered on campus; more intramural program for men and women orto play important, however, the career services office on one of 20 varsity teams. The intercollegiate gives training in how to find out about and apply program for men includes football, soccer, for jobs wherever you may wish to work. basketball, swimming, wrestling, lacrosse, tennis,

cross country, rifle, baseball, golf, and track and Student life at Gettysburg is lively and diverse. field. The teams in rifle, baseball, golf, and track There is one simple goal for all the organized and field are open to both men and women. In activities on campus— to enhance the full range addition, there are separate women's teams in of your liberal education. Gettysburg College — The Community 17

1980 National Division III Field Hockey Champions 18 /J*\ 1834 First Commencement takes place

Admission to Gettysburg is on the basis of high academic attainment, evidence of ability to do good college work as indicated by aptitude tests, and personal qualities. The College welcomes applications from students of differing ethnic, religious, racial, economic, and geographic settings. Applications for admission are due no

later than February 1 5 of your senior year. Offers

of acceptance are usually sent by April 1 . If you apply under the Early Decision Plan, you submit your application before November 15 of your senior year, and you will be notified of acceptance in early December. Total expenses covering comprehensive academic fee, room, board, and books and

supplies are estimated at $7400 for the 1 981 -82 academic year. Additional costs include personal expenses such as laundry and clothing, transportation, etc. A generous program of financial aid is available for students who are unable to finance their entire education from family and/or personal resources.

The College catalogue cannot give the full flavor of Gettysburg. When we ask our students "Why did you choose to come to Gettysburg?" most of them mention the College's academic programs, but they also talk about the friendliness that is

Gettysburg. One student said it this way: "I felt so

at home when I visited Gettysburg that I knew I

wanted to go there. It seemed the people cared more and noticed me more. When you don't know anyone, simple but meaningful gestures of kindness are never forgotten."

Only by visiting Gettysburg can you gain a fuller understanding of what a Gettysburg education can mean to you. As you sit in on a class, talk to a professor, or chat with students at the Bullet Hole,

you will begin to appreciate all the ways that you can benefit from attending Gettysburg. The admissions staff can answer any specific ques- tions you have about the College, but you also will learn much from the many informal conversations you have during your visit.

If you want to visit Gettysburg or find out anything about the College, please write— or call— Delwin K. Gustafson, Director of Admissions, Gettysburg College, Gettysburg, Pennsylvania 17325, tele- phone (717) 334-3131. Gettysburg College — The Community |C-EV) 19 .

20 fj^\ 7835 Alumni Association organized

rrr

A TWO-MINUTE LOOK AT GETTYSBURG Special Facilities: Sophisticated Burroughs 6800 computer, two electron microscopes - Type of College: Four-year, coeducational, transmission and scanning units, planetarium, liberal arts college founded in 1832 and affili- greenhouse, observatory, extensive physical ated with the Lutheran Church in America. education and recreational facilities. Location: In the town of Gettysburg, in South National Honor Societies: Phi Beta Kappa Central Pennsylvania. Only 80 miles from (one of only 17 chapters in Pennsylvania) and Washington, D.C., 55 miles from Baltimore, and honorary or professional societies in 16 aca- 36 miles from Harrisburg, the capital of Penn- demic areas. sylvania.

Social Life: 1 1 men's social fraternities and Enrollment: About 1900 students— approxi- seven women's sororities; College Union which mately one-half are men and one-half are women. sponsors a diverse schedule of social events. Student Activities: Student-run FM radio sta- Campus: 200 acres with 44 buildings. tion; student newspaper; full range of musical Library: New Musselman Library/Learning groups including two choirs, women's chorus, Resources Center with total collections of two bands, and orchestra; dramatics; numer- volumes, 34,000 microforms, 32,000 255,000 ous student special interest groups. government publications, 10,000 recordings Cultural Activities: Full schedule of lectures and subscriptions to 1 ,1 00 journals. The library and concerts bringing to campus nationally- seats 800 students, and has an all-night study. known speakers and performers; film series Faculty: 1 32 full time with three-fourths having at College Union; trips to Washington and an earned doctorate or the highest earned de- Baltimore to events of special interest. gree in their field. Student-Faculty Ratio 1 3:1 Sports: Extensive intercollegiate and intra- Academic Calendar: 4-1-4 mural programs with 12 intercollegiate sports Degree Programs: Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor for men, 12 intercollegiate sports for women, of Science in Music Education. 15 intramural sports for men, and 11 intra- Majors: Art, biology, business administration, mural sports for women and 3 coeducational chemistry, economics, English, French, Ger- intramural sports. man, Greek, health and physical education, Student Services: Faculty advisers, academic history, Latin, mathematics, music, philosophy, and personal counseling, career counseling, physics, political science, psychology, religion, financial aid counseling. sociology and anthropology, and Spanish. Residence Halls: Ten residence halls and four Students may develop their own interdepart- cottages. All residence halls except two (which mental or interdisciplinary majors. were recently renovated) erected since 1950. Junior Special Programs: Year Abroad, India Some residence halls are single sex; others program, Washington Semester in government, occupied by students of both sexes. Some Washington Economic Policy Semester, United student residence areas assigned to special Nations Semester, Harrisburg Urban Semester, interest student housing groups. cooperative programs in engineering or fores- Religious Life: Programs for students of all try and environmental studies, certification faiths coordinated through the College Chapel. in elementary and secondary education, Janu- Student Government: Students assume the ary Term internships, Reserve Officers Train- major role in planning student activities and in ing Corps, and complete exchange of courses enforcing rules of responsible citizenship. with the other three colleges of the Central Student Honor Code gives students responsi- Pennsylvania Consortium. bility for maintaining high standards of aca- demic integrity. GF'TTVQ 1RT TT? C* Academic PENNSYLVANIA COLLEGE Policies Gettysburg, Penna. and Programs

This institution is the oldest Lutheran College in America and has the largest number of graduates.

The following courses are offered, all tea ling t . a Bachelor - Degree

Classical Course. Modern Language Course. Latin Scientific Course.

Modem Language Scientific Course.

Biological Course (Leading to Medicine). Finance ami Commerce Course.

Civil Engineering Co-irse.

Municipal (Sanitary' Engineering Cour-*-.

Electrical Engineering Course. » 10. Mechanical Engineering Course

Normal Review Courses for teachers given during Spring Term Summei School. High-class faculty of twentv-five instructors and splendid educational

equipment. Good build'ngs, including recitation halls, dormitories, laboratories,

astronomical observatory, chapel and gymnasium". Fine athletic fields and all

moral tone . inter-collegiate contests. High and good social i Strong

College Y. M. C. A. with salaried Student Secretary, two active literary societies, student publications, debating clubs and well trained musical clubs. Student government and honor system. HIGHEST GRADE CHRISTIAN EDUCA- TION AT VERY LOW COST. Special rates to children of clergymen.

The Preparatory Department with separate campus buddings and faculty, prepare* young men and women in the shortest possible tune for College.

Expenses for board, tuition and general expenses, room rent, washing, heat

and lights, range from $200 up for scholastic year.

COLLEGE OPENS SEITEMBER 16. 1914.

For catalogue, additional information, and a beau'.iful b'>ok of views, free, address the President.

W. A. Granville, Ph. D., LL.D.,

Gettysburg, Pa.

From a 1914 announcement about the College 22 Academic Policies and Programs

ACADEMIC PURPOSES OF GETTYSBURG continually interacting with each other, rather COLLEGE than as stable bodies of truth. The questions that most preoccupy academic disciplines involve Gettysburg College believes that liberal educa- interpretation and evaluation more often than tion liberates the human mind from many of the fact. Students should learn that interpretation and constraints and limitations of its finiteness. In evaluation are different from willful and arbitrary order to accomplish its liberating function, Get- opinion while at the same time recognizing that tysburg College believes that it owes its students interpretations and evaluations of the same body a coherent curriculum that emphasizes the of facts may differ drastically given different following elements: assumptions, methods, and purposes for inquiry. 1. Logical, precise thinking and clear use of Human thought is not often capable of reaching language, both spoken and written. These insep- universal certitude. arable abilities are essential to all the liberal arts. These necessary emphases of the college's They are not only the practical skills on which curriculum are liberating both in the sense that liberal education depends but also, in their fullest they free students from narrowness and provin- possible development, the liberating goals toward cialism and inthe sense that they free them for the which liberal education is directed. joys and benefits of conscious intellectual 2. Broad, diverse subject matter. The curriculum strength and creativity. of the liberal arts college should acquaint stu- Liberal education should free students from gross dents with the range and diversity of human and unsophisticated blunders of thought. Once customs, pursuits, ideas, values, and longings. exposed to the diversity of reality and the This broad range of subject matter must be complexity and arduousness of disciplined carefully planned to include emphasis on those modes of inquiry, students will be less likely than landmarks of human achievement which have in before to engage in rash generalization, dogmatic particular shaped the intellectual life of the assertion, and intolerant condemnation of the present. strange, the new, and the foreign. Students will 3. Rigorous introduction to the assumptions and tend to have a sense of human limitations, for no methods of a representative variety of the human mind can be a match for the world's academic disciplines in the sciences, the social immensity. Promoters of universal panaceas will sciences, and the humanities. The curriculum be suspected as the gap between human pro- must encourage students to recognize that the fessions and human performance becomes ap- disciplines are traditions of systematic inquiry, parent. Students will tend less than before to each not onlyaddressing itself toa particulararea enshrine the values and customs of their own day of subject matter but also embodying an explicit as necessarily the finest fruits of human progress set of assumptions about the world and employ- or to lament the failings of their time as the world's ing particular methods of investigation. Students most intolerable evils. should recognize that the disciplines are best seen as sets of carefully constructed questions, Academic Policies and Programs 23 rn

But wise skepticism and a sense of human The faith of the founders of Gettysburg College fallibility are not the only liberating effects of the expressed in the charter supports the foregoing liberal arts. With effort and, in all likelihood, some statement of academic purposes. The open pain, students master difficult skills and broad search to know, tempered by humane reflection, areas of knowledge. They acquire, perhaps with complements our religious heritage. Together, we unexpected joy, new interestsand orientations. In hope to add useful initiative toward the creation of short, they experience change and growth. a world in which diversity is more challenging and

Perhaps this experience is the most basic way the interesting than it is fear-producing; a world in liberal arts liberate: through providing the experi- which one may hear the sad truths reported by ence of change and growth, they prepare stu- cynics while hearing, too, tales of quiet courage, dents for lives of effective management of new of grace, of beauty, of joy. Then the response to situations and demands. the inevitably dissonant experienes of living may

The liberal arts provide a basis for creative work. be wiser as a function of liberal education. Of course, the development of wisdom remains an Creativity is rarely if ever the work of a mind unfamiliar with past achievements. Rather cre- elusive aim. It involves realms of experience that go beyond the academic, and a time span that ativity is almost always the reformulation of or a lifetime. liberal conscious addition to past achievement with encompasses Nevertheless, education can be profoundly useful in the search which the creative mind is profoundly familiar. By for the fullness of life. encouraging students to become responsibly and articulately concerned with existing human Adopted by the Faculty achievement and existing means for extending December 1, 1977 and deepening human awareness, Gettysburg

College believes that it is best insuring the per- sistence of creativity.

The intellectual liberation made possible through liberal education, though immensely desirable, does not in itself guarantee the development of humane values and is therefore not the final purpose of liberal education. If permitted to become an end in itself, it may indeed become destructive. A major responsibility of those com- mitted to liberal education, therefore, is to help students appreciate our common humanity in terms of such positive values as openminded- ness, personal responsibility, mutual respect, empathic understanding, aesthetic sensibility, and playfulness. Through the expanding and diverse intellectual activities offered in liberal education, students may develop greater free- dom of choice among attitudes based on a fuller appreciation of our common humanity and based on clearer recognition of our immersion in a vast, enigmatic enterprise. 24 Cl-vi 7837 College Edifice, now Pennsylvania Hall, occupied rrr

The Academic Policies and Programs of the Alleged violations of the honor code are handled College have a primary goal: to assist the student by an Honor Commission elected by the students. to obtain an excellent liberal arts education. The Decisions of the Commission may be appealed to liberally educated student will be capable of a student-faculty-administrative board of review. exercising mature, rational judgments based upon information carefully gathered and ana- CURRICULUM lyzed. Such a student will be motivated to The major goals of the curriculum are to provide continue independently the quest for knowledge the student with: the ability to think logically and after completion of formal studies. The liberal precisely and to use language clearly; exposure education should foster and reinforce in students to broad, diverse, subject matter in order to give a high sense of intellectual, social, and ethical acquaintance with the range and diversity of values. human customs, ideas, and values; and a THE HONOR CODE rigorous introduction to the assumptions and methods of a representative variety of academic A liberal arts program has as a basic premise the disciplines in the sciences, the social sciences, ideal of academic integrity. Gettysburg students and the humanities. live and work in a college community which Gettysburg College's "Distribution Require- emphasizes their responsibility for helping to ments" assure the student an introduction to the enforce appropriately high stan- determine and variety of opportunities offered by a liberal arts dards of conduct. academic education. In the freshman year the Gettysburg An academic honor system was instituted at student normally takes courses in a variety of Gettysburg College in 1957 and was strongly fields and begins to fulfill distribution require- reaffirmed in 1 976. It is based upon the belief that ments, such as those in foreign languages, undergraduates are mature enough to act honor- laboratory sciences, social sciences, or literature. ably in academic matters without faculty surveil- In the sophomore yearthe student usually selects lance and that they should be encouraged to a major and, in consultation with a major adviser, conduct themselves accordingly. At the same plans a college program which will allow both time the College clearly recognizes the obligation completion of graduation requirements and sub- placed upon each student toassist in maintaining stantial opportunity to choose electives. In the last the atmosphere without which no honor system two years most students concentrate on courses can succeed. in their major fields or a Special Major and supplement their programs with elective courses. The Honor Pledge, reaffirmed on all academic are expected to complete the two year work submitted, states that the student has Students requirement by the end of the neither given nor received unauthorized aid and physical education year. that he or she has witnessed no such violation. sophomore The preservation of the atmosphere of indepen- Students majoring in the natural sciences usually dence permitted by the Honor Code is the begin their specialization in the freshman year responsibility of the community as a whole. and follow a closely prescribed sequence of Students must comply with the Honor Code both courses. Premedical, predental, or preveterinary in presenting their own work and in reporting students must begin fulfilling pre-professional violations by others. No student may enroll at requirements in the freshman year. Gettysburg College without first having signed the pledge. A person who would sign the pledge with reservation should not apply for admission. Academic Policies and Programs /jg\ 25

|r r r

The ONE of the 4-1-4: January Term off campus for the month of January, to settings as close as the South Mountain Rehabilitation The 4-1-4 calendar divides the academic year Center in Franklin County, Pa., or as far away as into three terms: Fall, January, and Spring. During Athens, Greece. the fall and spring terms, each student takes four courses; during the January Term, each student Students have the opportunity to study as take one course. exchange students at other colleges or univer- sities which share the 4-1 -4 calendar, to design The January Term offers both students and individual research projects, to test their skills, faculty freedom and opportunity not found in the knowledge, and interest in a practical work other two terms. Because the student takes only situation. Or they may select one of approxi- one course and the faculty member teaches only mately one hundred courses offered on campus. one course, January Term frees both student and faculty member from the demands of other Examples of courses offered in January 1981 courses and departmental programs and the include Contemporary Art in Wood; the Develop- conflicts sometimes created by these competing ment of Rock as a Musical Style; Civil War Military demands. Both are freed to explore together a History; Are Religious Beliefs Rational?; Digital Analysis limited subject in some depth, to investigate Electronics for the Compleat Innocent; topics they may be unable to investigate during of Acid Rain and Other Environmental Pollutants; Emotionally Literary the fall and spring terms, or to concentrate on one the Troubled Employee: mutual interest. Tradition and Workaday Reality; Revolutionary Upheaval in Iran: Domestic and International Faculty members from different disciplines, or Implications; Infamous Women in French Litera- even the same discipline, may arrange with ture; and the Reproductive Process in Mammals. greater ease than in the other two terms to team teach a course. Because neither the instructor During January 1981, Gettysburg College stu- nor the student hastorushtoanotherclassorlab, dents enrolled as exchange students at 10 both are freed from the traditional class periods institutions. Students traveled to England, Mexico, two or three days a week. They may design Germany, Austria, Bermuda, France, and Puerto experiments which require their presence for long Rico to study theater, language, music, art, periods of time or which demand frequent biology, history, culture. To complete individual- monitoring. They may schedule long class meet- ized research projects, Gettysburg students ings, frequent or infrequent meetings, depending worked as far away as Japan and as close as the upon the nature of the course. Gettysburg College library; they researched oral history for the Archives of American Art in Because of the flexible class schedule, faculty Washington, D.C.; they studied the political and and students make greater use of off-campus economic development of plural societies at the facilities and situations for learning. Instructors University of St. Andrews in Scotland; they may plan class trips to such places as the collected particles for the Buddhist Vihara, the Pentagon, the Supreme and analyzed exhaust National Bureau of Standards. Students held Court, or the National Gallery in Washington, D.C.; internships in diverse areas: in hospitals, in to the Winterthur Museum in Delaware; to the churches, in newspapers, in public school class- State Correctional Institution in Camp Hill, Pa.; to rooms, in accounting firms, in a theater in New an open elementary public school in Baltimore, York City, in a New England marine aquarium, Md.; or to Revolutionary War and Civil War battle and in a Native American community in Arizona. sites. Individual students may gather information for papers or projects at nearby public schools, The January Term offers a change of pace in the government agencies, museums, historical so- academic year. It is a term which is both more cieties, and libraries such as the Library of relaxed and more intense than the other two Congress. terms. The expectations for the January Term are

Instructors may design courses in which students high. But like anything that affords freedom and spend part of the term on campus in rather opportunity, the January Term demands respon- traditional learning situations and then spend the sible use of time, ability, and facilities by both other part of the month visiting places off campus. faculty and students if these expectations are to They may design a course which takes students be met. 26 rd^ 1839 Medical Department of the College established in Philadelphia

THE ADVISING SYSTEM The College encourages qualified students to prepare for graduate work, which has become a The College believes that one of the most necessity in an increasing number of career valuable services which it can render to its fields. It is important for such students to become students is careful counseling. Accordingly, even familiar with the requirements of the graduate before arriving on campus, each freshman is programs in which they are interested, as well as assigned a faculty advisertoassist in dealing with the qualifications for fellowships and assistant- academic questions and in explaining college ships within these programs, well in advance of regulations. In addition special assistance is their graduation from Gettysburg College. Above available from deans and counselors. all, they should recognize the importance of During the first week of the fall term, all new building a superior undergraduate academic students participate in an orientation program record. designed to help them become acquainted with The administration and major advisers informally the College. All entering freshmen receive in assist students in securing employment or place- advance a detailed schedule of events of this ment in graduate school. The Musselman Li- program. During orientation, students have indi- brary/Learning Resources Center has a collec- vidual conferences with their advisers, take part tion of graduate school catalogues for student in discussions of college life, and engage in other reference. Four times a year the Graduate Record activities intended to familiarize them with the Examination is given on the Gettysburg campus College. They also take achievement and place- for those students who plan to enter a graduate ment tests which provide the College with school; the Law School Admissions Test is given valuable information concerning their educa- twice each year on campus. tional background and academic potential. These wishing to change the major course of tests help Gettysburg to provide an education A student in or suited to each student's capacities. study must notify the department which he she is a major and secure the approval of the one During the year, freshman advisers arrange in which he or she desires to major. Juniors and periodic meetings with their advisees to review seniors making such changes should understand the students' progress. Advisers are also avail- that it may be necessary to spend more than four able at other times to discuss unexpected years in residence in order to complete their problems as they arise. Any changes in a concentration requirements. Permission to spend freshman's schedule must be approved by the more than four years in residence must be adviser. obtained from the Academic Standing Commit- When a student chooses a major field of study, tee. preferably by the end of the sophomore year, a member of the major department becomes his or CREDIT SYSTEM her adviser and assists in the preparation of the student's class schedule. Thereafter, until the The course unit is the basic measure of academic student leaves College, he or she normally retains credit. For transfer of credit to other institutions the same adviser, who performs functions similar the College recommends equating one course to those of the freshman adviser, including the unit with 3.5 semester hours. The 3.5 conversion is to convert hours to approval of all course schedules. It is the factor also used semester responsibility of sophomores and upperclass Gettysburg course units for those presenting of students to take the initiative in discussing their transfer credit for evaluation at the time entire academic program with their advisers and admission or readmission to the College. A small to view that program as a meaningful unit rather number of quarter course units are offered in than as a collection of unrelated courses. Music, Health and Physical Education, and ROTC. These course units should be equated to one semester hour. ) )

/jZ\ Academic Policies and Programs 27

r rr

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE DEGREE OF fulfill requirements in history/philosophy/reli- BACHELOR OF ARTS gion or in literature.

1 Demonstration of proficiency in written Eng- The College will confer the Bachelor of Arts lish during the first of enrollment. degree upon the student who completes satis- year Nor- mally, such proficiency is factorily the following: demonstrated by passing English 101. For other ways to 35 course units, including four January 1 satisfy this requirement, see Exemption Term courses, plus 4 quarter courses in from Degree Requirements on p. 30. Health and Physical Education; 2) Foreign languages: normally 2 to 4 courses. a minimum accumulative average of 2.00 2) The student must demonstrate achieve- and an average of 2.00 or better in the major ment equivalent to that attested by complet- field; ing satisfactorily the designated intermedi- 3) the distribution requirements; ate level course or courses in French, Ger- 4) the concentration requirement in a major man, Greek, Latin, Russian, or Spanish. field of study, in some fields including a Such achievement may also be demonstra- comprehensive examination; ted by an Advanced Placement Examina- 5) a minimum of the last full year of academic tion, a departmental qualifying examina- work, including the senior January Term, in tion, or successful completion of one residence at Gettysburg College or in an course above the intermediate level. approved College program; and 3) Religion: 1 course on the 1 00-level, in addi- 6) the discharge of all financial obligations to tion to any course in that Department used the College. in the next requirement. Quarter course credits do not count toward the 35 4) History/Philosophy/Religion: 2 courses, no course graduation requirement. more than one of which may be in religion.

The requirements for the degree of Bachelor of 5) Literature: 2 courses, in one or two of the Science in Music Education are found on page34. following: English, French, German, Greek, Latin, Russian, or Spanish Literature. Each student is responsible for being sure that 6) Art, music, creative writing, or theatre arts: graduation requirements are fulfilled by the 1 course. anticipated date of graduation. 7) Laboratory science: 2 course sequence in one of the following: biology, chemistry, or Writing Policy Since the ability to express physics. oneself clearly, correctly, and responsibly is 8) Social sciences: 2 courses in one or two of essential for an educated person, the College the following: economics, political science, cannot graduate a student whose writing abilities psychology, or sociology/anthropology. are deficient. See Item 1 under Distribution 9) Non-Western culture: 1 course from those Requirements below. Grades on poorly written identified as giving primary emphasis to papers, regardless of the course, may be reduced African and Asian cultures, or to the non- because of the quality of writing; in extreme European culture of the Americas. For cases, a failing grade may be given for this 1981-82, these designated courses are in reason. anthropology, history, interdepartmental studies, religion, French political sci- Distribution Requirements Each candidate and ence. for the Bachelor of Arts degree must satisfactorily complete the distribution requirements listed Major Requirements Each student must suc- below. Any requirement may be satisfied, with or cessfully complete the requirements in a major without course credit, by students who can qualify field of study. A major consists of from 8 to 12 for exemption (see page 30). The departmental courses, depending on the field of study, and may listings under Courses of Study (beginning on include certain specific courses as determined page 45) indicate which courses fulfill a distribu- by the department. A department may require its tion requirement. See the January Term Cata- majors to pass a comprehensive examination. logue for the designation of January courses Requirements of the various departments are which may be used for the same purpose. Note listed in the appropriate introduction under Cour- that some Interdepartmental Studies courses ses of Study. 28 /J?\ 1850-1868 Henry L. Baugher is President

h f

The following are acceptable majorfields of study spring terms, and one course in the January at Gettysburg College: Term. Thus, a student will complete graduation requirements in four years of full-time academic Art German Philosophy Biology Greek Physics work in the September through May academic Business Health and Political Science year. The last full year of academic work, Administration Physical Education Psychology including the senior January Term, must be in Chemistry History Religion residence at Gettysburg College or in an ap- Economics Latin Sociology and English Mathematics Anthropology proved College program. French Music Spanish Gettysburg College is aware that handicapped persons may have special needs and is willing to of major A student will normally file a declaration make adjustments to meet these needs in order to with the Registrar between May of the freshman make the program accessible to them. year and October of the junior year. A student Students proposing to complete graduation re- may declare a second major no later than the quirements at a time other than in May (in August, beginning of the senior year, with the permission in December, or in January) must have their of the major adviser and the chairman or programs approved by the Academic Standing chairwoman of the other department concerned. Committee through the office of the Dean of In addition to the major fields of study listed Student Life and Educational Services. Such above, students may declare a Special Major approval should be sought at least a year before program which allows a student to design an the proposed completion of requirements. interdepartmental concentration of courses that A full-time student is one carrying a minimum of focus on particular problems or areas of investi- three courses in the fall and spring terms, and one gation, which, though not adequately included in the January Term. No student who is a within a single department or discipline, are candidate for a degree may take fewer courses worthy of concentrated study. It shall consist of a than this without permission of the Academic minimum of eight courses, a substantial number Standing Committee. Students may not take more of which should be on an advanced level. than four courses during the regular term without Students interested in obtaining information the approval of the Dean of the College or the about the Special Major and the procedures for Dean of Student Life and Educational Services declaring a Special Major are urged to consult with the exceptions indicated in the paragraphs with the Chairman of the Committee on Interde- below. partmental Studies before the end of the sopho- Students who receive advanced credit or place- more year. Special Major applications must be ment or who otherwise are able to complete submitted to the Committee on Interdepartmental graduation requirements in less than four full Studies for its approval no later than the end of the years, should plan to complete these require- third day of classes of the applicant's junior year. ments at the end of the fall, January, or spring Optional Minor Beginning with the first term of term. Students should not plan to complete these the senior year, a student may declare a minor requirements as a part-time student during their concentration in an academic department orarea last term of residence. that has an established minor program. Not all in health and departments have established programs. A minor The required quarter courses physical education and the optional quarter shall consist of six courses; not more than two of in generally taken during the fall which shall be 100-level courses. A student may courses ROTC, and spring terms of the freshman and sophomore not declare a minor in the same department in in the normal four courses in which he or she has a declared major. A student years, are addition to each of these terms. These courses do not count must maintain an 2.00 average in the minor field the course graduation requirement. of study. toward 35 education must RESIDENCE REQUIREMENTS AND Majors in health and physical quarter courses in physical education SCHEDULE LIMITATIONS take activities in addition to the normal four course The normal program for the Bachelor of Arts load during three terms of the junior and senior degree consists of four courses in the fall and years. Academic Policies and Programs C-^\M 29

Students may take quarter courses in applied The College also offers a Satisfactory/Unsatis- music over the four course limit with the approval factory grading option. An S signifies satisfactory of their advisers and of the Music Department. work and is given if a student performs at C- level signifies unsatisfactory work and is A student may audit informally any College or higher; a U given for D or F level work. A student may elect to course provided permission of the instructor is take a total of six courses on an S/U basis during obtained. No charge will be made for such an his or her four years at Gettysburg College; audit and no record of auditing will be recorded however, no more than two S/U courses may be on the student's transcript. taken in any one year. Courses graded S/U do REGISTRATION not affect a student's quality point average, but a course completed with an S grade will count Credit will be given in courses for which the towards graduation.

is officially registered. The Registrar student The only exception to the two course S/U limit per announces, in advance, the time and place of year is for seniors who are enrolled in either registering after the formal registration. A student Education 475 or 477. These students may take will to a $5.00 late appointed day be subject an additional course under the S/U option during registration fee. the senior year, provided that their total number of A fee of $5.00 is also assessed for each course S/U courses does not exceed six. after the regular registration dates. A change When a student registers for and completes a the proposed change must be submitted to course which he or she has already taken at Registrar on an official course change slip after Gettysburg College, both the credit and the grade first being approved by the instructors involved previously earned are cancelled, but they are not adviser. In the fall and spring and the student's removed from the permanent record. The credit terms, students are not permitted to enroll in a and grade earned in repeating the course are for later twelve after the course credit than days counted toward the student's requirements. beginning of that term.

A grade of I (Incomplete) is issued by the Dean of formally completing his or her registration, the By the College or Dean of Student Life and Educa- student pledges to abide by College regulations. tional Services when emergency situations, such as illness, prevent a student from completing the THE GRADING SYSTEM course requirements on time. Unless the Aca- demic Standing Committee extends the time limit, Normally courses are graded A through F, with an Incomplete automatically becomes an F if it is these grades having the following significance: A not removed within the first six weeks of the term (excellent); B (good); C (fair); D (poor); and F (fail- or terms following the one in which it was ing). Instructors may modify their letter grade with incurred. plus and minus signs. A student may drop a course only with the In successfully completing a course under this permission of the instructorand his or her adviser. grading system, a student earns a number of In the fall and spring terms, a student who quality points according to the following scale: A+, officially withdraws for medical reasons or who 4 1/3;A,4;A-,3 2/3;B+,31/3;B,3;B-,2 2/3;C+, withdraws during the first three weeks receives a 2 1/3;C,2;C-,1 2/3;D+,1 1 /3;D, 1 ; D-,2/3; F,0. W. A course dropped during the first three weeks A student's accumulative average is computed is not recorded on the permanent record. A by summing his or her quality points and dividing student withdrawing after the first three weeks by the number of courses taken. receives a WP (withdraw passing) or WF (with- draw failing) according to the estimate of the work done in the course up to the time of withdrawal. Those withdrawing from a course during the last five weeks of a term will receive a WF. A grade of N/F (non-attendance failure) will be given for Sj^\ 30 1855 First social fraternity, Phi Kappa Psi, organized on campus

rrr those who do not attend the classes for a Students who have been required or advised to registered course and fail to withdraw properly. withdraw and are subsequently readmitted will The grades of WF and N/F carry quality points normally be considered ineligible to participate in and are used in computing averages. intercollegiate athletics during the first full term of their return to the College. ACADEMIC STANDING TRANSFER CREDIT The Academic Standing Committee normally reviews student records at the end of each term. Students may receive a maximum of two course after A student who is failing to make satisfactory credits for work taken at other colleges progress toward graduation may be warned, enrolling at Gettysburg if such courses have first placed on academic probation, advised to with- been approved by the chairman or chairwoman of draw, or required to withdraw. A student on the department concerned and by the Registrar. probation must show satisfactory improvement This transfer option is not available to those who during the following term or he or she may be receive transfer credit at the time of admission or required to withdraw. (In accordance with the readmission to the College. The two course credit regulations of the National Collegiate Athletic limitation does not apply to Central Pennsylvania Association and the Association of Intercollegiate Consortium Courses or to off-campus study Athletics for Women, a student who is advised to programs which are described beginning at page withdraw but chooses to remain at the institution 35. Course credit but not the grade is transferred in an attempt to improve his or her academic to Gettysburg if the grade earned is a C- or better. record, may not participate in the institution's Grades as well as credit are transferred for work intercollegiate athletic program.) done at another Central Pennsylvania Consor- tium College, or in certain Gettysburg College TRANSCRIPTS approved programs (Consortium Programs, Washington and U.N. Semester Programs, Luth- Each student is entitled to one official transcript of eran Theological Seminary Exchange). his or her record at no charge. Additional transcripts are $1 .00 per copy. Requests for EXEMPTION FROM DEGREE transcripts must be in writing and should be REQUIREMENTS directed to the Office of the Registrar. The College may recognize work on the college WITHDRAWAL AND READMISSION level completed elsewhere by a student. This recognition may take the form of exemption from A student who voluntarily withdraws from the degree requirements and may carry academic College is expected to arrange for an interview credit. Students should present their requests for with a member of the staff of the Dean of Student such recognition to the Registrar. They should be Life and Educational Services. Failure to do so prepared to demonstrate their competence on may jeopardize a student's opportunity for read- the basis of their academic record, Advanced mission. Placement Examination (see page 131) of the

All students who are considering voluntary with- College Entrance Examination Board, or exam- drawal, for whatever reason, must petition the inations administered by the department con- Academic Standing Committee through the cerned. The decisions on exemption and credit Office of the Dean of Student Life and Educational rest with the department and the Dean of the Services for readmission. The Academic Stand- College. ing Committee will review the petition, the student's past record, activities since leaving college, and prospects for successful completion of remaining undergraduate work. A student required to withdraw for academic reasons must wait a full year before submitting a petition for readmission. Academic Policies and Programs (CE>! 31

rrr

Students may satisfy the writing proficiency possible, basing their selection on students' requirement by scoring sufficiently high on the interest and academic competence. Test of Standard Written English (TSWE) of the Students selected for the seminar are expected to Board. In College Entrance Examination 1980, participate in non-credit, informal planning ses- the College exempted those students who scored sions with the course directors during the spring 53-57 58 or above on the TSWE. Those scoring term of their junior year. The purpose of these passing were permitted to gain exemption by a sessions is to define further the seminar topic, to departmental examination given on the campus. select resource persons, and to select and compile reference material. Students who partici- INDIVIDUALIZED STUDY AND SEMINARS pate in the planning sessions during the spring term of their junior year and register for the There are opportunities in most of the depart- seminar both in the fall term and in the January ments for students to engage in individualized Term of their senior year receive two course study and seminars. These opportunities are credits upon satisfactory completion of their work. primarily for seniors, but other students are frequently eligible. In some departments partici- pation in this type of activity is part of the required COMPUTER COURSES

of in it is optional. of program study; others Most In the tradition of the Liberal Arts, Gettysburg these courses are numbered in the 400's under College emphasizes the interdisciplinary nature Courses of Study. of the computer as a tool in problem solving. A thorough understanding of the concepts and SENIOR SCHOLARS' SEMINAR applications in various disciplines is important for those students interested in pursuing a career in The College offers an unusual opportunity for its computer science. The Biology, Chemistry, Busi- outstanding senior students. Each fall, the Senior ness and Economics, Mathematics, Physics, Scholars' Seminar, composed of selected sen- Political Science, Psychology, and Sociology and iors, undertakes the study of a contemporary Anthropology departments all offer courses that issue which affects the future of man. The issues make significant use of the computer. are ones which pose a threat to the values or existence of human society. Past topics have The College maintains a Burroughs 6800 com- included genetic engineering, the habitat of man, puter with both batch and terminal processing, a conflict resolution, global disparities, computers Tektronix plotter, numerous terminals for student and human communication, and aging and the use, and many programmable calculators includ- with aged. These issues are multidisciplinary in scope ing a Tektronix programmable calculator a and the students selected for this seminar plotter and graphics terminal. The Burroughs represent a wide variety of majors. 6800 is a large scale computing system that provides language and software capability more The Senior Scholars' Seminar invites authorities typically available at large universities than at of national stature to serve as resource persons. small colleges. Students have access to the Persons who have visited the seminar as con- ALGOL, BASIC, COBOL, FORTRAN, and PL/1 sultants include George Wald, Ian McHarg, languages and to software that includes major Kenneth Boulding, Herbert Gans, Paolo Soleri, packages in statistics, word processing, scientific Alan Westin, Joseph Fletcher, Leon Kass, Stuart subroutines, operations research, and simulation. Udall, Georg Borgstrom and Maggie Kuhn. Stu- within the College over fifty dent participants in the seminar publish a final While there are the following report based on their findings and recommenda- courses that utilize the computer, study in the tions. courses offer a more concentrated use of the computer. During their junior year, students in the top quarter BUS 377 Fundamentals of Automated Business In- of their class are notified of their eligibility and are formation Systems and invited to apply to participate in the seminar. The BUS 378 Business Data Processing Systems and Interdepartmental Studies Committee and the Management course directors select up to twenty participants MATH 174 Computer Methods from as many different academic disciplines as MATH 275 Introduction to Computer Science MATH 276 Data Structures MATH 366 Numerical Analysis 32 /jg\ 1860 White House occupied by President Baugher rrr

TEACHER EDUCATION PROGRAMS Education 303 (Educational Purposes, Methods, and Educational Media: Secondary) Gettysburg College education programs in sec- Education 304 (Techniques of Teaching and ondary school subjects, elementary education, Curriculum of Secondary Subjects— Biology, music education, and health and physical educa- English, etc.) tion have received program approval from the Education 477 (Student Teaching— Secondary, Pennsylvania Department of Education. Because two courses) the liberal artsarecentraltotheCollege'steacher education programs, the Gettysburg student The student seeking admission to the secondary education program file an application with planning to teach must complete a major in an must the academic department of his or her choice. The Education Department by February 15th of the junior year. Admission to the program is student fulfills all the requirements for the Bache- granted by the Committee of Teacher Education, lor of Arts degree or for the degree of Bachelor of a body composed of faculty from each depart- Science in Music Education. Upon completing a ment which has students in the secondary program in teacher education, a student is eligible education program. This Committee also deter- for a Pennsylvania Certificate, Instructional I, mines standards for admission to the program. enabling him or her to teach in the public schools Members of the Committee also teach Education of the Commonwealth and nearby states with reciprocal agreements. 304 for the students of their respective depart- ments and observe them when they engage in student teaching. Secondary Education Students interested in preparing to teach academic subjects in the The admission of a student to the Education Term secondary schools must complete one of the depends upon the student's academic achieve- following approved programs for secondary certi- ment and a recommendation from his or her fication: biology, chemistry, physics, general major department. The guidelinesfor evaluating a science, mathematics, English, German, Latin, student's academic achievement are an accum- French, Spanish, health and physical education, ulative grade point average of 2.33 and a grade and comprehensive social studies. These sec- point average in the major of 2.66. ondary programs have been granted program Completion of a program in secondary education approval by the Pennsylvania Department of enables a student to teach in Pennsylvania, and Education. The student must complete an numerous other states cooperating in a reciproc- approved program listed in the Handbook for ity arrangement. A student planning to teach in Teacher Education, which will, in most cases, New Jersey will complete one of the above closely parallel the requirements in his or her programs: the education courses as outlined; and

major. Early planning in 1 beginning the sophomore Biology 1 01 , 02, or Health and Physical Educa- year is essential for all of these programs. tion 211. A student planning to be certified in a

Secondary education students are required to science must have a major in one of the basic full laboratory engage in pre-student teaching experiences in sciences and should have a year the secondary schools during the sophomore and course in each of the remaining ones. junior years. Students serve as observers, aides, Students in the program leading to certification in and small group instructors in secondary class- secondary education shall present the six speci- rooms. These experiences are part of the require- fied courses in Education. In addition to these six ments for Education 209 or J 9 (Social Founda- courses, students are permitted one additional tions of Education— Secondary) to be scheduled education course in individualized study, or in an in the sophomore year. Education 201 (Educa- education internship, to count toward the Bache- tional Psychology) shall be scheduled in the lor of Arts degree. junior year. For the senior year, the student, in consultation with his or her major department, will select either the fall or spring term as the Education Term. The following program consti- tutes the Education Term: )

Academic Policies and Programs £E\ 33 rrr

Elementary Education The elementary edu- Student teaching (Education 475) consists of cation program is distinctive in giving the oppor- twelve weeks in a public school near the College. tunity to concentrate in the liberal arts studies and The twelve weeks are divided into two equal complete an academic major, thus qualifying for periods with the student spending six weeks in a the Bachelor of Arts degree. The elementary primary grade and six weeks in an intermediate education student may major in art, biology, grade. During student teaching Education 309 chemistry, physics, English, French, German, and 334 classes are held in late afternoon. The Latin, Spanish, health and physical education, last two weeks of the term are devoted to a history, mathematics, music, political science, laboratory experience in corrective reading with psychology, or sociology. elementary pupils.

Students interested in entering the elementary Elementary education students are required to education program should consult with Mr. engage in pre-student teaching experiences in Slaybaugh or Mr. Packard in the Education the elementary schools during the sophomore Department no later than the fall term of the and junior years. Arrangements for these experi- sophomore year in orderto establish a program of ences are made by the Education Department. study. Students serve as observers, aides, and small instructors in elementary The prospective elementary teacher should com- group classrooms. plete the following program: The student seeking admission to the elementary

1 preferably in the freshman education program must file an application with 1 Psychology 01 , year the Education Department by February 15th of 2) Education 201, Mathematics J 18 (Basic the junior year. Admission to the program is Concepts of Elementary Mathematics) or granted by the Committee on Teacher Education, 180, and Psychology 225 a body composed of faculty members from the Education Department and other departments. 3) Education 331 , Education J 37 (Elementary School Science: Purposes, Methods and This committee also establishes standards for Instructional Media) or 370, Education 306, admission to the program.

and Psychology 225 if not completed pre- The admission of a student to the Education Term viously. depends upon academic achievement and 4) Education Term— fall or spring of senior recommendation of the Committee on Teacher year Education. Criteria for admission include a C+ Education 475 Elementary Student overall average and demonstrated competence Teaching (2 courses) in the education courses completed during the Education 334 Corrective Reading sophomore year and in the Fall and January Education 309 Social Foundations of Terms of the junior year. Education— Elementary Students interested in teaching in states other than Pennsylvania will find that a number of states certify teachers who have completed a bacca- laureate program in elementary education at a

college approved by its own state department of education.

Students in the program leading to certification in elementary education shall present the eight specified courses in Education. In addition to the eight courses, students are permitted one educa- tion course in individualized study, or in an education internship, to count toward the Bache- lor of Arts degree. 1-3 34 {J^\ 1863 Battle of Gettysburg takes place on July rn

1 Music Education The prospective teacher of 7. 3 to 5 /4 courses (12 to 21 quarter courses) in music in the elementary and secondary schools applied music: These courses do not count should complete the program for the degree of toward the 35 course graduation requirement Bachelor of Science in Music Education. This re- and may be taken in addition to the 36 quires successful completion of the following: courses permitted. Consequently, in the fall and spring terms the student will typically carry 1. 35 courses, exclusive of courses in applied 4 full courses plus several quarter courses in music. During the normal four years a student applied music. The latter must include work in: may take 36 courses. Major instrument— 6 quarter courses 2. Two terms of the basic activities quarter Piano— Approximately 4 quarter courses courses in health and physical education. Voice— 2 quarter courses These quarter courses are not counted toward Instrumental Techniques— 7 quarter courses the 35-36 courses mentioned above. 8. Participation for four years in an authorized 3. 12 courses in Music, as follows: musical group and presentation of a recital in Music Theory the senior year.

Music 141 (Theory I) 9. The requirements for the Bachelor of Arts de- Music 142 (Theory II) gree, listed on page 27. Music 241 (Theory III) of Music 242 (Theory IV) The student in the Bachelor Science program Music 341 (Theory V) should consult with the Music Department as in order a four year Music 342 (Theory VI) early as possible to arrange Music History and Literature program. In his or her freshman year he or she 141, foreign Music 312 (History of Medieval, Renais- should schedule Music 142; a sance, and Baroque Music) language; Psychology 101; two courses to fulfill the distribution requirement in history, philosophy, Music 313 (Music in Classic and Romantic Periods) or religion; and a literature course. In the sophomore year the student should schedule Music 31 4 (Music in the Twentieth Century) Conducting Music 241, 242, and 312; two terms of a 209(or J In Music 205 (Choral Conducting) laboratory science; and Education 9). Music 206 (Instrumental Conducting) his or her junior year a student should schedule

Applied Music Music 341 , 342, 205, 206, 31 3, 31 4, and complete Music 456 (Senior Recital) any remaining distribution requirements. In the senior year the student should schedule Educa- 4. 5 courses in Music Education, as follows: tion 201 (if not taken earlier); J 22 (Principles and Music J 22 (Principles and Procedures of Procedures of Teaching Music in Elementary Teaching Music in Elementary School) School); and Music 321. The Education Term Music 321 (Principles and Procedures of (Music 474) and Senior Recital (Music 456) must Teaching Music in the Secondary School) be scheduled during the spring term. In each fall Music 474 (Student Teaching) (3 course units) and spring term the student should schedule 5. Distribution requirements for the Bachelor of applied music. Arts degree: 13 courses maximum

6. Electives and Certification Requirements: Psychology 101 Education 209 or J 9 (Social Foundations of Education) Education 201 (Educational Psychology) Plus a minimum of 3 other electives Academic Policies and Programs SJ\ 35

rri

Employment Prospects in Teaching Of the wide range of academic and nonacademic urban

1 980 graduates who sought teaching positions in activities in the capital of Pennsylvania. THUS elementary education one hundred percent were students participate in both an internship care- teaching in the next school year; in music fully designed to suit their academic, vocational education sixty-seven percent; and in secondary and personal interests and an interdisciplinary

ninety-three percent. The average salary for 1 979 seminar on urban studies. They may also partici- graduates reporting this information to the Col- pate in an additional topical seminar or an lege was $10,325. independent studies project. Internships cover Teacher Placement The College maintains a every urban activity, ranging from environmental protection, prison and probation work, Teacher Placement Bureau to assist seniors and drug rehabilitation programs, daycare, state legislative graduates in securing positions and to aid school work, mental health programs, city planning, legal officials in locating qualified teachers. All com- services, munications should be addressed to the Director community organization, to various of the Teacher Placement Bureau. business activities. The Central Pennsylvania Consortium sponsors OFF-CAMPUS STUDY THUS. Fees for the program are the same as Gettysburg's Comprehensive Fee; students al- Central Pennsylvania Consortium ready receiving financial aid are eligible to have

The program of the College is enriched by its such assistance applied to the cost of the membership in the Central Pennsylvania Consor- program. THUS provides participants with rental tium, consisting of Dickinson, Franklin and Mar- housing which is easily accessible to public shall, Wilson, and Gettysburg Colleges. The transportation in Harrisburg. Students interested Consortium provides opportunitiesfor exchanges in the program should contact Dr. Ann H. Fender, by students and faculty for individual courses, or Associate Professor of Economics and Business for one or more terms. Off-campus opportunities Administration, for further information. also are provided through the Harrisburg Urban

Semester. The Consortium stands ready to India Program The India Program is a summer explore innovative ideas for cooperation among and fall program at the University of Mysore in the member institutions. India. Students attending this course may earn

Gettysburg in-residence academic credit for a full Consortium Exchange Program Gettysburg term, concentrating on Indian language, history, College students are eligible to apply for course culture, and economics. Independent study and work at another college within the Central course work with professors at the University of Pennsylvania Consortium. Students may take a Mysore may also be arranged. Students will be in single course or enroll at the "host" college for a India from mid-July to mid-December, studying at semester, or a full year. Gettysburg College the University of Mysore and taking field trips accepts both credits and grades earned through throughout India. Credit earned will fall within the the exchange program. Interested students Gettysburg College 35-course requirement; total should consult the Registrar. fees, including travel are comparable to Gettys- burg's own charges. The on-campus coordinator The Harrisburg Urban Semester The Harris- is Dr. Janet P. Gemmill, Adjunct Assistant Pro- burg Urban Semester enables students to earn a fessor in Interdepartmental Studies. Not offered in semester of academic credit while living in 1981. Harrisburg, Pennsylvania, and investigating a 1863 Confederates occupy campus and use College Edifice as 36 /jE>| a hospital

rrr

Additional Off-Campus Programs The Washington Economic Policy Semester Gettysburg College participates in this coopera- Washington Semester Gettysburg College tive, intercollegiate honors program with The participates with American University in Wash- American University in Washington, D.C The ington in a cooperative arrangement known as seminar is designed for students with an interest the Washington Semester. This enables a limited in economics. It examines intensively economic number of superior students in the social sci- policy-making from both the theoretical and ences to engage in a first-hand study of the practical, domestic and international points of federal government in action. view. During the semester, students are brought Students in the Washington Semester program into direct contact with people who are involved in participate in seminars (two course credits), the formulation of economic policy. undertake a major research project (one course The program of study includes (1 ) the Economic credit) and serve an internship (one course Policy Seminar (two course credits), which credit) in a Congressional, executive or political encompasses a theoretical analysis of economic office. The seminars, research project, and policy problems; extensive reading; on site dis- internship provide students with several oppor- cussions with economic policy decision-makers; tunities for discussion with members of Congress preparation of papers; and the presentation of and their staff, Supreme Court Justices, executive alternative paradigms that may be used to officials, and lobbyists. Residence in Washington understand economic policy; (2) the choice of an provides a unique setting for the conduct of internship (one course credit) in a private or political research. governmental agency involved with economic The Washington Semester may be taken during policy, or an intensive independent research either of the junior year or the fall term of the term project (one course credit); and (3) an elective senior year. To qualify, a student must have chosen from the courses offered by The Ameri- completed at least one course in political sci- can University. It should be noted that the grades accumulative of ence, have a minimum average received in these courses, as well as the credit for 2.50, 3.00 in the major, clearly and and demon- four courses, will appear on the student's Gettys- strate ability to work on his or her own initiative. burg College transcript. Most participants major in political science, history, sociology, and economics, but applicants from other areas are welcomed. In addition to the regular Washington Semester program, related programs include the Foreign Policy Semester, the International Development Semester, and the Washington Urban Semester. Further information may be obtained from the Department of Political Science. Academic Policies and Programs n^ 37

lr r r

This program can be helpful to students in several Students from any academic concentration who ways. For all students, it provides an opportunity have taken an introductory course in political to dispel the mystery surrounding the policy science and who maintain a respectable grade making process, to make them better informed point average are eligible for nomination. Further citizens, and thus to improve their understanding information may be obtained from the Depart- of the complex interaction between the govern- ment of Political Science. ment and the economy. For those persons who plan to be professional economists, it will provide Junior Year Abroad Qualified students may a practical introduction to learning about the apply for permission to spend either their entire nation's important economic institutions as well junior year or one term of their junior yearabroad. as the political considerations that influence the The Office of the Dean of Student Life and translation of economic theory into government Educational Services maintains a file of informa- policy. The program will allow students to become tion on programs of study in Europe, Latin familiar with the basic economic issues of the America, and elsewhere. During the first term of times and with the different approaches for the sophomore year, students who plan to study solving those problems. For the person who is abroad should discuss with their advisers the interested in becoming a business economist, relationship of their proposed course of study to lawyer, or community organizer, the knowledge their total academic program. An outline of gained about the bureaucracy in Washington and courses with appropriate departmental approval how the federal government operates will be must be submitted to the Academic Standing invaluable in his or her career. Committee, which gives final approval on all The student should take the Washington Eco- requests to study abroad. To qualify a student nomic Policy Semester in the fall or spring term of normally must have a minimum accumulative the junior year or the fall term of the senior year. grade point average of 2.50 and a grade point To qualify, a student must have a minimum average of 3.00 in the major. Junior year abroad accumulative grade point average of 2.50, a programs are not limited to language majors; grade point average of 3.00 in the major, and have students in any major field may apply. Further demonstrated the ability to work on his or her own information may be obtained from the Office of initiative. In addition, students wishing to apply for the Dean of Student Life and Educational Ser- this program should have completed Economics vices. 101-102, 153, 241, 243, and 245. Most partici- pants major in economics and business admin- Lutheran Theological Seminary Exchange istration; however, interested applicants from Gettysburg College students are eligible to take other areas are encouraged to apply. Further up to four courses at the Lutheran Theological information, including the application procedure Seminary also located in Gettysburg. Both credits for this program, can be obtained from Dr. William and grades earned at the Seminary will be transferred F. Railing, Chairman of the Department of Eco- to the student's college transcript as nomics and Business Administration. "in-residence" credit. Interested students should consult the Registrar. The United Nations Semester Students qual- ifying for this program spend a term at Drew University in Madison, New Jersey. On Tuesdays and Thursdays these students commute to the United Nations for a survey course in interna- tional organization which consists in part of briefings and addresses by individuals involved in United Nations activities. A research seminar also uses the facilities of the United Nations

Headquarters. Other courses to complete a full term's work are taken at the Drew Campus. 38 £H>1 1867 College enrollment exceeds 100 for first time

PREPROFESSIONAL STUDIES spring of the junior year, when the tests ordinarily are taken. While most students who seek recom- Prelaw Preparation A student planning a ca- mendation for admission to professional school reer in law should develop the ability to think major in either biology or chemistry, the require- logically and to express thoughts clearly. In ments can be met by majors in most othersubjects addition, the prospective law student needs a with careful planning of a student's program. wide range of critical understanding of human Premedical students are encouraged to choose institutions. These qualities are not found exclu- electives in the humanities and social sciences sively in any one field of study. They can be and to plan their programs in consultation with developed in a broad variety of academic majors. their major adviser or a member of the premedical It should be noted that a strong academic record committee. is required for admission to law school. All recommendations for admission to medical The College has a prelaw committee of faculty or dental or veterinary schools are made by the and administrators each of whose members is premedical committee, normally at the end of the available to assist and advise students in their junior year. Students seeking admission to these consideration of the legal profession and to aid professional schools must also take one of the them in gaining admission to law school. The following examinations: MCAT (medical), DAT committee has prepared a statement, available (dental), VAT or GRE( veterinary). The Premedical through the Admissions and Career Services Committee is composed of members from the De- Offices, describing prelaw preparation at Gettys- partments of Biology, Chemistry, Physics, and burg. Students planning a career in law should Sociology, with the Associate Dean of the College consult as early as possible with a member of the acting as chairman. Because of the competition committee; a list of the members is available for admission to medical school, the premedical through the Dean of the College Office. committee recommends that a student maintain a high accumulative average (near 3.50) overall Premedical Preparation The Gettysburg Col- and in medical school required courses. Gen- lege curriculum provides the opportunity, within a erally, students with a competitive accumulative liberal arts framework, for a student to complete average and a competitive score on the MCAT the requirements for admission to professional gain an interview at one or more medical schools. schools of medicine, dentistry, and veterinary medicine, as well as several allied health schools. The premedical committee has prepared a Students considering a career in one of these brochure about preparation at Gettysburg for the fields are advised to schedule their courses care- health professions. Copies of this are available fully, not only to meet the admission requirements from the Admissions and Dean of the College for the professional schools, but also to providefor Offices. The premedical committee holds peri- other career options in the event that their original odic meetings to explain requirements for admis- choices are altered. The following courses will sions to health professions schools and to bring meet the minimal entrance requirements for most representatives of these schools to campus to medical, dental, or veterinary schools: Biology talk to students. In the office of the Dean of the 111, 112; Chemistry 111, 112; Chemistry 203, College is a collection of materials about the 204; Math 107, 108 or Math 111, 112; Physics health professions. It includes information about 103, 104 or Physics 111, 112; two or three admissions requirements, catalogues from many courses in English; and a foreign language through health professions schools, and reference ma- the intermediate level. Since completion of these terials on fields such as medicine, dentistry, courses will also give the student minimum veterinary science, optometry, pharmacy, podia- preparation for taking the national admissions try, physical therapy, public health, and health examinations for entrance to medical, dental, or care administration.

veterinary school, it is advisable to have com- pleted or be enrolled in these courses by the Academic Policies and Programs (Cl>i 39

r r r

Certified Public Accounting Preparation cooperative engineering curriculum at Gettys- Gettysburg College offers, to the best of its burg, students are urged to identify their interests knowledge, the courses which are necessary to in this program at the earliest possible time in their satisfy the Certified Public Accounting require- college careers. ments in all the states. A student interested in a public accounting career should see page 60 and Forestry and Environmental Studies The contact Dr. William F, Railing, Chairman of the College offers a cooperative program with Duke Department of Economics and Business Admin- University leading to graduate study in natural istration, as early as possible in his or her college resources and the environment. The student will career. earn the bachelor's and master's degree in five spending three years at Gettysburg Col- COOPERATIVE PROGRAMS years, lege and two years at Duke University's School of

Engineering This program is offered jointly Forestry and Environmental Studies. The student with Washington University in St. Louis, Rens- must fulfill all the distribution requirements by the selaer Polytechnic Institute (RPI) and Pennsyl- end of the junior year. The first year's work at vania State University. Students spend three Duke will complete the undergraduate degree years at Gettysburg College followed by two requirements and the B.A. will be awarded by years at one of these universities. Upon success- Gettysburg College at the end of the first year at ful completion of this 3-2 program the student is Duke. Duke will award the professional degree of awarded the Bachelor of Arts degree from Master of Forestry or Master of Environmental Gettysburg and the Bachelor of Science degree Management to qualified candidates at the end of from Washington University, RPI or Pennsylvania the second year.

State in one of the engineering disciplines. A Candidates for the program should indicate to our student attending RPI under this program has the Admissions Office that they wish to apply for the 3-3 4-2 additional option of a or a program. These Forestry and Environmental Studies curriculum. six programs culminate in a bachelor's year At the end of the first term of the third year, the degree from Gettysburg and a master's degree College will recommend qualified students for from RPI. admission to the Duke School of Forestry and Candidates for this program will have an adviser Environmental Studies. No application need be in the Physics Department. Normally a student made to the School of Forestry and Environ- will be recommended to Washington University, mental Studies before that time. During the first RPI or Pennsylvania State during the fall term of term of the junior year at Gettysburg the student the student's junior year. A student who receives must file with the Office of the Dean of Student a recommendation from the Physics Department Life and Educational Services a petition for off- to one of these universities is guaranteed admis- campus study during the senior year. All appli- sion into the engineering program. cants are urged to take the verbal and quanti- tative aptitude tests of the Graduate Record In addition to fulfilling all of the college distribution Examination in October or December of their requirements in three years, students in the cooperative engineering program must take junior year. Physics 111, 112, 211, J33, 216; Mathematics The major program emphases at Duke are 111,112,211,212, 363; and Chemistry 111,112. Natural Resources Science/Ecology; Natural Students desiring to attend Pennsylvania State Resources Systems Science; and Natural Re-

must also take English 1 01 and 201 , Speech 101, sources/Economic Policy; however, programs

Economics 1 01 -1 02 and a two course sequence can be tailored with other individual emphases. in one of the humanities. Pennsylvania State also An undergraduate major in natural sciences, requires two one-quarter courses in Engineering social sciences, business administration, or pre- Graphics which may be taken by correspon- engineering is good preparation for the programs dence or by attending a Pennsylvania State at Duke, but a student with other undergraduate campus in the summer. Washington University concentration will be considered for admission. has a humanities requirement of one humanities All students contemplating this cooperative pro- course that has at least one course prerequisite gram should take at least one year each in bi-

to it. Because of the limited flexibility of the ology, mathematics, economics and physics. .

40 /dj^| 1868-1884 Milton Valentine is President

Students begin the program at Duke with a one- The Military Science Department offers both a 4- month session of field work in natural resource year and a 2-year program towards commission- measurements in August. The student must ing. Interested students should contact a member complete a total of 60 units, which generally takes of the Department of Military Science for details four semesters. on both these programs. It should be remem- bered that a student must two full Some students may prefer to complete the have academic bachelor's degree before undertaking graduate years remaining to participate in the Advanced Course and must have completed the study at Duke. The master's degree requirements Basic or received credit for the for these students are the same as those for Course Basic Course students entering after the junior year, but the 60- prior to being enrolled in the Advanced Course. unit requirement may be reduced for relevant undergraduate work of satisfactory quality already SENIOR HONORS completed. All credit reductions are determined The College awards the following honors to individually and consider both the student's edu- members of the graduating class. These senior cational background and objectives. honors are intended for students with four years residence at Gettysburg College, and computa- Army Reserve Officers Training Program tions for them are based on four years' perfor- The program conducted the Depart- ROTC by mance. ment of Military Science allows a student to earn a 1 Valedictorian, to the senior with the highest commission as a Second Lieutenant in the US Army concurrent with academic degree confer- accumulative average. 2. Salutatorian, to the senior with the second ral. The training received in leadership, manage- ment and human relations provides an excellent, highest accumulative average. 3. Laude, to those seniors highly valued foundation for subsequent civilian Summa Cum who careers. have an accumulative average of 3.75 or higher. The Basic Course covers the first two years of the 4. Magna Cum Laude, to those seniors who ROTC Program. Instruction includes manage- have an accumulative average of 3.50 ment principles, the national defense structure, through 3.74. military history and leadership instruction. The fall 5. Cum Laude, to those seniors who have an term of both years involves one hour of classroom accumulative average of 3.30 through 3.49. instruction and one hour of professional develop- grant ment lab per week. The spring term of each year The Academic Standing Committee may the honors to students with transfer credit if is similarly organized except that a regularly above they have satisfied the conditions of the honor scheduled college course is substituted for the during at least two years in residence at Gettys- weekly classroom hour for the purpose of burg College and have presented excellent academic enrichment. There is no military obli- transfer grades. gation involved with enrollment in the Basic Course. In addition to the above, departments may award for graduating seniors The Advanced Course covers the third and fourth Departmental Honors their performance in a years of the ROTC program. Instruction includes based upon academic advanced leadership development, group dy- major field of study. Departmental Honors are to transfer students on the terms namics, organization and management, small unit awarded same since the computation for this tactics and administration. Each term entails as to other students is years in three classroom hours and one professional award not necessarily based on four residence at Gettysburg College. development lab hour per week. In addition, Advanced Course cadets are paid $100.00 per month. Army ROTC also offers scholarships on a competitive basis. Eligible students may apply for one, two or three-year scholarships which pay full tuition and book expenses plus $100.00 per month. Sj£\ Academic Policies and Programs 41 rn

DEANS' HONOR LIST Margaret E. Fisher Memorial Scholarship Award The income from a fund contributed by Dr. Nelson The names of those students who attain an F. Fisher (1918) in memory of his mother, is accumulative average of 3.60 or higher in the awarded to a male student who excels in one or combined fall and January terms, or in the spring more major sports and who achieves the highest term, are placed on the Deans' Honor List in academic average among winners of varsity recognition of their academic attainments. To be letters. eligible for this honor a student must take a full course load of four courses in the long term, with Samuel Garver Greek Prize The income from a no more than one course taken under the S/U fund, contributed by the Rev. Austin S. Garver grading option during that term (except for (1 869) in memory of his father, is awarded to the students taking the Education Term, who may student who has made the greatest progress in take two courses S/U). Greek during the freshman year. Samuel Garver Latin Prize The income from a PRIZES AND AWARDS fund, contributed by the Rev. Austin S. Garver (1 869) in memory of his father, is awarded to the The following prizes recognize outstanding student who has made the greatest progress in scholarship and achievement. They are awarded Latin during the freshman year. at a Fall Honors Program in October or a Spring Graeff English Prize The income from a fund Honors Convocation held in April or May. Grades established in 1866 is awarded to a senior earned in required courses in physical education selected by the English Department on the basis are not considered in computations for prizes or of outstanding achievement in the work of that awards. Transfer students are eligible for prizes and awards. Department. David H. Greenlaw Memorial Prize The income Endowed Funds from a fund contributed by Mr. and Mrs. Ralph W. Baum Mathematical Prize The income from a Greenlaw in memory of their son, David H. Dr. is fund contributed by Charles Baum (1874), Greenlaw (1 966), is awarded to the student who given to the sophomore showing the greatest has contributed most to the technical aspects of proficiency in Mathematics. the College's drama productions. Anna Marie Budde Award The income from a John Alfred Hamme Awards Two awards, es- bequest from Anna Marie Budde, Instructor and tablished by John Alfred Hamme (1918), are Assistant Professor of Voice 1953-1972 is given given to the two juniors who have demonstrated in to the outstanding sophomore voice student. the highest degree the qualities of loyalty, Romeo M. Capozzi Gettysburg College Athletic kindness, courtesy, true democracy, and leader- Training Room Award The income from a ship. bequest from Rose Ann Capozzi in memory of her Henry W. A. Hanson Scholarship Foundation late husband, Romeo M. Capozzi, is given to the Award The income from a fund contributed by student who has demonstrated the greatest College alumni in honor of Henry W. A. Hanson degree of proficiency in Athletic Training Room and in recognition of his leadership of and technique. distinguished service to Gettysburg College and John M. Colestock Award The award, contrib- to the cause of education in the Lutheran Church uted by family and friends, is given to a senior and the nation, is awarded to a senior who plans male student whose optimism, enthusiasm, and to enter graduate school in preparation for strength of character have provided exceptional college teaching. The student must have taken leadership in student affairs. the Graduate Record Examination. If the senior chosen cannot accept, the next qualified candi- Malcolm R. Dougherty Mathematical A ward The date is eligible, and if no member of the senior income from a fund contributed by the Columbian class is chosen, a committee may select a mem- Cutlery Company, Reading, Pa., in memory of ber of a previous class. Malcolm R. Dougherty (1942), is awarded to a freshman showing proficiency in mathematics and working to earn part of his or her college expenses. 42 7868 Stevens Hall, named for Thaddeus Stevens, occupied

rrr

Harry C. and Catherine Noffsinger Hartzell Award awarded to the student who has attained the The income from a fund, contributed by James highest standing in the advanced course of the Hamilton Hartzell (1924) in memory of his Reserve Officers Training Corps. parents, is awarded to the outstanding junior Franklin Moore Award The income from a fund in Department of Sociology and student the contributed by the friends of Mr. Moore is given to Anthropology. The selection of co-recipients may the senior who, during his or her undergraduate of the Department. be made at the discretion years, has shown the highest degree of good James Boyd Hartzell Memorial Award The citizenship and, by character, industry, enterprise, income from a fund contributed by James initiative, and activities has contributed the most Hamilton Hartzell (1924) and his wife, Lucretia toward campus morale and the prestige of the Irvine Boyd Hartzell is awarded to a junior student College. majoring in economics or in business administra- Muhlenberg Freshman Prize The income from a tion for outstanding scholarship and promise in fund given by Dr. Frederick A. Muhlenberg (1 836) these fields. The selection of co-recipients may is awarded to the freshman taking Greek or Latin be made at the discretion of the Department of who attains the highest general quality point Economics and Business Administration. average. Lucretia Irvine Hartzell James Hamilton and Boyd Muhlenberg Goodwill Prize An illuminated certi- income from a fund contributed Award The by ficate to a senior male student "For his growth Hamilton Hartzell (1924) and his wife is James during formative years at Gettysburg College in to a sophomore student for outstanding awarded awareness of personal responsibility for the scholarship and promise in the field of History. welfare of all peoples; for a degree of achieve- The selection of co-recipients be made at may ment in same during College years; and in the discretion of the History the Department. hope of his future accomplishment for betterment Hassler Latin Prize The income from a fund of Community, State and Nation." contributed by Charles W. Hassler, is awarded to William F. Muhlenberg Award The income from the best Latin student in the junior class. a fund is awarded to two juniors on the basis of Rev. George N. Lautter (1899) and M. Naomi character, scholarship, and proficiency in cam- Lauffer (1898) Scholarship Award The income pus activities. from a fund is given each year to a junior who has Nicholas Bible Prize The income from a fund maintained high scholarship and who evidences contributed by the Rev. Dr. J. C. Nicholas (1 894) is outstanding ability and Christian character. It is awarded to the senior who has done the best work understood that the recipient will complete the in advanced courses in religion. senior year at Gettysburg College. Clair B. Noerr Memorial Award An inscribed J. Andrew Marsh Memorial Awards The income medal, established by Constance Noerr (1 958) in from the fund is presented each year to the memory of her father, is awarded to a senior sophomore and junior students of Gettysburg woman on the basis of proficiency in athletics, College who best exemplify the "whole person" scholarship, and Christian character. concept through positive attitude, exceptional Keith Pappas Memorial Award Notation on a spirit, high standards, and notable achievement, plaque in the Office of the Dean of Student Life both curricular and extracurricular. Priority is and Educational Services and a certificate is given to candidates in the Army ROTC program. given annually as a memorial to Keith Pappas Military Memorial Prize The income from a fund (1974), an honors graduate who made an contributed by alumni and friends of the College is extraordinary contribution to the life of this College and its people. This award is to be given to a current student who most significantly affects the College community through the quality of his or her participation in its functions and whose divergent contributions give form to what is called Gettysburg College. Academic Policies and Programs (r^\ 43 rrr

Jeffrey Pierce Memorial Award The income Unendowed from a Memorial Fund established in honor of Charles W. Beachem Athletic Award The Phys- Jeffrey Pierce (1 971 ), is awarded annually to that ical Education Department presents a trophy in male senior who, in the judgment of the Depart- memory of Charles W. Beachem (1925), the first ment, has reached the highest level of achieve- alumni secretary of the College. Based on ment in the field of history. Christian character, scholarship, and athletic Martha Ellen Sachs Prize The income from a achievement, the award is given to a senior fund contributed by John E. Haas in memory of his student. aunt, a Lecturer at the College, is awarded to a Beta Beta Beta Junior Award This award is student exhibiting excellence in English composi- given to a junior Biology major who has become tion, with consideration given to improvement an active member of Beta Beta Beta. The award is made during the year. based on scholarship, character, and attitude in Stine Chemistry Prize The income from a fund the biological sciences. contributed by Dr. Charles M. A. Stine (1901 ), is Beta BetaBetaSenior Award This award is given awarded to a senior chemistry major on the basis to a senior Biology major who has demonstrated of grades in chemistry, laboratory technique, academic excellence in the biological sciences. personality, general improvement in four years, The award is based on scholarship, character, and proficiency in chemistry at the time of and an active participation in the Rho Chapter of selection. Beta Beta Beta. Earl Kresge Stock Prizes The income from a C. E. Bilheimer Award Notation on a plaque and fund contributed by Earl Kresge Stock (1919) is a memento are given to the senior major in health awarded to the three students who write the and physical education with the highest aca- classroom papers judged best in the areas of the demic average. humanities, the sciences, and the social sci- ences. Chemistry Department Research Award The award provided by the Chemistry Department is Samuel P. Weaver Scholarship Foundation Prizes given to the graduating senior chemistry major Prizes established by Samuel P. Weaver (1904), who has made the greatest contribution both in are awarded to the two students writing the best his or her own research and to the research essays on an assigned topic in the field of activities of the Chemistry Department. constitutional law and government. College President's Award: Military Science An Earl E. Ziegler Junior Mathematics Award The engraved desk writing set is awarded to the income from a fund contributed by Phi Delta outstanding senior in the Army ROTC program Theta Alumni is given in honor of Earl E. Ziegler, chosen on the basis of academic excellence, Associate Professor of Mathematics at Gettys- military performance, especially leadership abil- burg College from 1 935-1 968, to the student who ity, character, industry and initiative, and partici- is majoring in mathematics and has the highest pation in activities. average in mathematics through the middle of the junior year. Delta Phi Alpha Prize A book on German culture is awarded to the outstanding studentfortheyear Earl E. Ziegler Senior Mathematics Award The in the German Department. income from a contribution by Earl E. Ziegler, Associate Professor of Mathematics at Gettys- Anthony di Palma Memorial Award An award established the family of Anthony di Palma burg College from 1 935-1 968, is awarded to the by mathematics major who has achieved the highest (1956), provides a book to the junior having the equal, average in mathematics through the middle of the highest marks in history. Other things being senior year. preference is given to a member of Sigma Chi fraternity. Edwin and Leander M. Zimmerman Senior Prize

The income from a fund is given to the senior whose character, influence on students, and scholarship have contributed most to the welfare of the College. 44 ^>i 1874 First Bachelor of Science degree awarded

rrr

French Cultural Counselor's Award A book Sceptical Chymists Prize To encourage the presented by the Cultural Counselor of the presentation of talks, the prize is awarded by the French Embassy is awarded to a senior for organization to the member or pledge who outstanding achievement in French. delivers the best talk before the Sceptical Chym- ists during the year. Frank H. Kramer Award The award is given by Phi Delta Theta fraternity, in memory of a former Sigma Alpha lota College Honor Award Sigma Professor of Education, to a senior for the Alpha lota, an international music fraternity, gives excellence of his or her work in the Department of an award each year to a young woman in the local Education. chapter who has exemplified the highest musical, ethical standards, whatever her Pennsylvania Institute of Certified Public Ac- scholastic, and countants Award This award sponsored by the class standing. Contributions to the local chapter of Alpha lota and participation in Music Pennsylvania Institute of Certified Public Ac- Sigma Department activities are important criteria for countants is presented to a senior selected by the selection. faculty of the Economics and Business Admini- stration Department who has demonstrated ex- Sigma Alpha lota Honor Certificate Sigma Al- cellence in the area of accounting and who, by pha lota annually awards in each chapter an participation in campus activities, shows qualities honor certificate to the graduating woman who of leadership. Eligibility for this award is based on holds the highest academic average among the satisfactory completion of a substantial music majors. number of accounting courses. Society for Collegiate Journalists Award A Phi Mu Alpha Award An award is made to a medal is presented to a student who has done senior who has contributed most to one of the outstanding work on the College newspaper or music performing organizations, and has an literary magazine or with the radio station. accumulative average of 2.70 or better in his or Dr. George W. Stoner Award Theincomefroma her major. fund is awarded to a worthy male senior ac- Pi Lambda Sigma Awards The Pi Lambda cepted by a recognized medical college. Sigma Awards, a sum of money contributed by Pi Student Life Council Award A citation is Lambda Sigma, is given annually to a senior awarded to a student in recognition of the quiet major in the Department of Economics and influence he or she has exerted for the improve- Business Administration and to a senior major in ment of the campus community. the Department of Political Science. The re- Wall Street Journal Student Achievement Award cipients are selected by their respective depart- The award of a silver medal and a year's sub- ments and Pi Lambda Sigma on the basis of their scription to the Wall Street Journal is presented oustanding overall scholastic records, depart- to a senior in the Department of Economics and mental performances, campus activity, charac- Business Administration who has shown out- ter, and potential for future growth. standing academic achievement in the study of Psi Chi is Award The award given to a senior finance and economics. psychology major, in the spring of his or her senior Charles R. Wolfe Memorial Award An award is year, who shows promise in the field of psycho- given by Alpha Xi Delta to a graduating senior on logical endeavor. Other things being equal, the basis of scholarly endeavor, warmth of preference is given to a member of Psi Chi. personality, and dedication to the College. Psi Chi Junior Award An award is given to a senior psychology major who has displayed outstanding potential and initiative throughout his or her junior year. .

GETTYSBURG Courses of Study PBESHMA.I C 1 A S S.

r Sallust, Cicero's -\tions, Xenophon's Anabasis, L«*v- eretfs Latin Escvdsea, Fiski's Creek Exercises, Watt*

; on the Mind, Colburn's Algebra commenced, Composition Lund Declamation.

f Lky, Graeca Major* Vol. I, Tytlcr's History, Latin am!

11. *s Greek Exercises, Colburn's Algebra completed, Corapo- l.sition and Declamation continued.

SOPHOMORE 6 1. A 1 s.

f" Gould's Horace, Graeca Majora continued, Latin and J Greek Exercu.es and Prosody, Tytler's History continued, i Blair's Rhetoric, Playfair's Geometry, Young's Algebra Lcontinued.

{Cicero de Qflciis, Rhetoric and History continued, Young's Algebra completed, Gummerc's Surveying, Exe- getical Study of tbe Greek Testament.

ll'HIOX Cl*«S.

t Cicero de Oratore, Graeca Msjora Vol. I. c tnpkted,

) LacroLx's Plane and Spl»rical Trigonometry, C i. 4 tions, Lectures on Chemistry with Experiments, vgy» Natural Theology, Mahan's Engineering. Cicero de Oratore completed, Graeca Majora Vol. H. Differential and Integral Calculus, Mensuration, Geology, H. ^i ] Botany, Hebrew, Evidences of Christianity, Kield excrci-

L.s«e» with the instruments, and i. cturcs on Architecture.

SENIOR CLASS.

C Intellectual Philosophy, Logic, Moral and Political Phi-

ty, PoSticaJ Economy, i . \i ijon \«1.

«^ II. completed, Mechanics HyA

1 Keith on the Globes, (Pwobaj'l and t.iiitimerc's) Astro- Lnom>, Anatomy.

H. ^

Ling ti»

Courses of Study listed in 1837-38 College Catalogue 46 /j?\ Course Descriptions

rrr

Each year the Registrar's Office issues an Distribution Departments offering Requirements courses that fulfill the Announcement of Courses listing the courses to Requirement be taught during the fall and spring terms and the Foreign Languages Classics, German and Russian, times they will be taught. A January Term Romance Languages Catalogue is issued in the fall by the Office of the Dean of the College listing the courses to be History/Philosophy/ Classics, History, Interdepart- Religion (This is in mental Studies, taught during the January Term. Since not every addition to the dis- Philosophy, Religion, in the following is offered course listed pages tribution requirement German and Russian, each year, the Announcement of Courses and in Religion) Romance Languages (some January Term Catalogue should be consulted to courses in foreign language departments are conducted in obtain the most current information about course English) offerings. Literature Classics, English, Usually, courses numbered 100-199 are at a Interdepartmental Studies, beginning level. Intermediate courses are num- German and Russian, Ro- bered 200-299. Courses numbered 300-399 are mance Languages (some courses in foreign language at an upperclass level. Courses numbered 400 departments are con- seminars, internships and above are advanced ducted in English) and individualized study. Art, Music, Creative Art, English, and Music Courses which are listed with two numbers, e.g. Writing, or Theatre Arts Biology 101, 102, span two terms. For courses Laboratory Science Biology, Chemistry, Physics separated by a hyphen, the first numbered course Social Sciences Economics, Political Science, must be taken as a prerequisite for the second. Psychology, Sociology and Where the two numbers are separated by a Anthropology comma, either of the terms of the course may be Non-Western Culture History, Interdepartmental taken independently of the other. Studies, Political Science, The distribution requirements for a B.A. degree Religion, Romance Languages. Sociology and Anthropology are listed on page 27 and for a B.S. in Music Education on page 34. Courses to meet the The distribution requirement in Religion can be distribution requirements are offered in various satisfied with a 100 level course in the Religion departments. Below is a list of distribution department. The requirement of proficiency in requirements for which courses are offered in written English can be demonstrated by passing

more than one department and the departments English 1 01 . A student may be exempted from the offering such courses. The course listings for the requirement on the basis of scores on the Test of departments indicate the courses which fulfill Standard Written English and a writing examina- distribution requirements. tion given on campus early in the fall term.

The required 4 quarter courses in Health and Physical Education are offered through the Department of Health and Physical Education. The January Term Catalogue indicates which distribution requirements can be fulfilled by specific January Term courses. Course Descriptions /Art fCE>> 47

ANTHROPOLOGY—SEE SOCIOLOGY The Department further supports the careful AND ANTHROPOLOGY selection of accompanying courses from the areas of history, philosophy, music, literature, and ART the sciences.

Requirements for majors concentrating in studio

are: Art 1 21 , 1 22, 1 41 and introductory courses in Professor Qually (Chairman) painting, printmaking, and sculpture, advanced Assistant Professor Paulson courses in at least two of these disciplines and a Instructor Small minimum of four courses in the area of history and theory of art. The student is encouraged to OVERVIEW take additional courses in the discipline of his or her special interest and competence. The Art Department has the following major Students intending to major in art with a concen- objectives: (1) to study the historical-cultural tration in studio should arrange to take Art 121, significance and aesthetic structure of archi- 122 or 141 in the freshman year. tecture, painting, and sculpture, and the enduring A comprehensive examination, or its equivalent, dialogue between continuity and change; (2) to will be required of educate the visual sensibilities beyond the rou- majors in art history in order to synthesize the content of the tine responses, toward an awareness of the visual separate disciplines of architecture, painting, and sculpture. environment around us, as well as cognition of For studio majors there will be a review by the art faculty of works of art as the living past; (3) to teach the cumulative student work at the of history of art and the practice of art as separate end the first term of the senior year. but interrelated disciplines; (4) to provide the interested major with a curriculum which will give Because of graduate school requirements and him or her a foundation for graduate or profes- extensive publications in French, German, and sional study leading to a career in high school or Italian, majors concentrating in the history of art college teaching, to positions as curators or are advised to fulfill their language requirement in research scholars in art, to commercial art and one of these languages. industrial design, or as professional painters, sculptors, and printmakers. DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS The Department offers to prospective majors a Any course in the area of history and theory of art flexible program of study in interrelated studio and may be counted toward the distribution require- art history courses. It encourages students from ment in art, music, theatre arts, or creative writing. disciplines other than art to select freely from both types of courses. SPECIAL FACILITIES

REQUIREMENTS AND A collection of approximately 35,000 color slides RECOMMENDATIONS supports the teaching of art history and studio classes. Available to students is a corresponding Requirements for majors concentrating in the collection of 20,000 opaque color reproductions history of art are: a minimum of nine art history of architecture, painting, and sculpture. Art muse- courses (in addition to Art 120) selected by the ums in Washington, Baltimore, and Philadelphia, student, in consultation with the adviser, which as well as art exhibits at the College, make possi- will meet his or her projected needs and which the ble the necessary contact with original works of Department considers to be a coherent program; art. and two basic studio courses in order to sharpen The Department has presses for relief, visual perception and foster an understanding of surface,

and intaglio printmaking. For sculpture it visual structure (but without any mandate for has both gas and electric welding technical competence). Students intending to equipment, power tools for working in wood stone and plastic, concentrate in the history of art should take Art and a small foundry for bronze casting. 111, 112, and 1 20 in the freshman year. .

7879 First intercollegiate football competition takes place: 48 /J^\ Gettysburg vs. Dickinson

rrr

HISTORY AND THEORY OF ART 206 European Painting 1700-1900 Introduction to eighteenth century painters in Italy, France, 111, 112 Ideas and Events Behind the Arts and England and their relationship to the Enlightenment. the nine- A study of the visual arts from prehistoric times to Major emphasis on the evolution of painting in France during to investigate how teenth century. An attempt will be made the nineteenth century in relation to the changing social, events have stimulated social, political and even natural political and philosophical climate. Special attention will be painting, sculpture and response in the function and style of given to impressionism and Post-Impressionism. Alternate of the contextual role of architecture. While an understanding years. Offered Fall 1981. art is considered important, there will also be emphasis upon Mr Qually an understanding of the individual work of art in terms of aesthetic analysis of form and content. Mrs. Small 210 Twentieth Century European Painting

A study of the schools and critical writings surrounding the major figures. Such movements as Art Nouveau, Nabis, Fauv- 120 Theory of the Visual Arts ism, Cubism, Futurism, German Expressionism, De Stijl, give the liberal arts student a basic approach to A course to Dada, and Surrealism will be considered. Prerequisite lor art This is not a chronological survey but a visual experience. history ma/ors: Art 206. study of visual elements which relate to art. The emphasis will Mrs. Small be on painting but other forms of art will also be considered Mrs. Small 215 History of Architecture and Sculpture to 1750

A comparative analysis of concepts of mass, volume and 203 Italian Painting 1300-1600 space as revealed by the architecture and sculpture of Egyp- Renaissance, and Mannerist paint- A survey of late Medieval, tian, Greek, Roman, Medieval, Renaissanceand Baroquecivi- of religious, philosophical and ing in Italy within the context lizations. Chronological sequence will be observed but the in response to changing concepts of social changes and main thrust will be on critical analysis of structure and form, and Florentine painting in the fifteenth space. Major emphasis on aesthetic understanding of the works Offered Fall 1 981 century and on painting in Rome and Venice during the six- Mr. Paulson teenth century. Lectures will emphasize formal analysis and the relationship of form and content. Alternate years. Offered Spring 1982. Mr Qually

205 Northern European Painting 1400-1700

A study of painting in the Netherlands and Germany from Van-Eyck to Holbein, and its transformation in seventeenth century Holland, Flanders, France, and Spain under the impact of the counter-reformation and the creative genius of Rembrandt, Vermeer, Rubens, El Greco, Velasquez, and Poussin. Alternate years. Offered Fall 1982. Mr Qually Course Descriptions I Art 49 rrr

216 History of Modern Sculpture The Lora Qually Hicks memorial fund, estab- A study of the evolution of sculptural forms from the nine- lished by family and friends in honor of Lora teenth century through the present decade with emphasis on Qually Hicks (1 971 ), provides funds for the pur- the effects of science and technology on man's changing of students. image of man and his universe. Alternate years. Offered chase works created by Gettysburg Spring 1983 Mr. Paulson 121, 122 Beginning Drawing An introductory course. Drawing from controlled studio 217 History of Modern Architecture problems and from nature. Intended to promote coordination

A study of the character and development of modern architec- of hand and eye and to achieve a degree of technical mastery ture and the contributions of Sullivan, Wright, Gropius and over a variety of drawing tools. Above all, to educate the visual Corbusier toward creating new environments for contem- sense, of seeing in relationship; to foster an acute awareness ability to create visual equivalents porary society. Alternate years Offered Spring 1 982. of form, and to develop the Mr. Paulson for the ob|ect in nature. Mr Qually

219 Eighteenth and Nineteenth Century American Painting 141 Basic Design (two-dimensional) A survey of American painting from the Colonial Period to An introductory course to help the student develop a capacity 1 900, studied in relationship to developments in Europe, and to think and work conceptually as well as perceptually, and to with emphasis on the response of art to the changing social provide a basic discipline with which to organize a variety of and technological environment in America. form Mrs. Small materials into structural and expressive Mr. Qually

220 Painting in America Since 1900 127, 128 Beginning Painting A survey of twentieth-century painting. Two basic themes of introductory course designed to sharpen visual re- the course are: the changing social role of painting as Ameri- An sponses, to develop understanding of the interrelationship ca's self-image develops; and the aesthetic role of the eclec- of color, form and space, and agraspof painting as organized tic process. personal expression. Experience in still Mrs. Small structure as well as life, landscape, and abstract problems. Open to the general student as well as to majors. Prerequisite tor studio majors: STUDIO COURSES Art 121. Mr Qually

The purpose of all studio courses is to sharpen 132 Beginning Printmaking the sense of sight; coordinate mind, hand, and 131, An introductory course in printmaking. The creative process eye; develop the ability to organize visual ma- as conditioned and disciplined by the techniques of intaglio terial; and to integrate the intuitive and rational and lithography. Discussion of past and contemporary into creative activity. Lectures accompany basic methods, and the study of original prints. Prerequisites lor studio courses when necessary to relate theory studio majors: Art 121 Paulson and practice. Mr.

135, 136 Beginning Sculpture

An introduction to the fundamentals of three-dimensional forms and modes of expression involving creative problems

in the organization of space, mass, volume, line, and color. Correlated lectures and demonstrations will be used to acquaint the student with those aspects of sculptural history and theory relevant to studio projects This course is intended for the general student as well as the art major. Mr. Paulson 50 fd>\ Course Descriptions I Art I Biology Mi

Second Year Drawing 221, 222 BIOLOGY Advanced studio problems: more emphasis on drawing from nature when weather permits. Also, drawing the human figure. Prerequisites: Art 121, 122. Mr. Qually Professors Barnes and Cavaliere (Chairman) Associate Professors Beach, Hendrix,

227, 228 Second Year Painting Schroeder, and Winkelmann

Encouragement is given to the exploration of individual prob- Assistant Professors Logan, Mauro, Mikesell, lems of pictorial organization and personal expression, in- and Sorensen volving a variety of media or a concentration on one, accord- Laboratory Instructors (Assistants) ing to the student's temperament and ability. Prerequisites: M. Hinrichs, M. Packard, P. Price, and Art 127, 128 Mr Qually H. Winkelmann

231, 232 Second Year Printmaking OVERVIEW

Concentrates on one medium, selected according to the stu- Courses in the Department are designed to dent's preference and ability. Prerequisites: Art 131, 132. provide foundation in biological Mr. Paulson a basic concepts and principles and the background necessary for graduate study in biology, forestry, dentistry, 235, 236 Second Year Sculpture medicine, veterinary medicine, and various other A program of correlated studio projects formulated and con- professional fields. All courses in the Department ducted by the student entailing experiments in materials, techniques, design systems, and forms of expression involv- include laboratory work. ing the elements of spatial organization. Prerequisites: Art 135. 136. Mr. Paulson REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS

321, 322 Third Year Drawing A minimum of eight biology courses is required to

Mr. Qually complete the major. This minimum is exclusive of Individualized Study and January Term courses

327, 328 Third Year Painting unless otherwise designated. Beyond Introduc-

Mr. Qually tory Biology there are no specific courses required for the major, and because of the unstructured nature of the biology curriculum, 331, 332 Third Year Printmaking prerequisites for upper level courses are few. This Mr. Paulson freedom permits the diversity of backgrounds required by different professional goals. Speciali- 335, 336 Third Year Sculpture zation at the expense of breadth, however, is Mr Paulson discouraged. A student, in consultation with his or her adviser, should construct a broad, balanced Individualized Study curriculum. Every program should include at least Provides an for opportunity the well-qualified student to exe- one course from the area of botany and one from cute supervised projects in the area of his/her special the area of zoology. interest, whether studio or history. Repeated spring term.

Staff Chemistry 1 1 1 , 1 1 2 and Chemistry 203, 204 are

required of all majors in Biology. It is desirable, but

not essential that Chemistry 1 1 1 , 1 1 2 be taken in the freshman year and that Chemistry 203, 204 be taken in the sophomore year. r^\ Course Descriptions I Biology 51 rrr

Two courses in introductory physics (either 101, 102 General Biology Physics 103, 104 or Physics 111, 112) are Designed to provide for non-science majors an appreci- ation of the physical and chemical dynamics of life. required for admission to graduate and profes- Subject matter includes the structural organization within sional schools, but this subject is not a require- which life processes operate; the relationship of structure and ment for the major. function in living organisms; and the interactions between or- ganisms and their environment. Approaches of modern biolo- A minimum competency in mathematics is gists to current problems are introduced. Particular attention expected of all majors in biology. Competency is given to the relationship of biology to human concerns may be defined as a knowledge of statistics and Three class hours and laboratory calculus. Any deficiency should be rectified with Messrs. Cavaliere, Beach and Staff

Mathematics 1 07 (Applied Statistics) and Mathe-

matics 1 08 (Applied Calculus). Students desiring 111 Introductory Biology; The Cell a double major with chemistry, mathematics or An introduction to the principles and processes of cellular physics must take Mathematics 111-112 (Calcu- biology. Study includes chemistry; structure and function of organelles; membranes; energy relationships, cellular as- lus of a Single Variable). pects of genetics and differentiation and development. Three class hours and laboratory. DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS Mr. Schroeder and Staff

The distribution requirement in laboratory sci- 112 Introductory Biology: The Organism ence may be satisfied by Biology 101, 102, by An introduction to the principles relating to the adaptive bi- Biology 101 plus a January Term course desig- ology of plants and animals, including behavior, evolution; nated for this purpose, or by Biology 111, 112. phylogeny, and ecology. Three class hours and laboratory

Prerequisite: Biology 1 1 1 or permission of instructor. Mr Barnes and Staff SPECIAL FACILITIES

Greenhouse, animal quarters, aquarium room, (Biology 111, 112 sequence is designed for the science environmental chambers, electron microscopy major) laboratory, independent study laboratories. 201 Vertebrate Morphology SPECIAL PROGRAMS Detailed examination of the origins, structures, and functions of the organ systems of vertebrates. Special attention is given Cooperative program in Forestry and Environ- to the evolution of maior vertebrate adaptations. Three class hours and two scheduled laboratories. Offered in fall of odd- mental Studies with Duke University (p. 39) numbered years. January Term offerings include a variety of Mr Winkelmann courses: (1) special courses in introductory biology to satisfy the distribution requirement in 205 Principles of Genetics laboratory science or for the major requirement, The principles of Mendelian genetics, the interpretation of (2) courses in specialized areas of biology for inheritance from the standpoint of contemporary molecular students who have completed the introductory biology, and the relationships between heredity and develop- ment, physiology, ecology, and evolution. Three class hours course, (3) overseas field courses, (4) internships and laboratory. in hospitals, research labs, and private medical Ms Logan practices, and (5) opportunities for individualized study and self-designed internships. * first fifty 52 j Fm 7882 College celebrates its years

217 An Evolutionary Survey of the Plant Kingdom 313 Histology-Cytology structure of tissues and the func- A synopsis of embryo-producing plants, primarily liverworts, The microscopic human architecture of organs. introduction to pathological mosses, fern allies, ferns and seed plants. Emphasis is on tional An comparative morphology, adaptive diversity and phylogeny changes in structure as a consequence of disease is pre- class hours and laboratory. Six hours a week in class-laboratory work. sented. Three Mr Mikesell Mr Schroeder

218 Algae and Fungi 315 Electron Microscopy introduction to the basic theory and practice of transmis- The study of algae (Phycology) and fungi (Mycology) with An scanning elec- emphasis on both the cellular and subcellular levels. The sion electron microscopy (RCA EMU4) and

( T20). Techniques of tissue prep- course will include the identification, morphology, physiology, tron microscopy JEOL JSM reproduction, ecology and phylogeny of these organisms. aration including the use of the ultramicrotome, sputterer- Moreover, culture techniques, basic principles of plant path- coater, and critical point drying apparatus are covered along interpretation of animal and plant ultra- ology and medical mycology will be considered. Three class with introduction to hours and laboratory. Offered in spring term of odd-number structure. Lecture and laboratory are by arrangement. Cost: years. approximately $40.00 for materials which will remain property Mr. Cavaliere of student. Does not count toward the eight minimum courses required for a major. Staff 220 Physiology of Plant Growth and Development

The physiology of growth and function in vascular plants. 320 Developmental Biology The relationship between structure and function in plant sys- principles and phenomena of biological de- tems and plant responses, growth promoting substances, A survey of the molecular, cellular, and organismic levels of photoperiodic responses, water absorption and transpiration, velopment at the attention is given to embryonic develop- mineral nutrition and general metabolic pathways are studied organization. Major multicellular organisms, especially animals Verte- Three class hours and laboratory. Offered in spring term of ment in formation of animal even-numbered years. brates are emphasized in the study of the Mr. Cavaliere organ systems. Three class hours and laboratory Mr Sorensen

302 Anatomy and Morphology of Angiosperms 323 Parasitology An anatomical approach to the study of higher plant struc- the general principles of parasitism with tures. The origin and differentiation of tissues and organs, An introduction to taxonomy, morphology, environmental aspects of development and plant anomalies emphasis upon the epidemiology, of the groups of animal parasites of man are studied Six hours a week in class-laboratory work. Of- and physiology major animals Three class hours and laboratory. fered in spring term of even-numbered years and Mr Mikesell Mr. Hendrix

304 Taxonomy of Flowering Plants 324 Vertebrate Zoology reproduction Identification, classification, structural diversity, and evo- An introduction to the systematics, distribution, Field laboratory lutionary relationships of angiosperms. The course includes and population dynamics of vertebrates. and history, collection, identification and extensive field work for collection of local flora, and methodol- emphasis is on natural preparation of specimens. Six hours in class, laboratory or ogy and principles of related disciplines, e.g., plant geog- trip North Carolina raphy, cytogenetics and numerical taxonomy. Offered in field. Optional to Mr Winkelmann spring term of odd-numbered years. Mr Mikesell

325 Animal Behavior

305 Ecology Study of animal behavior through readings, films, discus- field laboratory observations. A wide The principles of ecology, with emphasis on the role of chemi- sions, and and from simple cal, physical and biological factors affecting the distribution range of phenomena will be considered, and succession of plant and animal populations and com- mechanisms such as reflex responses to complex inter- munities. Three class hours and laboratory-field actions such as social organizations. The role of behavioral Mr Beach adaptations in the biology of animal species will be empha- sized. Three class hours and laboratory. Offered in fall of even-numbered years. Mr Winkelmann Course Descriptions I Biology I Chemistry

327 Invertebrate Zoology

The biology of the larger free-living metazoan invertebrate CHEMISTRY groups, exclusive of insects, with special emphasis on adap- tive morphology and physiology and on evolution. Six hours a week in class-laboratory work. Professors Fortnum and Rowland (Chairman) Mr. Barnes Associate Professor Parker Assistant Professors Grzybowski and Hathaway 330 Bacteriology Assistant Instructors DeHoff and Jackson An introduction to the biology of bacteria, their morphology, reproduction, physiology, genetics, and ecology Isolation, cultural techniques, environmental influences, biochemical, OVERVIEW genetic, and immunological characterization of bacteria will be emphasized in the laboratory. Three class hours and Each course offered by the Department provides laboratory. Mr Hendnx an opportunity for a concentrated study of the various principles of classical and contemporary the 340 Vertebrate Physiology chemical knowledge. From introductory to the advanced courses, application is made of basic An introduction to the principles of animal function. Man is emphasized but other vertebrate groups are considered for theories and methods of chemical investigation. comparative purposes. A significant block of time is spent in The courses offered by the Department utilize which stresses basic experimental tech- the laboratory, lectures, discussions, library work, videotapes/ niques. An independent project must be undertaken as part of films, and laboratory investigations in order to the course. Prerequisites: Chemistry 203. 204 or permission of instructor. Three class hours and laboratory. emphasize the concepts that underlie the topics Mr. Schroeder covered. Each course, as well as the major itself,

is designed for the curious and interested student.

341 Biochemistry The program of the Department is accredited by Introduction to the principles of biochemistry, including the the American Chemical Society. The paths taken relationship between the conformation of macromolecules by majors after graduation are varied; many and their biological activity. The structure and function of bio- in Graduates also logical membranes, the generation and storage of metabolic enter graduate work chemistry.

energy and its regulation, and the synthesis of macromolecu- enter medical and dental schools, industrial and lar precursors will be included. Prerequisites: Chemistry 111, government research laboratories, and second-

1 1 Chemistry 203, 204. Three class hours and laboratory. 2; ary school teaching. Mr, Sorensen REQUIREMENTS AND Individualized Study RECOMMENDATIONS Independent investigation of a topic of special interest to the would normally include both literature and student. Study The eight basic courses required for a major are laboratory research carried out under the direction of a fac-

Chemistry 1 1 , 1 1 2 (or 1 1 2A or 1 1 2B), 203, 204, J ulty member familiar with the general field of study. A seminar 1

dealing with the investigation will be presented to the staff and 21 , 305, 306, and 31 7. Additional offerings within students as a part of individualized study. Open tojuniorsand the Department may be elected according to the seniors. Prerequisite: Approval of both the directing faculty interests and goals of the individual student. member and the Department prior to registration day 1 1 1 1 1 2 mathematics through Staff Physics and and 211 are required of all chemistry majors. Addi- tional courses in mathematics (212) and physics may be recommended for those contemplating graduate study in certain areas. Majors normally

fulfill the College language requirement in Ger- man or French. Junior and senior majors are expected to join with staff members in an afternoon seminar series which is designed to provide an additional opportunity for discussion of current developments in the field. 1

4 C-^\ Course Descriptions I Chemistry rrr

For the prospective secondary school teacher 101 General Chemistry the Department cooperates in offering Education Study of chemical principles with emphasis placed on provid- ing the student with an understanding of how these principles 304, Techniques of Teaching and Curriculum of relate to the non-scientist, especially in the areas of industry, Secondary Chemistry. ecology, health, and philosophy. Laboratory experiments are to offer "hands-on" familiarity with the principles Individualized study and directed laboratory work designed a discussed in the lectures. The course is designed for students are available in connection with most courses. An planning to complete only two courses in chemistry and who honors section (112A) of the Fundamentals of may have limited or no previous exposure to chemistry. Three Chemistry course provides a select group of lecture hours and one laboratory afternoon. Mr, Grzybowski students with such an opportunity at the intro- ductory level. Emphasis is placed upon indi- vidual as well as group study in the January Term 102 General Chemistry offerings. During the student's junior or senior Review of principles studied in Chemistry 1 01 and application year the major may elect Chemistry 462, a to problems of current and historical interest. Demonstrations and laboratory experiments are designed to illustrate and research course in which he or she can utilize his complement the material discussed in class. Prerequisite: creativity extensively. of her knowledge and Chemistry 101 or 1 1 1 . Three lecture hours and one laboratory afternoon. DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS Mr. Fortnum

The following combinations of chemistry courses 111 Fundamentals of Chemistry satisfy the distribution require- may be used to Study of atomic structure, theories of bonding, stoichiometric ment in laboratory science: either 101 or 1 1 relationships, properties of solutions and gases, and ele- followed by 102, 112, 112A or 112B. (Course mentary thermodynamics. The laboratory work covers quan- titative relationships by employing titrimetric and gravimetric credit will not be given for more than two intro- techniques. This course is designed for biology, chemistry, ductory chemistry courses including those given and physics majors and others with a good secondary school in the January term. Credit will NOT be given for background in chemistry and elementary mathematics

Course credit is not granted for both Chemistry 1 01 and 111. both 111 and 1 01 OR for both 1 02 and 1 1 2.) Three lecture hours and one laboratory afternoon. Mr Parker SPECIAL FACILITIES AND PROGRAMS

The Department's library is at the disposal of all students enrolled in chemistry courses. Numer- ous lectures and seminars are sponsored by the Department and Sceptical Chymists. These in- volve resource persons from universities, indus- tries, government agencies, and professional schools and are designed to complement the curricular activities of the Department. An annual

highlight is a two or three-day visit by an outstanding scholar in the field of chemistry. The

program is supported by The Musselman Endow- ment for Visiting Scientists. Many qualified upper- classmen— chemistry majors and others— gain valuable experience from serving as laboratory assistants. r£\ Course Descriptions I Chemistry 55 rrr

112 Fundamentals of Chemistry 204 Organic Chemistry

Study of kinetics and mechanisms of reactions, equilibrium, Study of the various classes of organic compounds, including electrochemistry, and theories of complex formation. substitutions in the aromatic nucleus, polycylic compounds, Laboratory work includes kinetic studies, qualitative and natural products such as amino acids, carbohydrates, analysis, and the application of various instrumental pro- peptides, and enzymes. Prerequisite: Chemistry 203. Three cedures to the quantitative analysis of systems. Course credit lecture hours, one lab discussion hour, and one laboratory

is not granted for both Chemistry 102 and 1 12. Prerequisite: afternoon. Chemistry 111. Three lecture hours and one laboratory after- Mr. Rowland noon. Ms. Hathaway J 21 Chemical Applications of Spectroscopy

Study of the theories and applications of ultraviolet, infrared, 112A Fundamentals of Chemistry nuclear magnetic resonance, a/id mass spectroscopy are Designed as an honors seminar for the more capable first- discussed in relation to the import of these spectroscopic year chemistry students. Kinetics and mechanisms of re- methods in the analysis of chemical systems. The utilization actions, equilibrium, electrochemistry, and coordination and limitations of each type of spectroscopy are covered. chemistry are among the topics discussed. Laboratory work Course work includes lectures, discussions, and laboratory includes experiments in kinetics and equilibrium and the sessions. The lab periods involve a study of the operation of application of principles from lecture to a project of several the pertinent spectrometers as well as the actual use of weeks duration. Emphasis is placed on independent work these instruments in the identification of organic compounds. with necessary guidance in both the seminar and the labora- Lecture work is supplemented by films and videotapes

tory. Prerequisites: Chemistry 101 or 1 1 1 and invitation of the Prerequisite: Chemistry 203. Department. Two afternoons. Staff Mr. Parker

305 Physical Chemistry

112B Fundamentals of Chemistry Study of the principles of thermodynamics and kinetic theory A special section for those students whose performance in as applied to the states of matter, chemical reactions, equi-

Chemistry 1 1 1 indicates the need for continuing lecture and librium, the phase rule, and electrochemistry using lectures, laboratory experience in a smaller group. Topics covered will readings, problems, discussions and laboratory exercises. be similar to those in Chemistry 112, with appropriate The computer is used as a tool for solving problems and for changes in scope. The class size will permit a greater degree the reduction of experimental data. Prerequisites: Chemistry of class participation by each student in the discussion of 112 or 112A or 112B, Physics 112, mathematics through

concepts and problems. Prerequisites: Chemistry 1 1 1 and in- calculus (usually Math 21 1 or 212). Three lecture hours, one vitation of the Department. Three lecture hours and one discussion hour, and one laboratory afternoon. laboratory afternoon. Mr. Fortnum Mr. Rowland

306 Physical Chemistry

203 Organic Chemistry Introduction to theories of chemical kinetics, quantum Study of the fundamental concepts of the chemistry of carbon mechanics and statistical thermodynamics and their appli- compounds, with emphasis on methods of preparation, re- cations to chemical systems through the use of problems, action mechanisms, stereochemical control of reactions, and lectures, readings, discussions, laboratory investigations, the application of spectroscopy to problems of identification. and projects. Assignments are made so as to encourage the Prerequisite: Chemistry 112, 112A, or 112B. Three lecture individual study of specific related physical chemical pheno- hours, one lab discussion hour, and one laboratory afternoon. mena. Prerequisite: Chemistry 305. Three lecture hours, one Mr. Rowland discussion hour, and one laboratory afternoon. Mr. Fortnum 56 /3£\ Course Descriptions I Chemistry I Classics

lr r r

317 Instrumental Analysis CLASSICS Study of chemical analysis by use of modern instruments. Topics include complex equilibria, electroanalytical methods, quantitative spectroscopy and chromatography Analytical methods will be studied from both a chemical and an instru- Professor Pavlantos (Chairman) point of view. The laboratory will stress quantitative mentation Assistant Professors C. R. Held and Kalke analytical procedures and laboratory preparations. Prerequi-

sites: Chemistry 204 and J 21 , Three lecture hours and two laboratory afternoons. OVERVIEW Mr. Grzybowski The main objective of the Department is to give a thorough foundation in Latin and Greek to those 353 Advanced Organic Chemistry students who expect to specialize in this field as Study of physical organic topics including stereochemistry, pericyclic reactions, and the investigation of mechanisms. teachers, graduate students, archaeologists, or Selected subjects in the synthetic section are photochemis- linguists. The Department also strives to contrib- asymmetric reactions, rear- try, organometallic reagents, ute to the education of those who are not rangements, heterocycles, and multistep syntheses of com- specialists; to help in the clear and artistic plex molecules. Laboratory work involves advanced syn- theses and techniques with an emphasis on independence expression of thought; and to help all students to a and skills as well as extensive use of the library. Prerequisites better understanding of language structure in

Chemistry 204 and J 21 . Three lecture hours and two labora- general and thereby to a mastery of English. The tory afternoons. long-range objective is to show all students that Ms. Hathaway the great literary men of Greece and Rome addressed themselves to thoughts and ideas 373 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry which are as urgent in the twentieth century as Study of valence bond, crystal field, and molecular orbital they were to those ancient civilizations. Through theories; boron chemistry; organometallic compounds; struc- tural, kinetic, and mechanistic studies of coordination com- knowledge of the past, students can be freed from pounds. Group theoretical and experimental methods for the a preoccupation with the present. elucidation of the structure and bonding of these compounds are discussed. Prerequisite: Chemistry 305. Three lecture hours. REQUIREMENTS AND Mr Parker RECOMMENDATIONS

Requirements for a major in Latin: 9 courses 462 Individualized Study Research beyond Latin 101, 102, including Latin 251 and An independent investigation in an area of mutual interest to 312. Requirements for a major in Greek: 9 the student and a faculty director. The project normally in-

1 , 1 02 including Greek cludes a literature survey and a laboratory study. An oral courses beyond Greek 01 report to staff and students and a final written report are 251. required. A student wishing to enroll in this course should In both Greek and Latin the intermediate (201, consult with the faculty director and submit a written pro- posal to the department for approval at least three weeks be- 202) course, or its equivalent, is a prerequisite for fore the last day of classes of the term preceding the term in all higher-numbered courses. which this course is to be taken. Prerequisites: Permission of the faculty director and approval of the proposal by the chemistry department. Open to junior and senior chemistry DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS

majors. Offered in the fall and spring terms.

, , to Staff Latin 201 202 and Greek 201 202 may be used meet the College's language requirement. Latin 203, 204, 303, 304, 305, 306, 31 1,401, Greek 203,

204, 301 , 302, 303, 304, 305, 306, and Classics 262, 264, 266 may be used in partial fulfillment of the literature distribution requirement. Latin 251 and Greek 251 may be used toward fulfillment of the College distribution requirement in history, philosophy or religion and may be counted toward a major in history with the consent of that department. /jg\ Course Descriptions I Classics 57

lr r r

For prospective secondary school teachers the 301 Homer Department cooperates in ottering Education Selections from the Iliad and Odyssey with examination of syntax and style Supplemental reading in English is included 304, Techniques of Teaching and Curriculum of Not offered every year. Latin. Secondary Staff

SPECIAL PROGRAMS 302 Greek Historians Through a cooperative arrangement under the Readings in the text of Herodotus orThucydides Oral reports and a paper are required Offered 1981-82 auspices of the Central Pennsylvania Consor- Mrs. Pavlantos tium, Gettysburg, along with the other three member colleges— Dickinson, Franklin and Mar- 303 Greek Comedy shall, and Wilson— share membership in both the An introduction to Greek drama. Selected comedies of Aristo- American School of Classical Studies in Athens phanes are read with attention to style and metrics. Offered and the Intercollegiate Center for Classical 1981-82 Studies in Rome. Mr Held

GREEK 304 Greek Tragedy

Selected plays of Aeschylus, Sophocles, and Euripides Var- 101, 102 Elementary Greek ious plays are also read in English Oral reports. Offered An introduction to the alphabet, inflections, and syntax of Attic 1981-82 Greek. Mr. Held Mr. Held

306 Greek Oratory 251 Greek History Study of selected orations of Demosthenes and Lysias A survey of Hellenic civilization from the Bronze Age to the Offered 1981-82. Hellenistic period. Extensive readings in the Greek Historians Mr. Held as well as modern scholars (in English) are included. Inde-

pendent paper or project is required. A knowledge of Greek is not required. Offered 1980-81 Individualized Study Staff Mrs. Pavlantos

LATIN 201, 202 Intermediate Greek

Designed to increase the student's skill in reading texts. Se- 101, 102 Elementary Latin lections from Xenophon's Anabasis, some writers of the New Testament and other authors are read, with an emphasis on An introduction to Latin. Designed for those who have had no contact with the language. grammar. Prerequisite: Greek 1 01 , 1 02 or its equivalent. Mr. Held Staff

203 Plato 251 Roman History

The Apology and Crito, with selections from other dialogues The history of the Republic. Extensive readings in the Roman are read. Historians as well as modern scholars (in English) are in- Mr. Held cluded. Independent paper or project is required. A knowl- edge of Latin is not required. Offered 1981 -82. Mrs. Pavlantos 204 New Testament Greek

An introduction to Koine Greek. Selections from the New 201, 202 Intermediate Latin Testament are read with attention to their language and con- tent. Designed to increase the student's skill in reading texts. Se- Mr. Held lections from Latin prose and poetry are read, with continuing grammatical review and analysis. Prerequisite: two years of secondary school Latin or Latin 101, 102. Staff ,

58 (J^\ 1884-1904 Harvey W. McKnight is President

rrr

203 Roman Prose 312 Prose Composition Selections from Roman prose writers and intensive review of A course designed to increase the student's ability to trans- grammar. Prerequisite: three or four years of secondary late from English to Latin which includes a thorough grammar

school Latin or Latin 201 , 202 review Offered 1981 -82. Staff Mrs. Pavlantos

204 Roman Poetry 401 Vergil

Extensive reading in Catullus, Ovid, and Horace with a close A seminar devoted to the study of Vergil's literary style, poetic examination of poetic forms other than epic. Prerequisite: genius, and humanity as seen in the Aeneid. Open to seniors three or four years of secondary school Latin or Latin 201 and qualified juniors Not offered every year. 202. Mrs. Pavlantos Staff

Individualized Study Staff 303 Cicero

Selected essays of Cicero, with supplemental reading from CLASSICAL LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION his letters and orations. Supplemental reading in English. Not offered every year. 262-266 Genre Literature

Mr Held An examination of the genre literature of Greece and Rome in translation. Selected works will be studied through analysis of form, structure, and content. No knowledge of Greek or Latin 306 St. Augustine is necessary. Designed primarily for the non-major, but may Selections from the first nine books of the Confessions with count toward a major with the consent of the department. attention to the differences between Late Latin and Classical Latin. Not offered every year. Mr Held 262 Ancient Epic

A study of Homer, Apollonius of Rhodes, and Vergil, Offered 1981-82 308 Roman Satire Mrs. Pavlantos Selections from Horace, Martial, and Juvenal with attention to the changes in language and style from the Classical to the Post Classical period Not offered every year 264 Ancient Tragedy

Mrs. Pavlantos A study of Aeschylus, Sophocles, Euripides, and Seneca Offered 1982 -83. Mrs. Pavlantos 309 Roman Historians

Selections from Livy and Tacitus with attention to their pecu- liarities of language and style. Supplemental readings in 266 Ancient Comedy

English are included Offered 1981-82. A study of Aristophanes, Menander, Plautus, and Terence. Mrs. Pavlantos Not offered every year Mrs. Pavlantos

311 Lucretius

Extensive reading in On the Nature of Things with attention to Lucretius' metrical forms, science, and philosophy. Oral reports and a paper are required. Not offered every year Mr Held ,

/j^s Course Descriptions I Economics and Business Administration 59 rrr

The Department offers two majors, one in ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS economics and the other in business administra- ADMINISTRATION tion, with a concentration in accounting possible within either major. Ten courses are required for a major in economics or in businessadministration. Professor W. F. Railing (Chairman) In addition to its liberal arts objectives, the Associate Professors Baird, Fender, Gemmill, Department's curriculum is designed to meet the and Hill of intend to pursue Assistant Professors Gondwe and Niiro needs students who (1) graduate study in economics; (2) enter graduate Instructors Griffith, Hanlon, Lewis, McClymont, professional schools in business administration, Pellak, and Siegel law, and related areas; or pursue a career in Adjunct Assistant Professors Doherty and (3) business, non-profit organizations, or govern- J. M. Railing ment. Adjunct Instructors Katzman, Musselman,

Raffensperger, and Robert It should be noted that the Department reserves Lecturers Henderson and Schlegel the right to limit the number of majors in eco- Assistant S. Cavaliere nomics and in business administration in accordance with the amount of its resources. OVERVIEW If and when such a limitation is imposed, students will be selected by the Department on the basis The Department offers courses in economics, of academic performance and other factors, such business administration, and accounting. A as attitude and diligence. knowledge of these areas has become increas- ingly important for effective participation in our complex society and is essential for a person to REQUIREMENTS AND be considered liberally educated. The Depart- RECOMMENDATIONS ment's courses present this knowledge with a Minimum requirements for students majoring in focus on problem solving that emphasizes the economics are: Economics 1 01 -1 02, Accounting identification and solution of problems through

1 Economics 241 , 243, 245, and 333, and three analysis rather than the mere acquisition of 53, courses chosen from the following: Economics vocational tools. Courses stress the critical

242, 301 , 303, 305, 324, 336, 338, 351 , and 352. thinking skills of a liberally educated person: Majors in business administration are required to analysis, synthesis, and ability to perceive, cre- complete Economics 101-102, Accounting 153, ate, and choose among alternatives.

Economics 241 , 243, 245, and Business 366, and Economics is a social science that studies the to select three courses from the following: of scarce resources to produce and distribute use Business 361, 363, 365, 367, Economics 351, goods and services within society. Economists 352, Accounting 1 54 and one advanced course in analyze economic problems such inflation, as accounting. unemployment, and economic growth and put Beginning with the class of 1985, majors in forth suggestions for the solution of these prob- economics and majors in businessadministration lems. will be required to demonstrate achievement in administration is concerned with the Business Mathematics equivalent to one term of college operation, management, and control of economic algebra and one term of calculus. This require- organizations in a society. of The managers ment may be satisfied completely by taking economic organizations have a profound influ- Mathematics 1 1 7, which is offered specifically for ence on a social system since they must majors in this Department, or Mathematics 111 the of their constituents and understand needs Other courses offered by the Department of make decisions on the use of physical and human Mathematics in college algebra and calculus may resources to satisfy these needs. also be used to fulfill this requirement. Students

Accounting measures the activity of economic planning to fulfill the requirement with such other organizations, analyzes the resulting data, and courses should consult the Chairman of the provides alternatives and recommendations to Department of Economics and Business Ad- the management of such organizations. ministration to determine which courses so 60 lO^ 1888 First woman student enrolled

rrr

qualify. Exemption by examination is also examination in his or her major field (economics possible. or business administration), which is adminis- tered during the spring term of A student who plans to pursue graduate a student's senior year. In order to qualify for Departmental Honors study in economics or business administra- in his or her major field, a student must perform tion is encouraged to take Mathematics 117- (1 ) -1 very well in the senior comprehensive examina- 1 1 8 or Mathematics 1 1 1 1 2 and 21 1 , 21 2, and tion, (2) satisfactorily complete Economics 400 Economics 242, 351 , and 352. Mathematics 357- during the senior year, and have earned an 358 may be taken by a major in economics or a (3) acceptable overall and Departmental grade point major in business administration in place of average. Economics 241 , 242, provided both terms of

Mathematics 357-358 are completed. The Department, to the best of its knowledge, offers the courses which are necessary to satisfy It should, however, be noted that a student may the Certified Public Accounting requirementsinall not receive credit for two statistics courses the states. Therefore, a student who majors in covering essentially the same material. There- business administration or in economics and fore, a student who has taken Mathematics 1 07 or concentrates in accounting at Gettysburg Col- Sociology 302, prior to declaring a major in lege will not find it necessary to attend graduate economics or in business administration will not school in order to take the Certified Public Ac- be required to take Economics 241, but will be counting Examination in any state, provided the required to take another course in the Depart- following courses are included in his or her ment, selected in consultation with Dr. W. F. program: Accounting 153, 154, 253-254, Eco- Railing, to replace Economics 241. nomics 305, Business 363, 364, 367, and at least The computer has become an important tool in four of the following: Accounting 353-354, 355, economics, business administration, and ac- 356, and 373-374. counting. For this reason, the Department strongly recommends that its majors take, in DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS accordance with their respective interests, a A student may satisfy the College distribution course or courses dealing with the use of the requirement in social sciences by successfully computer from among the following: Business completing Economics 101-102. 377, 378, Mathematics 174, 275.

During the first two years of residence, all SPECIAL PROGRAMS students who intend to major in economics or Gettysburg College is one of a relatively small business administration should complete Ac- number of colleges and universities selected by 1 -1 counting 53 and Economics 1 01 02, 241 , 243, the Small Business Administration (S.B.A.) to and 245. participate in the Small Business Institute Pro- Students who develop an interest in one of these gram. Under the supervision of a faculty member, two fields after entering the College will, however, students are dispatched to provide management

find it possible to major in the Department as late counseling to the area small business firms. The as the close of the sophomore year or the S.B.I, program consists of two courses: Business beginning of the junior year without having 381 and 402. Students planning to seek admis-

followed the above program, if they have com- sion to this program must plan their schedules pleted Economics 101-102 and a substantial carefully so that they complete the necessary number of the College distribution requirements. prerequisites in a timely fashion. Such interested Economics 101-102 is a prerequisite for all students should consult The Handbook for Ma- courses offered by the Department except Busi- jors of the Department of Economics and Busi- ness 177, 363, 364, Accounting 153, 154, 253- ness Administration for details about this program

254, 353-354, 355, 356, 373-374, and Geography and admission to it. The Handbook is available 31 0. Upon application by a student, the prerequi- from Dr. William F. Railing, Department Chairman. sites for a course may be waived by the instructor. The Department also offers an Economics and Each student majoring in the Department must, Business Administration Internship (Economics as a requirement for graduation, achieve a J 96) during the January Term for well-qualified satisfactory score on the senior comprehensive senior majors. The internship involves an educa- Course Descriptions I Economics and Business Administration O^ 61

tion-employment experience in either economics 243 Intermediate Macroeconomic Theory or business administration with a governmental or Further study of classical, neoclassical, Keynesian and post- Keynesian economics on, private business organization. The intern may be focusing along with national in- come accounting, the various theories and policies which required to spend January outside the Gettysburg deal with the generation and maintenance of full employment area. One course credit is given for successful and a stable price level. The causes and cures of unemploy- completion of the internship. ment and inflation are also analyzed. Offered during fall and spring terms. Prerequisite: Economics 101-102 Students majoring in or in economics business Messrs. Gondwe and W. F Railing administration are encouraged to participate in The Washington Economic Policy Semester at 245 Intermediate Microeconomic Theory The American University. Those persons in- Uses the methodological tools of economics to examine con- terested should see page 36 and contact Dr. sumer and producer behavior and economic behavior under Railing at the beginning of the spring term of their different input and output market structures, and to analyze sophomore year, or earlier, to learn more about the implications of such behavior for general equilibrium and economic welfare. Prerequisite: Economics 101-102 the Semester and to make application for it. Ms. Fender, Messrs. Griffith, Hill, and Siegel Students enrolled in The Harrisburg Urban Se- mester, who are majoring in economics or in 301 Labor Economics business administration, should do the individu- Theoretical and empirical study of the functioning of labor alized study project in this Department. markets with emphasis on wage and employment determina- tion. Topics include impacts of legislation, unions, education The Departmental brochure, entitled Handbook and imperfect markets; time allocation, economics of fertility, for Majors, contains additional information re- wage differences and discrimination; labor relations, collec- garding the policies and practices of this Depart- tive bargaining, and the Phillips curve. Prerequisite: Eco- ment. All majors and potential majors are urged to nomics 101 -102. Recommended: Economics 245 Mr. Siegel obtain a copy of this booklet.

303 Money and Banking

ECONOMICS An examination of the role of money, credit and financial institutions in the determination of price and income levels. 101-102 Principles of Economics Coverage includes the commercial banking system, the Gives students a general understanding of economic sys- Federal Reserve System, monetary theory and the art of tems and economic analysis, with emphasis on the operation monetary policy. Emphasis is placed upon evaluation of

of the American economic system. Topics covered in the first current theory and practice in the American economy. Pre- term include National income, employment, inflation, mone- requisite: Economics 101-102. tary and fiscal policies, economic growth and development. In Mr. Gemmill the second term, topics covered include the price system, consumer theory, production theory, theory of firm, income 305 Public Finance distribution, welfare economics and international economics. Ms. Fender, Messrs. Gemmill, Gondwe, Concerned with the principles, techniques, and effects of Griffith, Niiro, W F. Railing, and Siegel government obtaining and spending funds and managing government debt. Nature, growth, and amount of expendi- tures of all levels of government in the United States are con- 241 Introductory Economic and Business Statistics sidered, along with the numerous types of taxes employed by The nomenclature of descriptive statistics, probabilities using the various levels of government to finance their activities. the normal, binomial, Poisson distributions, the Tchebycheff Government debt is also considered. Prerequisite: Eco- inequality, Chi-square, sampling, hypothesis testing, linear nomics 101-102. regression and correlation. Prerequisite: Economics 101- Mr. W. F Railing

1 02. Please note that a student may not receive credit for both this course and Mathematics 107 or Sociology 302, 303. 324 Comparative Economic Systems Messrs. Hill and Niiro Concerned with a comparative analysis of free enterprise economies, centrally planned economies, and mixed eco- 242 Intermediate Economic and Business Statistics nomies. Primary attention is given to the economic aspects Advanced Statistical Theory applicable to economics and and institutions of these economic systems, but the political, business problems. Topics included are non-linear re- philosophical, and historical aspects are also considered. gression and correlation and the use of transformations; Prerequisite: Economics 101-102. multivariate techniques and analysis; Chi-square applica- Mr. W F. Railing tions; variance analysis; index numbers and their use; and time series. Prerequisite: Economics 241.

Mr. Hill 62 /JZ\ 7889 Glatfelter Hall completed

rrr

333 History of Economic Thought and Analysis Individualized Study

A study of the development of economic ideas and policies in Topics of an advanced nature pursued by well qualified stu- relation to major forms of social, political and economic dents through individual reading and research, under the problems. Emphasis is placed on major contributions to supervision of a member of the Department's faculty. A stu- economic thought from Plato to Keynes. Prerequisite: Eco- dent wishing to pursue independent study must present a nomics 101-102, Recommended: Economics 243, 245. proposal at least one month before the end of the term pre-

Mr. Gondwe ceding the term in which the independent study is to be undertaken. Prerequisite: Permission of the supervising faculty member and the Department Chairman. Offered dur- 336 International Economics ing the fall and spring terms. Covers comparative advantage, gains from trade, commer- Staff cial policy, integration, balance of payments, exchange rates and international monetary reform Prerequisite: Economics 101-102. BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Mr. Griffith 361 Marketing Management

Study of the managerial approach to the selection, evalua- 338 Economic Development tion, and control of price, product line; distribution, and pro- An examination of the economic and non-economic factors motion in the marketing program Marketing case studies are accounting for the economic growth and development of less analyzed and discussed. Prerequisite: Economics 101-102. developed areas of the world Various theories of economic Messrs. Doherty and Robert and social growth and development will be analyzed, and major policy issues will be discussed. Prerequisite: Eco- nomics 101-102. 363 Business Law I Mr. Gondwe Brief examination of background to the American legal sys- tem, criminal and tort law. The general principles of contract 351 Application of Mathematics to Economics and law and the sale of goods are studied in depth. Offered dur- Business ing the fall and spring terms. Mrs. J. M Railing An introduction to the application of calculus and matrix alge- bra in economics and business. Numerous illustrations of mathematically formulated economic models are used to in- 364 Business Law II tegrate mathematical methods with economic and business Study of secured transactions, commercial paper, employ- analysis. Prerequisites: Economics 243, 245, and Mathe- ment, and business organizations Prerequisite: Business matics 1 1 7-1 1 8 or Mathematics 1 1 1 -1 1 2 and 21 1 -21 2. 363. Mr. Niiro Mrs. J. M. Railing

352 Introduction to Econometrics 365 Personnel Management An introduction to the application of mathematical economic Study of both the functional context and the behavioral fac- theory and statistical procedures to economic data. Cover- tors and implications that underlie human resource planning age includes the development of appropriate techniques for Major topics include the role of unions, impact of legislation, measuring economic relationships specified by economic and social responsibility. Prerequisite: Economics 101-102 models and testing of economic theorems. Prerequisites: and Business 366. Economics 243, 245, Mathematics 1 1 7-1 1 8 or Mathematics Mrs. Hanlon 111-112 and 21 1 -21 2, and Economics 242, or Mathematics 358. Mr. Niiro 366 Business Management

Study of major managerial functions and decision-making 400 Senior Seminar techniques. Further consideration is given to the contribution of behavioral and management science in treating the organi- Involves study of research methodology and application of zation as a complex system Prerequisite: Economics 101- economic theory to contemporary problems in both eco- 102. nomics and business Students prepare and discuss re- Mrs Hanlon search papers on topics in economics or business. Seniors must take this course to qualify for Departmental Honors. Ms Fender 367 Business Finance

An introduction to the principles and practices involved in the acquisition and administration of funds by the business firm. Coverage includes asset management and the sources and

costs of capital Emphasis is upon the application of eco- nomic theory and basic decision theory to the financial con- cerns of the firm. Prerequisite: Economics 101 -102 and Busi- ness 366. Mr. Gemmill .

/j£\ Course Descriptions I Economics and Business Administration 63 in

377 Fundamentals of Automated Business Information 154 Fundamentals of Accounting Theory Systems Continued study of the principles, concepts, and problems of Gives the student an introduction to business information recording, summarizing, reporting, and analyzing financial systems and a basic familiarization with data processing data. Topics covered include special journals, partnerships, concepts and terminology commonly encountered in the payrolls, present value, investments, and an introduction to business world. The COBOL programming language is used cost accounting. Offered during the fall and spring terms. as the vehicle for introducing and explaining the topics Prerequisite: Accounting 153. covered. The subject matter is presented from the viewpoint Mrs. Lewis, Messrs. Baird, McClymont and Musselman of the future manager or executive whose area of responsibil-

ity will utilize business information systems. Prerequisites: Economics 101-102, Accounting 153. Please note that a 253-254 Intermediate Accounting student may not receive credit for Business 377 and the A continued and more intensive study of the principles and former Business 177. theories prevalent in accounting with consideration given to Mr. Katzman alternative methods of recording and presenting accounting data. An effort is made to acquaint the student with the pre- 378 Business Data Processing Systems and dominant professional groups and their pronouncements on Management accounting matters. Prerequisites: Accounting 153, 154

Gives an understanding of the technical and management Mr. Pellak facets of business data processing. The human and organi- well the socio-economic environment zational aspects as as 353-354 Cost Accounting related to solving business problems via data processing are Accounting for manufacturing concerns with particular refer- covered. The subject matter is presented from the viewpoint ence to securing unit costs of manufactured products. of those who will be future users of data processing, es- Emphasis is placed on job order costing, process costing and pecially those in management positions. Prerequisites: Eco- allocation of overhead cost in 353 and managerial control nomics 101-102, 153, Business 366, 377 and Economics profit planning and cost analysis in 354. Prerequisites: Ac- 241 or Mathematics 107. counting 153, 154. Mr. Katzman Mr. McClymont 381 Small Business Management

Study of the principles and procedures of small business 355 Auditing management. Case studies will be used to evaluate the re- lationships among numerous business functions of the en- An introduction to principles and procedures of auditing, in- cluding preparation of audit programs tire firm. Prerequisites: Economics 101-1 02, Accounting 1 53, and working papers and the writing of reports. Some of the actual experience of Business 361 , and 366. Mr. Doherty conducting an audit is simulated through completion of a practice set. Prerequisites: Accounting 153, 154. Mr. Raffensperger 402 Management Practicum

Study of the practical application of business theory. Stu- 356 Federal Taxes dents will either assist local small business firms in improving their operations or engage in directed independent field re- An introduction to Federal Income Tax Laws, development search of a business problem. Prerequisites: Economics and implementation. Emphasis placed on taxes related to individuals and corporations. Researching specific problems 1 01 -1 02, Accounting 1 53, Business 361 , 366, and 381 Mr. Doherty through use of tax journals and services is required. Work on the art of preparing income tax returns and other related items is included. Prerequisite: Accounting 153, 154. Individualized Study Mr. Pellak (See description following Economics 400) 373-374 Advanced Accounting

An examination of accounting problems related to certain ACCOUNTING areas such as estates and trusts, non-profit organizations, partnerships, bankruptcies, and with particular emphasis on consolidations. Considerable attention is also directed 153 Financial-Managerial Accounting toward regulation of accounting practices as effected by Study of the basic principles, concepts, and problems in re- governmental agencies, such as the Securities and Ex- cording, summarizing, reporting, and analyzing financial data change Commission, and professional bodies, such as the for single proprietorships and corporations. Topics covered Accounting Principles Board and the Financial Accounting include the accounting cycle for service and merchandise Standards Board. Prerequisite: Accounting 253-254. businesses, inventory valuation, depreciation methods, bond Mr. Baird issues, statement of changes in financial position, and anal-

ysis of financial statements. Offered during the fall and spring terms. Individualized Study Mrs. Lewis, Messrs. Baird, McClymont and Musselman (See description following Economics 400) I Education \ ^-wi Course Descriptions

jrrr

GEOGRAPHY EDUCATION

310 Cultural, Social, and Physical Geography that make up the atmosphere, Study of the various elements Professor Rosenberger (Chairman) the hydrosphere, and the lithosphere and how the torces of Associate Professors J. T. Held, Packard, and the interrelationships develop the physical environment in

first half of course and in the second half a systematic J. Slaybaugh cultural, social and eco- regional study of the superimposed Adjunct Instructors N. Slaybaugh and L. Powers nomic developments and how they evolved in response to the limitations imposed by the existence of varied environments. This course is designed to satisfy the geography require- The purposes of the teacher education programs is teaching in the public ments for students whose objective are to give the student a thorough background in schools. educational philosophy and theoretical concepts Mr. Hill of instruction, and to provide an opportunity for student teaching. Individualized Study The Education Department works cooperatively (See description following Economics 400) with all other departments in the preparation of teachers in secondary education, elementary education, music education, and health and physical education. Students interested in pursu- ing one of these programs will need to study carefully the teacher education programs on pages 32 to 35.

201 Educational Psychology

Extensive investigation of the development of the individual and the development of psychological principles of learning Evaluation and reporting pupil progress, and the statistics

necessary for analyzing test data are introduced Repeated in the Spring Term Psychology 101 recommended as back- ground Messrs Packard and Slaybaugh

209 Social Foundations of Education— Secondary

A study of the professional aspects of teaching, the relation of schools to society, the organization of state and local school systems, the impact of the national programs on education, including Supreme Court decisions. Secondary programs and serving as a student aide in public school classrooms are studied. Sophomore course for all secondary and music edu- cation students. Repeated in the Spring Term. Mr Rosenberger

303 Educational Purposes, Methods, and Educational Media: Secondary

The function of schools in a democracy. Emphasis is placed on methods and techniques of the teaching-learning proc- ess and classroom management in secondary schools. The underlying principles and techniques involved in the use of teaching materials and sensory aids. Includes a unit on reading. Prerequisites: Education 201 and 209 Repeated in the Spring Term. Mr. J. T. Held .

Course Descriptions I Education £Es 65 rrr

304 Techniques of Teaching and Curriculum of 370 Elementary School Science: Purposes, Methods, Secondary Subject and Instructional Media

Secondary subjects including biology, chemistry, physics, Scientific principles for mastery by the elementary pupil in English, French, Spanish, German, Latin, mathematics, health connection with appropriate experimental procedures; lec- and physical education, and social studies. This course is ture, demonstration classes, instructional media, and field taught by a staff member of each department having students experiences designed to give the prospective teacher a in the Education Term. Included is a study of the methods and thorough background in elementary school science. Pre-

materials applicable to the teaching of each subject and the requisite: Education 201 . Offered also in the January Term as appropriate curricular organization Prerequisite: Consent of Ed. J 37. the major department. Repeated in the Fall Term Mr Slaybaugh

411 Internship in Teaching Composition 306 Educational Purposes, Methods, and Instructional Media in Social Studies, Art, Music, Health and A teaching internship in a section of English 101. Under the Physical Education supervision of the instructor in that section, the intern will at- tend classes, prepare and teach selected classes, counsel The philosophy and approach to teaching social studies and students on their written work, and give students' papers a geography in the elementary school. Included are the cor- first reading and a preliminary evaluation. All interns will meet relation of art, music, health and physical education with other regularly with members of the English Department to discuss elementary subjects and the study of art, music, and physical methods of teaching composition and to analyze the class- education as background for assisting the special teacher. room experience Required of all majors in English planning Use of appropriate educational media. Prerequisite: Educa- to enroll in the Secondary Education Program. Students tion 201 should register for Education 41 1 in the Fall or Spring term Mr. Packard and Adjunct Instructors prior to their Education Term. English Department Staff 309 Social Foundations of Education— Elementary

The of educational theory and programs, professional study 475 Student Teaching— Elementary and legal aspects of teaching, the historical development of Student observation, participation, and teaching in the the American education systems, and the relationship of the elementary grades under supervision of an experienced modern school to society Elementary teacher education stu- teacher. Group and individual conferences are held for dents enroll in this course during the Education Term. discussion of principles and problems. For nine weeks the Mr. Packard student will spend the full day in the elementary classroom. This course carries two course credits Prerequisites: Edu-

328 Principles of Guidance cation 306, 331 , 370 (J 37) and Mathematics 1 80 (J 1 8) Re-

The principles and practices of counseling and guidance. peated in the Spring Term. Included are the systematic study of the individual, the Messrs. Slaybaugh, Packard and Rosenberger theories and techniques in practice, guidance programs, and the place of guidance in the total educational program. 477 Student Teaching—Secondary Prerequisite: Education 201 observation, participation, teaching Mr. J. T. Held Student and on the secondary school level under supervision of an experienced 331 Foundations of Reading Instruction and the teacher. Group and individual conferences are held for dis- Language Arts cussion of principles and problems A minimum of 90 hours of An introduction to the theory and problems in reading instruc- responsible classroom teaching is recommended. This tion and language arts. Current trends relating to recogni- course carries two course credits. Prerequisites: Education tion of these problems appropriate instructional aids are and 201, 209, and 303. Repeated in the Spring Term studied. Prerequisite: Education 201. Messrs. Rosenberger and J T Held Mr Slaybaugh

Basic Concepts of Elementary Mathematics, Mathematics 1 80, 334 Corrective Reading (J18) is listed under the Mathematics Department A study of the analysis and correction of reading disabilities in the elementary school. Survey of tests and materials in- cluding children's literature as an incentive to greater interest in reading are included along with a reading internship in the public schools under the guidance of a reading teacher. Diagnosis and remedial tutoring of elementary school pupils who are having reading problems is provided. Elementary education students enroll for this course during the Education Term. Prerequisite: Education 331 Mr. Slaybaugh )

66 /j5\ Course Descriptions I English

rrr

ENGLISH In addition, to obtain the desired distribution of courses, majors must elect the specified number of courses from each of the following categories: Professors Baskerville, Clarke, Geyer I. English Language (1 course): English 301, (Chairman), Lindeman, Pickering, Schmidt, 302 and Stewart II. English Literary History (2 courses from Associate Professors Fredrickson, Locher, Group A; 2 courses from Group B): and J. P. Myers McComb, A. English 331, 334,337, 338 Assistant Professors Hertzbach and Wallace B. English 341, 342, 345, 346 Adjunct Assistant Professor Hogan III. American Literary History (1 course): En- Adjunct Instructors DeNys, Flynn, Hartzell, glish 318, 319, 320 Schmershal, Schwartz, and Weinfeld IV. Major Authors (1 course): English 362, 365, 366, or any seminar devoted to a British or American author considered by the Depart- OVERVIEW ment to be of major importance. January Term courses devoted to major authors The courses offered by the Department are may not be used to fulfill this requirement. designed to train students to express their thoughts clearly and effectively through spoken Majors in English should choose their two and written language and to understand, interpret, remaining electives from the following: English and assimilate the thoughts and experiences of 218, 219, 225, 323, 324, 328, 329, 351, 352. the great writers of English and American litera- English 101, 110, 201, 203, 205, 206, 305, and ture. English is excellent preparation for careers courses in speech may not be used to fulfill the in teaching, publishing, law, journalism, and Department's major requirements. Courses in government service and for graduate study theatre arts count only toward the English major leading to advanced degrees in English, the with a concentration in theatre arts and drama. ministry, and library work. The Major in Theatre Arts and Drama In The Department believes that a well-balanced addition to English 1 51 , 1 52 and IDS 1 03, majors program for a major in English should include (1 with a concentration in theatre arts are required to some knowledge of the history of the English take Theatre Arts 301 and either 203 or 204. They language and of English as a system; (2) training must also elect the specified number of courses in the application of the techniques of literary from each of the following categories: analysis and the different critical approaches to I. Theatre Arts (2 courses): Theatre Arts 203, literature; (3) knowledge of the characteristics 204, 208, 310, 314. and development of the major literary forms or II. Drama (3 courses): English 225, 328, 329, genres; (4) knowledge of the literary history of 365, 366. England and America; (5) study in depth of the III. Electives (3 courses): Any of the above- work of one author of significance. listed Theatre Arts and Drama courses The Department offers two types of major: a major and/or any of the following: Theatre Arts with a concentration in English and American 252, J 3, J 95. Speech 220, 301 , 303. A literature and a major with a concentration in course in Dance. theatre arts and drama. Elementary and Secondary Education The major for students enrolled in the elementary REQUIREMENTS AND education program will consist of ten courses, RECOMMENDATIONS including English 151,1 52, in addition to the fall

The Major in Literature The requirements for the term of Literary Foundations of Western Culture major in literature are twelve courses in English (IDS 1 03). Working with the chairman of the English and American language and literature in addition Department, each elementary education student to the first term of Literary Foundations of Western will design a major program, following as closely require- Culture (IDS 103). All majors in literature are as possible the Department's distribution required to take English 151, 152, 153, and IDS ment. Students planning to teach English in the

1 03 normally in the freshman or sophomore year. ,

Course Descriptions I English £§| 67

153 Survey of American Literature secondary schools are required to take English A chronological study of American writing from colonial days 301 or 302 and either 365 or 366. Speech 101 is to Emily Dickinson. Primary emphasis falls on the Puritans recommended. Also, the Department cooperates and the American Romantics. in offering Education 304, Techniques of Teach- Messrs Fredrickson and Locher ing and Curriculum of Secondary English and

Education 411, Internship in Teaching Compo- 154 Modern American Literature sition. A survey of American literature from Robinson and James to the present. Major figures will include Frost, Eliot, Williams, History 131,1 32, 203, 204, and Philosophy 21 1 Stevens, Dreiser, Fitzgerald, Hemingway, Faulkner and 303, 304 are highly recommended for 221, and selected contemporary writers. in majors. Students planning to do graduate work Staff English should take French and German courses. A literature course on the one hundred level is a 201 Advanced Composition prerequisite for all upper level literature courses An intensive course in advanced rhetorical techniques with in the Department. special emphasis on exposition and argumentation. Mr. Pickering DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS 203 Journalism All courses offered by the Department, except A general introduction to journalism. Students can expect to

English 1 , 201 , 203, 205, 206, 301 , 302, 305 and 01 spend their time practicing the techniques of writing news courses in speech and theatre arts, may be used copy, feature, sport, and editorial articles; composing head- to fulfill the College distribution requirement in lines; doing make-up; and working at copy reading and re- write. literature. Theatre Arts 203, 204, 252 and English Mr. Baskerville 205, 206 may be used to fulfill the College distribution requirement in art, music, creative 205, 206 The Writing of Fiction, Poetry, and Drama writing, or theatre arts. A workshop in the writing of short stories, verse, and plays, with an analysis of models. Either course may be used to ful-

SPECIAL PROGRAMS fill the distribution requirement in art, music, creative writing, or theatre arts. Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. English majors may take January Term intern- Mr. Clarke ships in a variety of fields, such asjournalism, law, public relations, publishing, radio and television. 218, 219 The English Novel

A study of the form and content of the English novel as the 101 English Composition genre developed in the eighteenth century (218) and nine- century Aims to develop the students' ability to express themselves in teenth (219) Messrs. and Pickering clear, accurate, and thoughtful English prose. Not limited to McComb freshmen. Repeated in the spring term Staff 225 The Golden Age of English Drama A study, after some attention to the beginnings of drama in the 110 The Interpretation of Literature Middle Ages, of such dramatists as Marlowe, Jonson, and their literary importance. Although over- An intensive study of the dominant literary types: short story, Chapman to assess of Shakespeare, their achievement novel, poem, and drama. The course attempts to stimulate a shadowed by the genius right. valid appreciation and |udgment of literature through precise will be seen to be outstanding in its own Mr. Myers critical analysis of selected works truly representative of major literary forms. Fulfills one semester of the distribution requirement in literature. 226 Introduction to Shakespeare Staff A course that endeavors to communicate an awareness of Shakespeare's evolution as a dramatist and of his importance 151, 152 Survey of English Literature in the development of Western literature and thought. De- for students not majoring in English. A historical survey of English literature from Beowulf to Joyce signed Mr. Myers and Yeats in the twentieth century, with some attention to the social, political, and intellectual background. Selected works will be analyzed in class to familiarize students with the tech- 231 to 260 Studies in Literature niques of analysis, and students will write several short critical papers each semester. An intensive study of a single writer, group, movement, theme, major. Fulfills distri- Staff or period. May be counted toward the bution requirement in literature. Open to freshmen. Staff 68 £I> 1890 Brua Hall completed

301 Introduction to Linguistics 328, 329 Twentieth Century Drama A systematic but largely nontechnical survey of major as- A study of major dramatists from Ibsen to the present and of pects of language. Emphasized are the structure of modern dramatic movements such as realism, naturalism, expres- English, semantics, and the nature and development of social sionism, as well as Theatre of the Absurd The first term in- and geographical dialects. The course aims at enhancing the cludes Ibsen, Strindberg, Chekhov, O'Neill, and others; the student's understanding of the complexity of language and its second term begins after World War II and includes Williams, profound significance in human life. Miller, Osborne, Pinter, Beckett, lonesco, Genet, and others Mr McComb Alternate years. Offered 1982-83 Mr. Schmidt

302 History of the English Language 331 Mediaeval Literature Provides a historical understanding of the vocabulary, forms, and sounds of the language from the Anglo-Saxon or Old Sketches the development of Western literature from the English period to the twentieth century Patristic Age through the Carolingian revival and then con- Mr. Baskerville centrates on selected topics and themes explored in the literature of the High Middle Ages. Anglo-Saxon poetry, Ar- thurian romance, the Tristan and Isolde story, the Grail le- 305 The Writing of Poetry and Short Fiction: Advanced gend, and Malory represent materials always dealt with. Mr. Baskerville A course open to students who have demonstrated that their

skills in the writing of poetry and fiction might be further developed The goal of each student will be the composition 334 Renaissance Literature of a group of poems or short stories. Prerequisite: English 205, 206. Selected works of More, Machiavelli, and Castiglione pro- Mr. Clarke viding a background in basic Renaissance ideas as a prelude to a careful study of works by Marlowe, Sidney, Shakespeare, and Spenser 318 American Prose of the Colonial and Romantic Periods Mr. Baskerville

A study of the fiction, essays, journals and autobiography writ-

ten by major American writers from the early days to 1 860. Al- 337, 338 The Seventeenth Century though Puritan and 18th Century prose will be covered, period ex- emphasis will be on the masterworks of the American Ro- A study of the poetry, prose, and thought of the mantics: Cooper, Poe, Emerson, Thoreau, Hawthorne, and tending from the last years of Elizabeth to the early years of Melville. the Restoration. The fall term will take up selected poets, with Messrs Frednckson and Locher emphasis on Donne and Jonson, as well as several prose writers, with emphasis on Bacon and the "new science." The spring term will begin with poems by Waller, Marvell, Cow- 319 American Realism ley, and Vaughan; the remainder of the course will be devoted

A study which concentrates on fiction by major American to the works of Milton, studying both his development as a his relation to his writers between 1 860 and the early Twentieth century. Twain, poet and age. Howells, James, and Crane will receive major emphasis Mr. Lindeman and Mrs. Hertzbach Messrs Fredrickson and Locher

341, 342 Literature of the Restoration and 320 American Poetry Eighteenth Century

A study of the development of American Poetry from Anne A critical analysis of the prose and poetry written between Bradstreet to William Carlos Williams will be studied Empha- 1660 and 1798. The student determines what makes the sis will be placed on Emerson, Poe, Whitman, and Dickinson. period distinct and identifies those characteristics which Messrs. Fredrickson and Locher show continuity with the past and those tendencies which foreshadow future literary developments. English 341, de- voted to the literature from 1660-1740, concentrates upon 323, 324 Twentieth Century Fiction the work of Dryden, Swift, and Pope English 342, devoted to

A study of the form and content of a representative selection the literature from 1 740 to 1 798, concentrates upon the work of English and American novels and, occasionally, short of the mid-century poets, and Johnson and Boswell. stories written between 1900 and the present. Some con- Ms. Stewart sideration will be given to the social and intellectual context.

English 323 is devoted to the fiction of 1 900 to 1 940 and will concentrate on Conrad, Joyce, Woolf, Lawrence, Heming- 345, 346 The Nineteenth Century way, Faulkner, and others. English 324 is devoted to fiction A critical analysis of poetry, prose, and selected drama with from 1940 to the present. Writers such as Updike, Nabokov, some attention to the historical and intellectual background Bellow, Pynchon, Cary, Fowles, and others will be included. English 345 is devoted to the literature from 1 780 to 1 830 and Messrs. Fredrickson and Geyer focuses on the works of Blake, Wordsworth, Coleridge, Byron, Shelley, and Keats. English 346 is devoted to the literature from 1830 to 1900 and focuses on the works of Carlyle, Tennyson, Browning, Arnold, Rossetti, Morris, Swinburne, Wilde, and the Art for Art's Sake Movement. Mr. Geyer Course Descriptions I English 69

351, 352 Twentieth Century Poetry 203, 204 History of the Theatre

A study of selected British and American poets of the modern A survey of the theatre from the primitive to the present period, with attention given to the explication of individual Emphasis is placed on the relevance of theatre design, poems, as well as to the style and method of each poet and to production techniques, and acting styles to the plays of their the ways in which each responds to the problems and themes periods, and the relationship between society and the theatre

of his cultural milieu. The fall term is devoted to major figures it nurtured The first term covers Greek, Roman, Medieval, is who flourished prior to 1 939, with emphasis on E. A. Robinson, Elizabethan, and Oriental; the second term devoted to the Robert Frost, Wallace Stevens, Thomas Hardy, Gerard Man- Italian Renaissance, French, Neoclassical, the Restoration, ley Hopkins, Ezra Pound, W. B. Yeats, T. S. Eliot, and Dylan and the Eighteenth, Nineteenth, and Twentieth centuries. Al- Thomas. The spring term deals with poets whose reputations ternate years Offered 1981-82. have developed since 1939, with emphasis on Richard Wil- Mr. Schmidt bur, Theodore Roethke, Robert Bly, and Sylvia Plath. Messrs. Lindeman and Clarke 208 Fundamentals of Acting

The study of the theory and the technique of the art of the 362 Chaucer actor; voice technique for the stage; the use of pantomime, including the study of gesture and movement. Emphasis will Examination of a selection of Chaucer's minor poems and of be placed on the discipline and control of the body and the five of his major poems (including "Troilus and Criseyde" and voice to best serve the actor. Improvisation will be employed. "Canterbury Tales") as the means of assessing the poet's In addition, students will be expected to perform in scenes response to literary influences and of tracing the develop- for class analysis. ment of his original genius Mr. Schmidt Mr. Pickering

252 Studies in Film Aesthetics 365, 366 Shakespeare A study of historically significant films, film theory and criti- A course that seeks to communicate an understanding both cism, intended to develop an appreciation for film as an art of Shakespeare's relation to the received traditions of his time form. Students will keep a journal of critical responses to and of his achievement as one of the most important figures films, write short critical papers, and will become familiar with in Western literature. Language, characterization, and struc- writing that has been done about films. Alternate years. Offer- ture in each of the numerous plays will be carefully analyzed ed 1980-81. The fall term will focus upon the early plays through Hamlet Mr. Fredrickson and Troilus and Cressida, the spring term upon the later plays. Mr. Myers 301 Play Production

400 Senior Seminar The study of the theatre from book to curtain. All major phases of theatre are analyzed: directing, set design, lighting, make- Provides an opportunity for a limited number of students, up, costuming, and management. Students will present a working with a member of the staff, to study a topic through director's study of a one-act play and direct the work for pub- reading, discussion, and the presentation of written papers lic presentation. The actual construction and painting of the and oral reports. Permission of the instructor required. scenery is an integral part of the course. Alternate years. Staff Offered 1982-83. Mr. Schmidt Individualized Study

Independent investigation of a topic of special interest to the 310 Directing student under the supervision of a member of the staff Offer- The study of the theory and the technique of the art of the ed to students with superior academic records. Prerequisite: director: how a play is selected; play analysis; tryouts and cast- Approval of the Department and of the directing faculty ing; the purpose and technique of blocking, movement and member. Application for individualized study must be made in stage business; the director as scenic artist; various methods advance of registration. Repeated in the spring term. of staging. Students are required to direct a number of scenes Staff in class and to stage a one-act play for public presentation. Prerequisite: Theatre Arts 301 and/or permission of the in- THEATRE ARTS structor. Alternate years. Offered 1981-82 Mr. Schmidt

Theatre Arts 203, 204 and 252 may be used to fulfill the dis- tribution requirements in art, music, creative writing, or theatre arts. 314 Advanced Acting Further study in the theory and technique of the art of the actor: the analysis and interpretation of a role and the building of a characterization. Roles, both comic and tragic, from Con- temporary, Restoration, Elizabethan, Commedia dell'Arte, and Greek theatre will be analyzed and performed. Pre- requisite: Theatre Arts 208 and/or permission of the in- structor. Alternate years Offered 1982-83 Mr. Schmidt 70 /J^\ Course Descriptions I English I German and Russian Languages and Literatures

rrr

SPEECH GERMAN AND RUSSIAN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 101 Public Speaking

A study of the basic principles of public address. Consider- able emphasis is placed on finding and arranging, in effec- Professor H. Schneider (Chairman) tive outline form, worthwhile materials. Frequent practice in speaking before an audience. Repeated in the spring term. Associate Professor Crowner Assistant Professors G. Collier, McCardle, and Ritterson 201 Advanced Public Speaking The adaptation of public address to various purposes: to entertain, to convince, and to induce to action A portion of the OVERVIEW course is devoted to an appreciation of the public address as an art form. Prerequisite: Speech 101. One of the attributes of a truly liberated individual is acquaintance with the language and culture of 220 Mass Communication at least one foreign nation. The offerings of this

A study of radio, television, and motion pictures and impact on department are designed to contribute to the society. attainment of this goal. Apart from the values accruing from the mental discipline demanded by

301 Voice and Diction language learning and the practical utilization of

Study of the International Phonetic Alphabet, voice produc- such learning in the areas of research and tion, pronunciation, and speech disorders. technology, international trade, diplomacy,

teaching, and foreign travel, it is hoped that doors 302 Argumentation and Discussion will be opened to an understanding of the German appreciation of their An introduction to the principles of argumentation. The dis- and Russian peoples and an covery, selections, and evaluation of evidence and its use in significant contributions to the world's cultural the construction of oral arguments. Discussion and con- heritage. ference leadership are considered. Through the use of the foreign language in the

classroom and correlative audio-lingual drill in 303 Oral Interpretation the laboratory, effort is directed toward the Study and practice in techniques of reading aloud from prose, development of a reasonable proficiency in poetry, and dramatic literature. Considerable attention to the appreciation of good oral interpretation by use of recordings speaking and listening comprehension as well as in reading and writing. FRENCH—SEE ROMANCE LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS

German 202 or equivalent proficiency is consid- ered prerequisite to all higher-numbered German courses, unless specified otherwise.

Major Requirements A major is offered only in German and consists of a minimum of nine courses beyond the level of German 202, includ- ing 301, 302, 321, 322, two courses from those numbered 211, 212, 213 and two courses from those numbered 323, 324, 325, 328. Majors preparing to teach German in the secondary school must also take Education 304, Tech- niques of Teaching and Curriculum of Secondary German (does not count toward German major). Majors who take a Junior Year Abroad program may count no more than six of those courses toward the major and must take at least two German literature courses in their senior year. /j*\ Course Descriptions I German and Russian Languages and Literatures 71

rrr

Majors who, by the end of the junior year, have not 301 Advanced German demonstrated a satisfactory level of competency Designed for advanced work in the language and intended for students who have successfully completed at least Ger- in the reading, writing, speaking and listening man 202, as well as for qualified incoming students. The comprehension of German, as determined by the plan of study incorporates extensive reading and intensive department's staff, will be assigned such addi- practice in aural comprehension, oral expression, and di- tional work as considered necessary and appro- rected composition Conducted mostly in German. Staff priate to the attainment of such competency by the end of the senior year. 302 Advanced German

DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS A continuation of exercise in the skills of German 301 , but with emphasis given to readings and discussions on problems of The following courses may be counted toward the German literary studies. Both primary and secondary (un- edited) sources will be read. Students will be asked to present distribution requirement in literature: German oral reports and to write resumes and compositions on the 119, 120, 321, 322, 323, 324, 325, 326, 328, materials read. Conducted in German. Prerequisite- German Russian 119, and designated January Term 301 or demonstrated equivalent preparation. courses. Staff The following courses may be counted toward the German Culture Studies distribution requirement in the area of history, philosophy or religion and, with the consent of the 211, 212 Survey of German Culture to 1945

History Department, toward a history major: A study of the cultural history of the German people from German 211, 212, and 213. their beginnings to 1945, including an appreciation of their major contributions to the world's cultural heritage This The distribution requirement in foreign language course is accepted toward fulfillment of the distribution may be satisfied by completion of German or requirement in the area of history, philosophy or religion. Russian 202 or of any 300-level course, or by Mr. Schneider demonstration of equivalent achievement in an

Advanced Placement or departmental qualifying 213 Survey of German Culture Since 1945 examination. A study of the culture, society and politics of contemporary Germany, East and West, including a comparison of the of to deal with the problems of GERMAN social systems and attempts the present and future. Assigned readings include both crit- ical/analytical and literary works. A knowledge of German is German Language not required. This course is accepted toward fulfillment of the distribution requirement in the area of history, philosophy or 101, 102 Elementary German religion. Essentials of grammar, composition, pronunciation. Course Mr. McCardle includes oral and written work, graded elementary reading, and use of audio-visual cultural materials and correlative drill in the language laboratory. Prepares for German 201, 202. Staff

201, 202 Intermediate German

Continuation of the work of German 101, 102. Progressively more difficult reading, in class and outside, is selected to in- troduce the student to German literature and civilization. Course includes use of audio-visual cultural materials and

correlative drill in the language laboratory. Prerequisite: Ger- man 102 or its equivalent. Staff 72 |0^| 1890 First intercollegiate football program established

rrr

German Literature 400 Senior Seminar

Intensive study of selected aspects of German language, literature and civilization. Reading, discussion, oral and 119, 120 German Literature in Translation written reports. Topics will be selected with a view to afford- analysis and appreciation of form and content of Critical ing students an opportunity to strengthen their knowledge in German literary masterpieces, selected from representative the areas not covered in their other course work in the depart- the present, to- the literary periods from the Middle Ages to ment. the and cultural circum- gether with an examination of times Staff stances which produced these works are included Does not count toward a major in German. This course is accepted toward fulfillment of the distribution requirement in literature. Individualized Study and Ritterson Messrs. McCardle Guided reading or research under the supervision of a member of the staff. Prerequisite: consent of the depart- ment. 302 Advanced German See course description under German Language (above). Staff RUSSIAN

321, 322 The Age of Goethe 101, 102 Elementary Russian Study of German literature of the Enlightenment, Storm and Stress, Classicism and Romanticism, with special emphasis The goal of this course is a thorough grounding in the struc- on Lessing, Schiller and Goethe. Critical reading and analysis ture of Russian Emphasis is placed on active oral involve- of representative works are included. Outside reading and ment on the part of the student. The skills of reading, speak- reports. ing, and listening comprehension will be developed. Written Staff work will also be an integral part of the course. Supplemen- tary work in the language laboratory is required 323, 324 Post-Romantic to Mid-Twentieth-Century Mr. Collier German Literature

Study of German literature from the 1 830's to 1 945, with par- 119 Russian Literature in Translation ticular attention in the fall term to Young Germany. Bieder- Representative works from the standpoint of ideological meier, Regionalism, Realism, and Naturalism; and in the and philosophical themes as well as from the stand- spring term to Impressionism, Expressionism, the New Ob- point of aesthetic and literary values Although there will jectivity, and their successors through the end of World War be an emphasis on some of the great works of the nine- II. Critical reading and analysis in class of representative teenth century, there will also be selections from more recent works and outside readings and reports are included. Alter- times. Counts toward the distribution requirement in litera- nate years; offered 1980-81. Staff ture. Mr. Collier

325 German Literature Since 1945 201, 202 Intermediate Russian Study of West and East German literature, including Borchert. A continuation and consolidation of the first year's work. Boll, Grass, Durrenmatt and Handke. Critical reading and There is an increasing emphasis on reading and dis- analysis in class of representative works and outside reading in Russian, of the reading material. The oral-aural and reports are included Alternate years; offered 1981 -82 cussion, will to emphasized. Staff approach continue be Mr. Collier

328 Goethe's Faust 409, 410 Individual Readings in Russian An intensive reading and analysis of the work in class. A study An individual program of directed readings. Topics are to be of its aesthetic, moral, and ethical values and autobio- arranged by consultation between student and instructor. graphical significance, together with an examination of its Mr. Collier modern cultural implications. Outside reading and reports. Staff GREEK — SEE CLASSICS Course Descriptions I Health and Physical Education £H>| 73

the freshman year. HPE courses required of all HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION majors are HPE 11 2, 209, 21 1,21 4, 31 7, 31 8, 320,

1 , 1 , 325, 332, 400, 01 02, 201 202, 301 , 302, and

Professor Kenney 304. HPE 1 01 , 1 02, and 1 1 2 should be scheduled Associate Professors Biser, Shoemaker, during the freshman year. The following and Wescott (Chairman) education courses are required for those Assistant Professors Bowers, Donolli, and Reider preparing to teach/coach: Ed 201, Ed 209, Ed Adjunct Instructor Hand 303, Ed 304, and Ed 477 (2 courses). Ed 209 must Coaches: D'Ottavio, Haas (Director of be scheduled during the sophomore year. Faculty Intercollegiate Athletics), Hulton, Hummel, advisers are available to help in counseling, but Kennedy, Lehr, Miller, Novgrod, Schlie students have the sole responsibility for meeting

(Coordinator of Women's Intercollegiate all major requirements. It is important to declare Athletics), Streeter, and Zelenz the HPE major early in the four year curriculum. Failure to do so often means an additional term or two to complete the program. OVERVIEW

A liberal arts education emphasizes development of the whole person — mind, body, and spirit. Since mind, body, and spirit are interrelated and inseparable, all three must receive attention if students are to stretch themselves to fullest personal development. The Department of Health and Physical Education contributes by offering opportunities for improving health and organic fitness, by teaching recreational skills that have lifelong use, by providing laboratory experiences for social and emotional growth, and by teaching concepts, appreciations, and values.

REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS

The Department offers a major program in health and physical education. Completion of this program including requisite education courses, will certify students to teach/coach in grades K through 12 in public schools.

All HPE majors must satisfy the regular distribution requirements. Psychology 101 and Sociology 101 are the preferred social science requirements. For laboratory science, biology is required, preferably Cellular Biology and Physiology and Morphology of Organisms (Biology 111-112). General Biology 101-102 is acceptable. Biology should be scheduled during 74 d>i 1897 Gettysburgian begins publication

DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS Group IV RECREATIONAL SKILLS HPE 161 Contracts (Individualized Program) For non-majors in health and physical education, 163 Beginner's Horsemanship** four quarter courses in health and physical 165 Intermediate Horsemanship** education are required for a Bachelor of Arts 193 Beginner's Modern Dance degree. These are normally taken during the fall 195 Intermediate Modern Dance and spring terms of the freshman and sophomore 199 Physical and Recreational Activities years in addition to the general 4-1 -4 course for Children requirement. One term of study yielding one quarter course credit is required from each of the 164 Riflery** following four groups: 166 Beginner's Golf 168 Beginner's Tennis

Group I HEALTH 170 Intermediate Tennis HPE 105 Health Science (or Health Credit 172 Beginner's Volleyball through proficiency testing) 174 Intermediate Volleyball 176 Badminton 178 Group II AQUATICS Archery HPE 113 Beginner's Swim 180 Fencing

1 15 Intermediate Swim 182 Bowling** 117 Advanced Lifesaving 184 Touch Football 119 Water Safety Instructor 186 Softball 188 Handball 120 Endurance Swim Club 190 Paddleball 122 Synchronized Swim 192 Racquetball 124 Swimnastics 198 Folk and Square Dance 126 Water Polo 128 Aquatics Combo Two proficiency tests are offered freshmen and Group III FITNESS transfer students who are not majoring in health HPE 131 Body Conditioning and physical education — a health knowledge

133 Weight Training test and a swimming test. If the health test is passed, the student can elect to take Health 134 Field Hockey term of in other 136 Team Handball Credit or substitute a study any group. If not passed, HPE 1 05 must be taken. If the 138 Track and Field 140 Jogging Club swimming test is passed, the student must 142 Aerobics substitute a term of study in any group. If not 144 Beginner's Judo passed, HPE 1 1 3 must be taken.

146 Intermediate Judo In Groups II, III, and IV the student has the option 148 Self-defense of selecting one odd-numbered course which 150 Gymnastics extends for a full term or two even-numbered 152 Soccer courses which taken sequentially during the 154 Beginner's Basketball same term are equivalent to a full term. The four 156 Advanced Basketball group requirements may be taken in any order. 158 Indoor Lacrosse 160 Speedball "Requires extra fee Course Descriptions I Health and Physical Education /J?\ 75

Students who are unable to participate in the 211 Personal and Community Health regular programs enroll in HPE 106, Adapted A critical look at the relevant health issues of this decade. Careful inspection of data concerning drugs, human sexual- Physical Education, which can be substituted for ity, marriage and family living, old age, pollution, etc. is in- courses in any group except HPE 105, Health cluded along with the examination of the relationship of per- Science, in Group I. sonal health problems to the community at large. Mr. Wescott There is no additional charge for the quarter courses in the required program in Health and Physical Education to a maximum of four course 214 Medical Aspects of Sports registrations, or, for HPE majors, for the required Prepares the prospective coach for the prevention and care quarter courses in the junior and senior years. of injuries. Course includes instruction about protective Quarter courses beyond these limits will cost a equipment, safety procedures, and facilities, as well as student $147 per quarter course. preparation of the athlete for competition, emergency procedures, post-injury care, and medical research related to training and athletics. Material in the official Red Cross Standard and Advanced First Aid courses will be given and certificates can be earned. Practical work covered includes massage, taping, bandaging and 101, 102, 201,202, 301, 302, 304 Major Skills the application of thera- peutic techniques. Skill development and methods and techniques of class or- Mr. Biser ganization and instruction for the following physical education activities: lacrosse, field hockey, wrestling, modern dance,

swimming, gymnastics I, folk-square-social dance, baseball, 317 Anatomy and Physiology Softball, tennis, badminton, elementary teaching, gymnastics A theoretical and practical study of human structure and II, golf, archery, football, soccer, speedball, elementary- function Analysis of the effects of health and physical edu- junior high-senior high games and recreational activities, cation activities on the body is provided Prerequisites: Bi- basketball, volleyball, track and field, self-defense, and con- ology 1 01 and 1 02 or 1 1 1 and 1 1 2. ditioning activities. This course is for health and physical edu- Mr. Biser cation major students and taken each fall and spring term except during student teaching. % course each 318 Kinesiology and Applied Physiology Staff A study of voluntary skeletal muscles, not only in regard to their origins, insertions, actions, and interrelationships with the systems, also with particular 112 Foundations of Health, Physical Education, body but emphasis on the and Recreation essentials of wholesome body mechanics Prerequisite: HPE 317. Serves as an introduction to the profession. It is concerned Mr. Donolli with history, philosophy, principles, and scientific foundations. The present status, organization, and goals in the profes- sional areas also receive attention. 320 Adapted Physical Education and Health Inspection Mr. Wescott Provides instruction and experience in the health inspection and observation of the school environment and of school 209 Aquatics children. Specific abnormalities of children are studied, and exercises are adapted to individuals to allow more complete Includes the official Red Cross courses for Advanced Life personality development through activity. Saving, Water Safety Instructor I, and Water Safety Instructor Mr. Kennedy II, leading to certification. Theoretical and practical training in the course provides teaching methods and techniques in basic swimming strokes, diving, and lifesaving. In addition, 325 Administration of Health, Physical Education, emphasis is given to the coaching of swimming teams, and Recreation management and control of pools and waterfronts, and main- Administrative and legal problems, personnel relations, social tenance of swimming and boating facilities. interpretations, budgets and finance, and plant and office Mrs. Bowers management. Mr. Shoemaker 76 r IM Course Descriptions I Health and Physical Education I History

332 Measurement and Evaluation in Health and Physical Education HISTORY

A study of the tests and evaluative procedures having practi- cal use in health and physical education classes as well as in research. The function and use of statistical concepts and the Professors Bloom, Crapster (Chairman), and principles of test construction are analyzed Glatfelter Miss Schlie Associate Professors Bugbee, Fick, Forness, 340 Psychological and Philosophical Aspects and Stemen of Coaching Adjunct Instructor Holder of psychology and philosophy in their relationships Analysis Lecturer Carlson to coaching athletics. An introduction is provided to the basic principles of psychology and philosophy, including the study perception, communi- of motivation, emotions, personalities, OVERVIEW cation, ethics, etc., and the use of these principles in coaching methods to solve coaching problems. The Department aims to acquaint the student with Mr. Reider the concept of history as an organized body of knowledge which is "the memory of things said 400 Senior Professional Seminar and done." Mastery within this broad field pro- Designed to relate and synthesize the various concepts, in- vides an appreciation of history as literature, an terpretations, and understandings of modern health, physical understanding of our heritage, and a standard by education, and recreation. This course offers the student the which one may thoughtfully evaluate our own opportunity to work at an advanced level of extensive reading

in the many faceted areas of the profession time. Through classroom lectures and discus- Miss Kenney sions, an introduction to research, and seminars, the Department encourages the student to de- 449 Introduction to Research velop as a liberally educated person. Courses

A study of the various methodological approaches used in which the Department offers help prepare stu- research. The course provides practice in designing re- dents for graduate study and for careers in tools and in research writing and is helpful for those search teaching, law, the ministry, public service, busi- planning to continue with graduate study. Offered either term. Miss Kenney ness and other fields.

REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS

Requirements for a major are nine courses, including History 300 (in the sophomore year) and one of the senior research seminars. All majors must pass at least four additional 300- level courses chosen from at least two of three groups— American, European, or Asian history. Senior research seminars— number 401 to449— are normally restricted to history majors, for whom one is required. A selection from the list of seminars is offered each year. They provide students with an opportunity to work in small groups with a member of the staff in the study of a selected topic. Typically participants are ex- pected to engage in reading, discussion, oral reports, and writing formal papers based on individual research. 3

Course Descriptions I History CBS 77

rr r

DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS 224 Chinese Thought and Culture

An intellectual history of China from the beginning to the All courses in the fall and spring terms, except eighteenth century. Readings are drawn from philosophy, History 300, are acceptable toward fulfilling the history, religion, poetry, and fiction, and are studied in the con- distribution requirement in history, philosophy, or text of the intellectual and artistic culture of the times religion. The following courses are also accept- Mr. Stemen able toward that requirement, and one of them may be counted toward the major, but not toward IDS 227, 228 Civilization of India Course description included under Interdepartmental the 300-level requirement: German 21 1 , 21 2, 21 Studies (Survey of German Culture), Greek 251 (Greek Mrs. Gemmill History), Latin 251 (Roman History), and Spanish 312 (Latin America). 231, 232 Biographical Approaches to American History The following courses meet the distribution An introduction to American history through biographies of requirement in Non-Western culture: 221, 222, representatives and influential persons in significant periods 224, 251, 254, 321. in America's past. Historical forces which shaped their lives and the impact on American development of each person studied are examined. An attempt is made to establish cri- 101, 102 History of Europe from the Renaissance teria for determining the place of biography as acceptable

After noting the medieval background surveys major political, history. The dividing line between the two courses is 1865. economic, social, and intellectual developments in Europe Mr Bloom from the Renaissance to the present. The first course goes to

the French Revolution; the second extends from 1 789 to the 233 Mission, Destiny, and Dream in American History present An introduction to American history from the seventeenth Messrs. Crapster and Fick century to the present by focusing upon the intertwining themes of the American people's belief in their unique mis- sion and destiny in the world and their dream of creating a

131 , 132 History of the United States just and prosperous society. Students will probe the varying With the dividing point at 1865, a general survey of the his- manifestations of these themes through major events and torical development of the American nation from the age of movements in American social, economic, and cultural life discovery to the present. Open to freshmen only. and in politics and diplomacy. Staff Mr. Forness

203, 204 History of England 236 Urbanism in American History Surveys English history the from Anglo-Saxon invasions to An introduction to American history from the perspective of the present, emphasizing institutional, social, and cultural urbanism. Beginning with the colonial town and continuing developments. Some attention is given to Ireland, Scotland, to the megalopolis of the mid-twentieth century, students will and the overseas empire. The dividing point between the two investigate the nature of urban life and its influence upon the courses is 1714. course of American development. Messrs. Crapster and Fick Mr Forness

221, History of East 222 Asia 251 History of the Ancient Near East

A survey of East Asian civilizations to approximately 1 in 800 Survey of the history of the Near East to 622 A.D., concen- 221 and of East Asian political, social, intellectual and trating particularly on the major civilizations of Egypt and the developments since the Western invasions of the nineteenth Fertile Crescent, i.e., Sumer, Babylonia and Assyria, as well as century in 222. those of Crete, the Hittites, Persia and the Indus Valley. Mr. Stemen Secondary attention will be given to ancient Near Eastern art and architecture, religion and literature (in translation). Mr. Bugbee 223 United States Relations with East Asia

Study of the diplomatic, military, and cultural relations of the United States with China, Japan, Korea, and Vietnam, from 254 History of the Middle East under Arab Influence the late eighteenth century to the present. Such subjects as Commencing with the career of Mohammed, deals with the trade, missions, wars, intellectual artistic and influence, and history of the Middle East, North Africa, Spain and, to some immigration will be covered. extent, India under the impact of Islam. Emphasis will be Mr. Stemen placed upon the Arab Conquest and the early, formative cen- turies of Islamic civilization, as well as upon developments— especially under the influence of the West— since 1798. Secondary attention will be given to Islamic art and archi- tecture, religion, literature and philosophy. Mr. Bugbee .

78 /jg\ 1898 McKnight Hall completed

rrr

300 Historical Method 318 Europe and Two World Wars A course designed for history majors which introduces the Studies selected aspects of European history from the out-

student to the techniques of historical investigation, deals break of the First World War in 1 91 4 to the end of the Second with the nature of history, and examines the relation of history World War in 1945.

to other fields of study. It also surveys the history of historical Mr. Crapster writing. Prerequisite: Two courses in history. Mr. Glatfelter 319 Europe Since 1945 Perspectives on Europe since 1945: reconstruction, nation- 311, 312 Medieval Europe alism, European integration, the American presence, the Cold A survey of the period from the breakdown of Roman insti- War, the role of the state, with consideration of the reflection of tutions in the West to about 1050, with special emphasis on these in culture and society. the role of the Church, the Carohngian age, the Viking in- Mr Crapster vasions, the establishment of the German Empire, and the be-

ginnings of the struggle between Empire and Papacy in 31 1 History 312 deals with the central theme of the rise of a 321 Modern China distinct Medieval civilization and the emergence of the A study of Chinese history since the Opium War of the nine- Western monarchies. Some attention is given to the civiliza- teenth century, with emphasis on the Nationalist and Com- tion of Byzantium and Islam. Not offered every year. munist revolutions. Not offered every year. Mr. Fick Mr. Stemen

313 Renaissance and Reformation 326 Russia in the Nineteenth Century

Beginning about 1 300, treats the gradual decline of Medieval Beginning with the Napoleonic period and ending with the civilization and the emergence of new concepts and move- Russian Revolution of 1917, traces the growth of revolu- ments, the major theme being the transition from "Medieval" tionary movements and ideas in nineteenth century Russia

to "Modern". It ends about the middle of the sixteenth century Investigation of political, economic, and social conditions with with the establishment of Protestantism and the strong some use of Russian literature is included. Not offered every movement of reform within the Roman Church. Not offered year every year. Staff Mr Fick

331 American Constitutional History of 314 Age Absolutism After a brief look at European backgrounds and the political Beginning with the sixteenth century wars of religion, con- thought and practice of Britain's North American colonists, tinues with a study of the Habsburgs' failure to dominate considers the development of American constitutional theory Europe, the Thirty Years' War, the emergence of France to and institutions as revealed by legislation, executive policy, predominance, the development of the absolute state and and judicial decisions on federal and state levels.

"enlightened despotism," and the rise of new powers by 1 700. Mr. Bloom

Considerable attention is given to economic, cultural, and social developments of the period, with some aspects of the 332 American Diplomatic History eighteenth century discussed. Not offered every year. Mr, Fick The foreign relations of the United States since the American Revolution, with emphasis on the twentieth century. Mr. Stemen 315 Age of the French Revolution

Following a general survey of political, economic, social, and 333 American Economic History intellectual currents in Europe on the eve of the French Revolution considers developments in France and the rest of Examines the economic incentives for colonial settlement, for Europe between 1789 and 1815. Not offered every year revolutionary change, for the westward movement, for de- Mr. Crapster velopment of transportation, for the conflict between in- dustrial classes, for the debate over currency, and for the coming of government regulation of business. Not offered 317 Europe 1848-1914: Nationalism, Industrialization every year. and Democracy Mr. Bloom

After a survey of European developments of 1 81 5-48, studies the Revolutions of 1848, industrialization and urbanization, 335, 336 American Social and Cultural History the unification of Germany and Italy, state-building and the Traces America's major social, religious, artistic, and philo- development of democratic institutions, dissident move- sophical movements and their immediate and long-range ments, and international affairs leading to the First World War. impact on American life and culture. Beginning with the Not offered every year. American Revolution, History 335 covers the period to the Mr. Fick Civil War History 336 continues from that period to the pre- sent. Not offered every year. Mr. Forness Course Descriptions I History (<-^-y\ 79 rrr

341 Colonial America Senior Research Seminars: Commencing with the European background and the Age of Exploration before considering the settlement of North Ameri- 401 England in the 1880's ca, stresses political and constitutional developments to Mr. Crapster 1750, with attention to European rivalries, mercantilism, and attempts to achieve intercolonial unity. Colonial art, archi- tecture and the American Indian are also discussed. 402 Tudor England Mr. Bugbee Mr. Fick

of American Revolution 342 Age the 403 The Negro in Modern Urban America Begins with a review of colonial beginnings, followed by the Mr. Forness French and Indian War, which set the stage for the disruption

of the old British Empire. It traces the road to revolution and United States independence, the war itself, the Confederation experiment, 404 Founders of the Mr Bugbee and the impetus which led to the Federal Constitution of 1 787. Political and constitutional developments are emphasized. Mr. Bugbee 405 The U. S. in the 1890s Mr. Glatfelter 343 Jeffersonian-Jacksonian Era the period from the 1790's to the Mexican War, Covering 406 Historical Development of the American Presidency treats the development of American national life and sec- Mr. Bloom tional interests under such influences as Jefferson's agrarian republicanism and the new democratic movements of the Jacksonian period. Not offered every year. 407 Diplomacy of the Truman Administration Mr. Forness Mr. Stemen

345 Civil War and Reconstruction 409 European Diplomacy in the Age of the Baroque Mr, Fick Begins with a consideration of the seemingly irreconcilable sectional differences in antebellum America, followed by ex- amination of the failure to fix upon a mutually acceptable and Individualized Study permanent compromise, the military and diplomatic conflict project, or internship requiring of 1861-1865, and the problems associated with Recon- An individual tutorial, research will the project. struction. the permission of an instructor who supervise Mr. Bloom The instructor can supply a copy of the statement of depart- mental policy regarding grading and major credit for different types of projects Either term. 348 Early Twentieth Century America Staff Deals primarily with the major political, economic, and social

developments in the United States from about 1 900 to 1 945. Some attention is given to the role of the United States in the world during this period. Mr. Glatfelter

349 The United States Since 1945

Deals with the major political, economic, and social develop-

ments in the United States since 1 945, and with the demands made upon the United States as a leading world power. Mr. Glatfelter 80 (Z^\ Course Descriptions I Interdepartmental Studies

rrr

101, 102 Ideas and Institutions of Western Man INTERDEPARTMENTAL STUDIES Introduces the student to an interdisciplinary study of the problems of contemporary Western civilization through the study of documents illustrating the ideas and institutions of Professor Pickering (Chairman) Western man since the Medieval period, with some attention Adjunct Assistant Professors M. Baskerville to the Classic-Judaic beginnings. Students study character- istic ideas and institutions affecting economic, political, and and J. Gemmill religious developments from the Middle Ages and Renais- Adjunct Instructor L. Lindeman sance through the twentieth century. Fulfills distribution Lecturers Jones and Nordvall requirement in history, philosophy, or religion. Staff Through the Committee on Interdepartmental Studies, the College offers courses and promotes 103, 104 Literary Foundations of Western Culture opportunities for specialized interdepartmental A study of selected major literary achievements of Western culture philosophical, historical, and aesthetic programs that coordinate courses available in a regarded as documents including authors ranging from Homer and Plato variety of academic areas. The Committee on through St. Augustine and Dante to Shakespeare, Milton, and Interdepartmental Studies bears responsibilityfor Goethe. By means of reading and discussing complete works identifying and encouraging interest in Interde- of literature the student is introduced to those humanistic partmental Studies courses and programs, such skills that have traditionally distinguished the liberally edu- cated person. Fulfills distribution requirement in literature as Asian Studies, American Studies, and Medie- Staff val and Renaissance Studies. (See pages 82-83)

opportunities for Interdepartmental Among the 111, 112 Ideas and Events Behind the Arts Studies is the Special Major: a student, with the An introductory study of the visual arts from prehistoric times consent of two supervising faculty members from to the twentieth century An attempt will be made to investi- different departments, may design a coherent gate change in the arts as social, political, and even natural events have stimulated response in the style and function of program of at least eight courses focusing on a painting, sculpture, and architecture. While an understanding particular issue or area not adequately included of the contextual role of art is considered important, there within a single department. It may be based on will also be emphasis upon an understanding of the individual any grouping of courses drawn from any part of work of art in terms of aesthetic analysis of form and content. Fulfills distribution requirement in art, music, creative writing, the curriculum so long as the proposed major is or theatre arts. coherent, serves carefully defined a purpose, and Mrs. Small includes a substantial number of advanced courses. The Committee on Interdepartmental 192 Seminar: The Implications of Reproductive and final responsibility for Studies has approving Genetic Engineering Special Majors. (See page 28) Seminar designed to examine the biological, medical, legal, and ethical implications of By nature of their objectives and content, Inter- social, psychological, aesthetic, genetic and reproductive manipulation in man. Work require- departmental Studies courses cross the lines of ments include readings, discussions, oral presentations, and departments and specialized disciplines. For the production of research-position paper to be defended example, some of these courses attempt to before the group Limited to freshmen Schroeder provide the common body of knowledge tra- Messrs Loose and ditionally associated with a liberal education; others attempt to integrate the understanding of 206: Byzantine Civilization different kinds of subject matter; and still others An introduction to the civilization which radiated from Con- use methodologies from diverse departments stantinople, the capital of the Roman Empire from 330-1453 and a major link between eastern and western civilizations and disciplines. for 1 ,000 years. Its legacies include Roman Law. a controlled economy, the icon, church councils, military science, the bureaucracy, and classical learning. A movie, slides, and a field trip enhance class discussions and lectures. Fulfills a distribution requirement in history, philosophy, and religion Can be counted toward a religion major. Mr. Trone Course Descriptions I Interdepartmental Studies fOE>i 81

rrr

211 Perspectives on Death and Dying 240 Energy Production and Use

A study of death and dying from a variety of perspectives: Presents physical laws and concepts related to energy pro- psychological, medical, economic, legal, and theological duction and use. Both renewable and non renewable energy

Dignity in dying, what happens after death, euthanasia, body sources are studied Topics include fossil fuels, nuclear disposal, and other such problems are examined Fulfills power, solar energy and other alternative energy technolo- distribution requirement in history, philosophy, or religion. gies Emphasis is also placed on the environmental and eco- May be counted toward a religion major. nomic implications of energy use Mr. Moore Mr. Cowan

213 Woman in the Ancient World 244 Introduction to American Folklore

An investigation of the role/s of woman as reflected in the An introduction to folkloric theory and method, followed by a myths, legends, epics, law codes, customs, and historical survey of the various types of folklore in America: myths, tales, records of the Sumenans, Babylonians, Egyptians, Hebrews, ballads, music, art, games, et cetera. The course evolves Greeks, and Romans. The relevance of some of this for con- through lectures, discussion of readings, and student reports, temporary roles and problems is also examined. Alternate culminating in each student investigating in some depth one years. Offered 1981-82. aspect of American folklore. Alternate years. Offered Mr. Moore 1982-83 Mr. Locher

227, 228 Civilization of India 246 American Humor First course: cultural developments from Indus Valley Civiliza- tion to coming of Muslims, with emphasis on Buddhism, A tracing of the American comic spirit from its purely literary evolution of Hinduism, and their representation in art and and imported beginnings to its multi-media manifestations literature; second course: historical factors underlying Hindu- today, attempting to isolate its distinctively American charac- Muslim antagonism as well as contemporary political and teristics. Its ties to society and politics will be stressed. In economic problems. Fulfills distribution requirement in his- addition to reading and discussing assigned texts, each tory, philosophy, or religion and the distribution requirement in student will be asked to research, analyze, and report on one Non-Western culture. Alternate years. Offered 1982-83. American creator of humor. Alternate years. Mrs. Gemmill Mr. Locher

235 Introduction to African Literature 250 Criminal Justice

A survey in English of modern sub-Saharan African literature. Overview of the criminal justice system in the United States After an introductory section on background and the oral and role in that system of features such as police, attorneys, tradition, the course will treat the primary themes of this writ- trials and prisons. Major United States Supreme Court cases ing, many of which bear the stamp of the colonial experience are read to illustrate the nature of legal reasoning and crim-

and its aftermath. Representative novels, plays and poetry inal justice problems.

will be read and discussed for their artistic value and cul- Mr, Nordvall tural insights. Short papers, mid-term and final examinations are required. Fulfills distribution requirement in literature and 301, 302 Literature of Modern Western Culture the distribution requirement in Non-Western culture. Alter- nate years. Offered 1982-83. Continues the study of major literary documents into the nine- Mr. Michelman teenth and twentieth centuries. Novels, dramas, and short stories are discussed as artistic structures and are seen in their relationship to modern culture. Representative writers 237, 238 Literature of India include the French and Russian realists. James, Joyce, Study of major literary works of Indian culture from the stand- Kafka, Mann, Camus, Albee, and Dickey. Fulfills distribution point of religion, history, and aesthetics. First course includes: requirement in literature. Vedic hymns, major epics, Sanskrit drama, literature of the Messrs. Lindeman and Loose Gupta period. Second course includes: epics and lyrics of the Tamil culture, bhakti poetry, Persian literary tradition, the Literature Western-inspired modern novel. Complete works read and 312 Theology and discussed using criticism from Western and Indian sources. Critical reading of representative theological writings and of Fulfills distribution requirement in literature and the distribu- the Modern Period to bring into focus dominant religious ideas tion requirement in Non-Western culture. Alternate years. influencing Western culture since 1800 and to attempt to Offered 1983-84. discern the form and content given to those ideas by men of Mrs Gemmill letters. Fulfills distribution requirement in history, philosophy, and religion; or in literature; may count toward religion major. Mr. Loose —82 0>H 1904-1910 Samuel G. Hefelbower is President Sexual Behavior 320 Human 1 ) An introduction to South Asia including Civ- Discussion of biosexual, sociosexual and psychosexual ilization of India and religions of South Asia. development in a cultural-behavioral setting. Resourcesfrom 2. An introduction to East Asia including His- a variety of disciplines will be discussed as they relate to the tory of Asia courses as Re- present day social-sexual milieu. Seminar format In-depth East and such research investigation required ligions of East Asia and West Asia and Mr. Jones Modern China. 3. The Consortium exchange program by 350 History of Modern Western Thought which students may take selected courses Covers the major ideas and intellectual movements of the dealing with East Asia or South Asia at Wil- nineteenth and twentieth centuries in the natural sciences; son, Dickinson or Franklin & Marshall Col- economic, social, and political thought; philosophy, religion, leges. and the arts. The chronological approach to the material 4. Any two-term sequence of courses in Asian emphasizes historical relationships between ideas yet gives attention to general historical context. The course seeks Studies taken at Gettysburg followed by an primarily to understand our recent intellectual heritage and its intensive senior year of work in an Asian on the contemporary mind. Open to juniors and sen- impact language and area courses at the Univer- iors; to others with instructor's permission. Fulfills distri- sity of Pennsylvania. bution requirement in history, philosophy, or religion. Mr. Schubart 5. The Central Pennsylvania Consortium ar- rangement whereby students may engage credit in a 401 Senior Scholars' Seminar: The Future of Man with full academic a summer and fall semester in India. Interested students Seminar for selected senior students addressing an important contemporary issue affecting the future of man. The ap- should consult the Dean of the College or proach to this issue is multi-disciplinary. Authorities of na- Committee on Interdepartmental Studies for tional stature are invited to serve as resource persons, and a further information. final report is published by the seminar participants. The seminar carries credit for two courses and must be taken in the Fall and January terms. Interested students should con- ASIAN STUDIES COURSES sult page 31 of this catalogue for admission criteria. IDS 227, 228 Civilization of India

451 Individualized Study: Tutorial in Interdepartmental IDS 237, 238 Literature of India Studies History 221, 222 History of East Asia

History 321 Modern China 461 Individualized Study: Research in Interdepartmental Religion 241 The Religions of South Asia Studies Religion 242 The Religions of East Asia and West Asia

SPECIAL INTERDEPARTMENTAL AMERICAN STUDIES PROGRAMS Gettysburg College offers a variety of courses ASIAN STUDIES analyzing American life and thought, thereby providing students with many opportunities for Gettysburg College offers a number of courses creating Special Majors in American Studies. for students wishing a sound introduction to Asian Such majors may emphasize behavioral analy- culture as part of the liberal arts curriculum. Each ses, historical perspectives, literary and artistic Asian Studies course fulfills some distribution dimensions, or coherent combinations of such requirement. These courses are presented by approaches as they are reflected in courses from members of various departments, persons with several departments. For example, Special Ma- interests and competence in Asian Studies. A jors could be designed in the areas of early student may construct a Special Major with American culture, modern American social strati- concentration in Asian Studies. Students wishing fication, ethnicity, and politics in twentieth-cen- to prepare for advanced work in Asian Studies will tury America, or the religious and economic be interested in the following course combina- values of the American people. Students should tions supplemented by off-campus Language seek assistance in planning an American Studies and Area Study programs to which the College Special Major from faculty members who teach has access: Course Descriptions I Interdepartmental Studies fr^y\ 83

courses in these areas or from the faculty's MEDIEVAL AND RENAISSANCE STUDIES COURSES Committee on Interdepartmental Studies.

Course offerings suitable for Special Majors in Art 111 Ideas and Events Behind the Arts American Studies are found under many depart- Art 203 Italian Painting, 1300-1600 mental listings. In addition to courses described in Art 205 Northern European Painting, 1400-1700 this catalogue, the January Term catalogue lists Art 215 History of Architecture and Sculpture to 1750 many courses offered by a variety of departments Classics: Latin 306 St. Augustine or as interdepartmental courses. Such courses English 302 History of the English Language may also be applicable to special interdepart- English 331 Mediaeval Literature mental programs. English 334 Renaissance Literature English 362 Chaucer English 365, 366 Shakespeare MEDIEVAL AND RENAISSANCE STUDIES English Theatre Arts 203 History of the Theatre

History 203 History of England Through the curricular offerings of eight aca- History 311, 312 Medieval Europe demic departments and the Interdepartmental Studies Program, the College makes available a History 313 Renaissance and Reformation wide range of courses that deal with the civiliza- IDS 101 Ideas and Institutions of Western Man tion and culture of the Medieval and Renaissance IDS 103, 104 Literary Foundations of Western Culture eras. Those eras laid the foundations for many IDS 206 Byzantine Civilization modern ideas and values in the fields of literature, Music 312 History of Medieval, Renaissance, and history, religion, political theory, music, art, sci- Baroque Music ence, technology, commerce, mathematics, and Philosophy 303 History of Philosophy: Classical Philosophy law. For many students concerned with a more Philosophy 304 History of Philosophy: Medieval and realistic understanding of the rich heritage de- Early Modern rived from the Medieval and Renaissance world, Religion 121 Church History: To the Eighth Century the vitality and creative energy of those eras hold a special fascination and add newdimensionsfor Spanish 305 History of Spanish Literature: Origins comprehending contemporary issues. to 1700

Faculty members teacing courses in these areas are organized as the Council on Medieval and Renaissance Studies in order to facilitate schol- arship and course development, to provide a LATIN — SEE CLASSICS forum for the discussion and promotion of ideas and common interests, to encourage Special Majors, and to sponsor visits by students and faculty to museums and cultural centers in New York, Philadelphia, Baltimore, and Washington. The Council has also been active in sponsoring distinguished visiting lecturers and performances of medieval music and drama. Special majors in this area might deal with the medieval church and the arts, medieval literature and philosophy, orthe ideological and institutional revolutions of the Renaissance. Students should seek assistance in planning such Special Majors through the Coun- cil on Medieval and Renaissance Studies, Pro- fessor George H. Fick, History Department, Director. 84 Course Descriptions I Mathematics rn

Advanced placement in the calculus sequence MATHEMATICS Math 1 1 1 -1 12, 21 1 is possible for those who have scored sufficiently high on the Advanced Place- ment Examination. Such placement will be de- Professors Fryling and Holder (Chairman) termined by the Department Chairman in accor- Associate Professors Flesner, Kellett, dance with College policy (see page 131 ). Leinbach, and Moorhead

OVERVIEW THE PROGRAM IN MATHEMATICS

knowledge of mathematics is an essential part A This program is recommended for students of is meant by a liberally educated person. what planning graduate study in mathematics, for Mathematics is both an art and a science. It students planning careers as secondary schqol inherent and exhibits a possesses an beauty teachers of mathematics, and for students who precision purity of expression not found to the and wish to gain an appreciation of the power and same degree in any other discipline. Beyond its beauty of mathematics within a liberal arts in indispensable in intrinsic value, mathematics context. the physical sciences and is occupying a position of increasing importance in the social sciences Requirements (non-teaching objective): as well. This applied aspect of mathematics has Core, plus Math 31 3, plus six other 300-level been dramatically enhanced with the advent and mathematics courses. rapid development of the high speed electronic Requirements for Teacher candidates: digital computer. It is important that mathematics Core, plus Math 313, 343, Ed304, and three majors as well as other students who will apply other 300-level mathematics courses. mathematics learn how to use this powerful It is recommended that students planning gradu- problem solving tool. ate study in mathematics take Math 333, 365, and The mathematics curriculum provides a founda- one or more of the courses offered as Selected tion for students who will specialize in mathema- Topics, Math 381, 382. tics or in fields which utilize mathematics. By a careful selection of courses a student can THE PROGRAM IN MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES prepare for graduate study in mathematics, for secondary school teaching, or for a career in The Mathematical Sciences include applied applied mathematics. The curriculum also pro- mathematics in the physical sciences, computer vides courses appropriate for liberal arts students science, operations research, statistics, and who wish to gain an appreciation of mathematics. actuarial science. This program provides intro- ductory courses in each of these fields and a REQUIREMENTS AND foundation for more specialized future study. RECOMMENDATIONS Applications of mathematics in the social sci-

The department offers two programs, one in iences involve statistics, operations research, Mathematics and one in Mathematical Sciences. and the computer. Both programs build on a basic core of courses Requirements:

required of all majors. This core consists of the Core, plus Math 275, 357-358, and one following five courses: course from Math 262, 362, and 363. In ad- dition, the student will elect three other Math 111-112: Calculus of a Single Variable mathematics courses at the 200- or 300- Math 211: Multivariate Calculus level. Math 212: Linear Algebra Math 234: Introduction to Modern Algebra Recommendations for course electives in each field are: Physical Science: Math 363 or 365, 364, 366 fj\ Course Descriptions I Mathematics 85 rrr

Computer: Math 276, 360, 365, 366 112 provides an introduction to a programming Operations Research: Math 262, 359, 362 language during weekly computer periods in Statistics: Math 359, 360, 362 which problems related to the calculus are Actuarial Science: Math 359, 360, 366 carried out. Mathematics 211, 212 and several higher level courses in mathematics offer further Students who plan graduate study in any of the mathematical sciences should also take Math experience in computing. 313.

It is recommended that mathematics majors fulfill their science distribution requirement by taking Physics 111,112, since these courses especially enhance the calculus.

Mathematics majors in either of the two programs are encouraged to pursue in some depth an allied field in which mathematics can be applied. Applications of mathematics in the physical sciences have long been recognized, and in these fields the importance of mathematics continues to grow. To an increasing extent mathematics also is being employed in the social and life sciences, especially in biology, in eco- nomics, in psychology, in sociology, and in certain aspects of medicine. A secondary con- centration in any one of these fields provides a useful supplement for a mathematics major although mathematics students can, of course, join the study of mathematics with a concentra- tion in any of the areas of study offered by the College. To further encourage such collateral study, permission may be granted to substitute one course from an allied field for a mathematics elective in either program. Such a course must employ mathematics at an advanced level, and be approved in advance by the Mathematics Department. This option is not open to majors preparing for teaching certification.

KNOWLEDGE OF THE COMPUTER

Because of the importance of electronic digital computers in almost every aspect of applications of mathematics, it is essential that students majoring in mathematics become acquainted at an early stage with the potential as well as the limitations of computers. Each student should develop facility in algorithmic thinking and the use of the computer as a tool in problem solving. In

- order to accomplish this goal, Mathematics 1 1 1 1

86 O^i 7906 College enrollment exceeds 200 for first time

rrr

107 Applied Statistics 174 Computer Methods

Designed for students in the Biological and Social Sciences Designed for students who have had no instruction in compu- Topics include descriptive statistics, fundamentals of pro- ter programming The major emphasis of the course is on bability theory, hypothesis testing, correlation, regression, solving problems from the different academic disciplines. The and analysis of variance. An important aspect of the course student will learn to analyze a problem, construct the flow-

is a laboratory period in which students learn how to do a chart, write the program, interpret the results, and generalize statistical study using a statistical package on the computer the method to a broader class of problems. Both BASIC and Credit may not be granted for Mathematics 107 and Eco- FORTRAN languages will be learned in the course.

nomics 241 . Three lecture hours and two laboratory hours Messrs. Flesner and Kellett per week. Staff 180 Basic Concepts of Elementary Mathematics

Designed for future elementary teachers who are sopho- 108 Applied Calculus mores and above and have been approved for admittance Designed for students in the Biological and Social Sciences. into the program for elementary certification. Topics include The major concepts of this course include differentiation and the number system, different bases, number line, use of sets, integration of algebraic, logarithmic, and exponential func- principles of arithmetic, introduction to geometry and algebra tions Applications appropriate to the disciplines cited above The course is also offered in the January Term as J 18.

will be emphasized. Credit may not be granted for Mathema- Mr. J. T. Held

tics 1 08 and Mathematics 1 1 Staff 211 Multivariate Calculus

Vectors, vector functions, function of several variables, partial 110 Introductory Analysis differentiation, optimization, multiple integration, transfor- Preparation for the study of calculus. Topics include: review mation of coordinates, line and surface integrals, Green's and of algebra and trigonometry, elementary functions, and basic Stoke's theorems. Computer projects in multivariate calculus concepts of calculus. This course together with Mathematics are included. Prerequisite: Mathematics 112. Four lecture J 21 (Calculus and the Computer) will provide adequate hours per week. preparation for Mathematics 112 Staff Staff

212 Linear Algebra 111-112 of Calculus a Single Variable Systems of linear equations, algebra of matrices, determi- Differential and integral calculus of one real variable Topics nants, abstract vector spaces, linear transformation, eigen- include introduction to limits, continuity, the derivative, the values, and quadratic forms. Selected applications of compu- definite integral, sequences, series, and elementary differen- ter proiects in linear algebra are included. Prerequisite:

tial equations. Both theory and applications are stressed. Mathematics 112 or permission of instructor. Four lecture Course includes an introduction to computer programming hours per week. and weekly computer assignments in which problems relat- Staff ing to calculus and the computer are carried out. No prior experience with calculus or computing is assumed. Four lecture hours each week. 234 Introduction to Modern Algebra Staff A study of selected topics in modern algebra such as the development of number systems, set theory, algebraic sys- tems, including groups, rings, and fields. Prerequisite: Mathe- 117-118 Calculus and Matrix Algebra matics 1 12. Aspects of calculus and matrix algebra which are most Mr Kellett important in economics and business administration Both single and multivariate calculus will be studied, with particu- lar emphasis placed on maximization and minimization prob- lems with constraints for functions of several variables Additional topics will be selected from differential and dif- ference equations, and linear programming. Credit may not be granted for more than one of the following courses: Mathe- matics 108, 111, 117. Prerequisite: Economics 101-102 or permission of instructor. Mr Kellett fj\ Course Descriptions I Mathematics 87 rrr

262 Mathematical Modeling 357-358 Mathematical Statistics and Probability

An examination of the philosophy of mathematical modeling, Probability, frequency distributions, sampling theory, testing the assumptions underlying some mathematical models, and hypotheses, estimation, correlation and regression, small the results of these models. In addition to studying the theory sample distributions, and applications. Prerequisite: Mathe-

of modeling, the student will participate in the model building matics 211, 212 process by using information from the Physical, Biological Mr. Fryling and Social Sciences, Prerequisite: Mathematics 112. Mr. Leinbach 359 Stochastic Processes

Includes the principles of probability, both for discrete and to 275 Introduction Computer Science continuous distributions. The Poisson and exponential distri- Emphasizes the development of algorithms which take into butions will be emphasized with applications to birth-death

consideration the functional aspects of digital computers. It and queueing processes. Other topics included are: Markov provides an introduction to the functional parts and organiza- chains, random walks, and Gaussian processes. Prerequi-

tion of digital computers, programming them using both low site: Mathematics 357, 358. Alternate years. Offered 1 982-83. and high level languages, techniques of algorithm develop- Mr. Fryling ment, and simple data structures. Prerequisites: Mathematics

111-112 or Mathematics 1 74 or consent of the instructor. 360 Linear Statistical Models Mr. Leinbach Designed to develop an understanding of both the underlying theory and the practical problems which are encountered 276 Introduction to Data Structures using linear statistical models for regression, analysis of vari-

An introduction to methods of organizing and structuring data ance and experimental design. Prerequisite: Mathematics for use in conjunction with algorithmic processes. The repre- 358, may be taken concurrently. Alternate years. Offered 1981-82. sentation and manipulation of stacks, queues, files, lists, strings, arrays, trees, and graphs are included. Prerequisite: Mr. Kellett Mathematics 275 or consent of the instructor. Mr. Leinbach 362 Introduction to Operations Research

A study of techniques and tools used in mathematical mod- els applied to the biological, management, and social sci- 313 Mathematical Analysis ences. Topics selected from the following: optimization, Provides both a rigorous treatment of the concepts studied in game theory, linear and non-linear programming, dynamic elementary calculus and an introduction to more advanced programming, transportation problems, and network analysis.

topics in analysis. Among the topics studied are: the real The computer will be used extensively. Prerequisite: Mathe-

number system, elements of set theory, introduction to metric matics 21 1 and 21 2, or 1 1 8 and 1 74. space topology, limits and continuity, derivatives, sequences Mr. Leinbach and series, uniform convergence, and the Riemann integral. Prerequisite: Mathematics 234. Mr. Holder 363-364 Applied Mathematical Analysis Series solutions of differential equations, the Bessel and Legendre equations, orthogonal functions, Sturm-Liouville 333 Algebraic Structures systems, Fourier series, partial differential equations of phys- A study of the basic structures of modern abstract algebra, ics, boundary value problems, special functions, topics from particularly groups, rings, fields, and linear algebra. Pre- complex variable theory. Prerequisite: Mathematics 211,212 requisite: Mathematics 234. Alternate years. Offered 1982- or permission of instructor. 83. Messrs. Holder and Mara Mr. Flesner

343 Topics in Geometry

A brief introduction to the history of the development of geo- metries from Euclid to the present, with emphasis on the significance of non-Euclidean geometries. Topics from pro-

jective geometry and its subgeometnes, from affine to Euclidean. Prerequisite: Mathematics 212. Mr. Moorhead 88 fJ^\ Course Descriptions I Mathematics I Military Science

rrr

365 Differential Equations MILITARY SCIENCE Theory and application of ordinary differential equations. Topics include: first order equations, linear equations of second and higher order, systems of equations, power series solutions, and numerical methods. Applications will be con- Army ROTC: Military Science sidered from both the physical and non-physical sciences. Professor Karsteter (Chairman) Prerequisite: Mathematics 21 1, 212. Assistant Professors Galloway, Heincer, Messrs. Holder and Flesner Hitchcock, Jackson, and Olson Assistant Instructors Callahan, Cantu, Fuller, 366 Numerical Analysis Hemmerly, and J. Schneider Numerical techniques of solving applied mathematical prob- lems. A heavy emphasis is placed on the interrelation with these techniques and the digital computer. Topics to be OVERVIEW covered are numerical solutions of systems of equations, the of Military offers eigenvalue problem, interpolation and approximation, and The Department Science numerical solutions to differential equations. Although em- courses which develop a student's ability to phasis is placed on the numerical techniques, consideration organize, motivate, and lead others. will also be given to computational efficiency and error an- alysis. Prerequisite: Mathematics 212. The freshman and sophomore years of military Mr. Leinbach science are referred to as the Basic Course. There is no military obligation connected with enrollment in the courses offered. Completion of 381 , 382 Selected Topics

Study of some advanced phase of mathematics not otherwise the Basic Course or credit for the Basic Course is in the curriculum. The subject matter and the frequency of required for entrance into the Advanced Course. offering the course will be dependent on student interest The junior and senior years of military science are Some possible areas for study are: point set topology, combinatorics, graph theory, partial differential equations, referred to as the Advanced Course. Men and differential geometry, complex variables, and number theory. women enrolled in this course agree to a military Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. service obligation. The active duty obligation is Staff normally 3 years but can be as little as 3 months. This obligation should be investigated on an Individualized Study individual basis with a Military Science Depart- Pursuit of topics of an advanced nature by well qualified ment instructor. Students enrolled in the Ad- students through individual reading, under the supervision of 00.00 per month during staff members. Prerequisite: Permission of the department vanced Course receive $1 chairman. the school year. Staff Advanced Course graduates are commissioned Second Lieutenants in the US Army, the Army Reserve or the Army National Guard. In addition, Advanced Course graduates may also obtain educational delays from active duty for graduate studies and may qualify for such study at government expense.

The Military Science program offers a 4-year and a 2-year program for commissioning:

a. The 4-year program—

1 . A college freshman enters the ROTC program during the fall semester of the freshman year and continues in the program through the senior year. Course Descriptions I Military Science ^ 89

201 American Military History 2. A freshman or sophomore may enter the program either during the second semester, A study of the development of American military institutions, policies, experience and traditions from colonial times to the freshman year or the first semester, sophomore present. year, and through compression of the military % Course Credit science courses, be eligible to enter the Ad- vanced Course at the beginning of the junior year. 202 Enrichment Course b. The 2-year program— (Same as MS 102)

Vi Course Credit 1. Successful completion of a six-week Basic Camp during the summer between sopho-

301 Advanced Military Science I more and junior years can qualify individuals for A study of the principles of leadership and their application in placement in the Advanced Course at the both a military and non-military environment. beginning of the junior year. 1 Course Credit 2. Veterans and those who have received military training in high school, in college ROTC, 302 Advanced Military Science II credit for or at a service school may be granted A study of military operations involving various elements of the military science Basic Course and be eligible the army, to include small unit tactics. The student learns to enter the Advanced Course. through practical exercises the basic principles of handling tactical units in combat.

ROTC scholarships are offered on a competitive 1 Course Credit basis. Eligible students may apply for one, two or three-year scholarships which pay full tuition and 311 Advanced Military Science III textbook expenses plus $100.00 per month. A seminar-lecture with primary emphasis on analysis of na- tional power in four countries. Aspects of American national REQUIREMENTS AND power and its influence on US foreign policy are also ad- RECOMMENDATIONS dressed. The current military organization of the battalion and the brigade, military law, the Soviet threat and a world events seminar are included.

1 Course Credit MS 101, 102, 201 and 202 are open to all freshmen and sophomores and incur no military obligation. MS 101 completion is a prerequisite for 312 Advanced Military Science IV A seminar-lecture primarily designed to prepare the student the other courses. MS 301 , 302, 31 1 and 31 2 are for commissioning. Military problem solving techniques, open to those junior and senior students who speaking and writing skills and current military issues are have entered the Advanced Course and are addressed The obligations and responsibilities of an Army seeking a commission in the US Army. These officer are also stressed. courses must be taken in sequence. Interested 1 Course Credit juniors and seniors not seeking a commission may enroll in the 300 level courses with the Leadership Laboratory permission of the Department Chairperson. All ROTC cadets participate in a professional development laboratory on Tuesday afternoons each semester. This lab-

oratory period is designed to provide an understanding of the 101 Introduction to Military Science fundamental concepts and principles of Military Science and A study of the organization of the Army and ROTC, the mili- an opportunity to develop leadership and management po- tary as a profession, customs and courtesies of the service, a tential. Students will develop skills in Mountaineering, Sur- survey of the U. S. defense establishment, and introduction to vival, and Orienteering. leadership through practical exercises % Course Credit

102 Enrichment Course

Student participates in Professional Development Labora- tories but attends no Military Science classes Instead stu- dent selects a regular academic course that will broaden his or her interests and that would benefit him or her in the military.

Vt Course Credit 90 /J*\ Course Descriptions I Music

rrr

Requirements for major in MUSIC a music leading to a Bachelor of Arts degree consist of twelve full

1 , , courses (Music 41 1 42, 241 242, 341 , 342, 31 2, Professor Weikel (Chairman) 31 3, 31 4, 205, 206 and 456) plus quarter courses Associate Professors Belt, Getz, Nunamaker, in the student's major applied area totaling one and Zellner and three quarter full courses (seven quarter Assistant Professors Finstad and M. Matsinko courses). The major must also participate forfour Instructor Powers years in an authorized group and present a recital Adjunct Assistant Professors M. Hook, in the senior year.

Landgren, C. Matsinko, and Thurmond Music majors in the elementary education pro- Adjunct Instructor Jarvinen gram must meet the same requirements as the B.A. candidate with the exception of 341 and 342.

OVERVIEW The successful completion of the program lead- ing to the Bachelor of Science degree in music The Music Department endeavors to introduce education (see page 34) satisfies the Certification students to the historical significance of Western requirements for teaching music in elementary Music so that they have an understanding of their and secondary schools. musical heritage and some knowledge of what is happening now. Supporting this historical knowl- edge is acquaintance by students with the basic DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS building blocks of music (harmony, counterpoint, The distribution requirement in art, music, cre- and form), and discovery of their own abilities ative writing and theatre arts may be fulfilled by through direct contact and creative manipulation one of the following: Music 101, 103, 104, 105, of such material. The third area of the music cur- 107, 312, 313, 314, and certain designated riculum involves the student in an intensive study January Term courses. of applied music. This area encompasses two individual and group (or ensemble) aspects: PERFORMING ENSEMBLES experiences. In the practice room, studio, and recital hall the student has an opportunity to All regular College students are eligible to discipline himself or herself in order to refine the audition for the College Choir, Chapel Choir, techniques for any musical performance. In the Women's Chorus, Band and Orchestra. Auditions ensemble the individual must work within a larger for all groups are held at the beginning of the social context and experience the possibilities of school year or at other times by appointment. group action towards musical re-creation. The fourth area of the curriculum is the specific 101 Introduction to Music Listening program and experiences which are provided to A consideration of the principal music forms against the develop in the student who plans to enter the field background of the other arts. Intensive listening is an of education those competencies prescribed by essential part of the course. Repeated spring term. Messrs Belt and Powers the Department as essential to the teaching of music. The Music Department offers programs leading to a Bachelor of Arts degree with a major 103 The Symphony in music and a Bachelor of Science degree with a The standard symphonic repertoire presented through listen- major in music education. ing with attention given to stylistic changes in that music from the classic to the romantic and contemporary periods. Mr Belt REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS 104 Opera

The Department requires an audition of all Standard operatic works are listened to and discussed as ex- candidates proposing to major in music or music amples of drama and music. Mr. Finstad education. Appointments for such auditions should be made through the College Admissions Office. Course Descriptions I Music /jg\ 91 Mi

105 Introduction to Contemporary Music 205 Choral Conducting

A study of the major trends in twentieth century music with Development of a basic conducting technique. Emphasis is emphasis on the music of Debussy, Stravinsky, Schoenberg, placed upon the choral idiom including vocal problems and Bartok and the Avant Garde composers. This course is de- tonal development, diction, rehearsal procedures, inter- signed for students with some musical background pretation, and suitable repertoire for school, church and Messrs. Belt and Powers community. Mr. Getz

107 Music of the Romantic Era 206 Instrumental Conducting A study of the philosophical background for nineteenth- century musical creations and the stylistic features of the Continued development of conducting skills and score read- music. Extensive listening will be done in the areas of orches- ing involving instrumental interpretation, musical styles,

tral, vocal and chamber music. balance, intonation, rehearsal procedures, and suitable re- Mr. Nunamaker pertoire for large and small ensembles. Mr. Zellner

141 Theory I J Principles Fundamentals of basic theory, notation, and nomenclature; 22 and Procedures of Teaching Music in introduction to writing skills; basic analytic technique— Elementary School

especially melodic analysis. Correlated sight singing and The methods and materials of teaching music in the ele- aural perception skills. mentary grades. Various approaches to guiding pupils in per- Mr. Getz ception of, reaction to, and evaluation of musical exper- ience are included Mr. Finstad 142 Theory II

Continuation of writing skills; analysis and writing of chorales. 303 Sixteenth-Century Counterpoint Correlated sight singing and aural perception skills. Keyboard application. Introduction of the contrapuntal technique of the sixteenth Messrs. Weikel and Getz century through the study of plain song and early motets. Composition in the small forms is a part of the course. Mr. Weikel 241 Theory III

An intensive study of the common practice period; extensive 304 Eighteenth-Century Counterpoint written and analytic projects; study of musical structure through small forms. Correlated sight singing and aural per- An introduction to the contrapuntal style of the eighteenth ception skills. century and an analysis of the baroque forms with attention Mr. Weikel to linear motion and fundamental harmonic progression; composition in the various forms. Mr Weikel 242 Theory IV

An intensive study of late romanticism to the present day by 312 History of Medieval, means of analytic and written projects. Correlated sight sing- Renaissance, and Baroque Music ing and aural perception skills. Keyboard application. Mr, Weikel The history of the major forms and styles of music and composers from the pre-Christian era through the eighteenth century. Extensive use of musical examples and recordings. 341 Theory V Mr. Nunamaker Instruction in transposing, arranging, and coloring for the various instruments. A study of the ranges and characteris- tics of string, wind, and percussion instruments (with empha- 313 Music in Classic and Romantic Periods

sis on written projects for the laboratory ensemble) is in- A study of the principal stylistic tendencies of the periods of cluded. music from 1740 toe. 1900. Extensive listening toand exami- Mr. Zellner nation of illustrative materials. Mr. Nunamaker

342 Theory VI 314 Music in the A study of the structural organization of music including the Twentieth Century analysis of the larger forms of composition drawn from the A study of the principal stylistic tendencies of music as well as standard literature of the eighteenth-twentieth centuries. developments in experimental music from c 1900 to the Mr. Belt present with examination of the works of representative composers. Mr. Belt 92 /j£\ 1910-1923 William A. Granville is President

rrr

321 Principles and Procedures of Teaching Music in the 113-114 Brass Instrument Class Secondary School Instruction in the technique of the brass instruments with Study of methods and materials relative to music classes and trumpet or cornet as the basic instrument. performance groups. The evaluation of material, methods, Two V* Courses and techniques and development of a personal philosophy of Mr. Zellner music education are included. Mr. Getz 115-116 Stringed Instrument Class

Instruction and practice in the techniques of stringed instru- 474 Student Teaching ments and the organization of a string section.

Teaching in public schools in cooperation with and under the Two 'A Courses

supervision of, experienced teachers. Individual conferences Mr. Nunamaker and seminars with the College supervisor and supervising teacher are required. Offered in spring term only 117 Percussion Class Three Course Units Mr Getz The organization of practical and theoretical materials con- cerning all of the percussion instruments, their playing techniques and teaching procedures

Individualized Study Vi Course Prerequisite: Approval of department and directing faculty Mr. Zellner member,

121 Voice

APPLIED MUSIC Private instruction in fundamentals of voice culture with emphasis upon breath control, resonance, tone quality, dic- tion, pronunciation, and an appreciation of the best works of The Department offers instruction in voice, piano, the masters. Repeated in the spring term. Fee for one half- organ, and the standard band and orchestral hour lesson per week per term. $147 instruments. The repertoire is adapted to the V* Course Mr. Finstad and Mrs. Hook student's ability. One quarter course credit is given for one half-hour private lesson per week per term. Supplementary piano and voice may be 122 Voice Class in classes. A study of vocal techniques using lectures, class discussions, and demonstrations. The course will have a practical work- Students majoring in music who are candidates shop atmosphere: practicing basic vocal production with for the Bachelor of Arts degree may take up to emphasis on posture, breath control, diction, and vowel for- eight quarter courses of private instruction, and mation: Fee for class lessons per term: $147. % Course those who are candidates for the degree of Mr Finstad and Mrs. Hook Bachelor of Science in Music Education may take

up to 1 2 quarter courses of private instruction, at 123 Piano no additional cost beyond the comprehensive Private instruction in the development of the necessary tech- fee. niques for facility in reading and interpreting a musical score The Department also sponsors various music accurately at the keyboard. Literature includes representa- tive compositions of various styles and periods. Public per- organizations, including the Choir, Chapel Choir, formance is required of those majoring in this area of con- Women's Chorus, Band, and Orchestra. All regu- centration. Fee for one half-hour lesson per week per lar College students are eligible to audition for term: $147 '/« Course any of these, either at the beginning of the school Messrs. Matsinko and Belt year or at other times by appointment. 124 Class Piano

111-112 Woodwind Instrument Class Emphasis on sight-reading, ensemble playing and harmoniz- ing melodies with various types of accompaniment as well as Instruction in the technique of teaching and playing wood- playing some of the standard piano literature Fee for class wind instruments, using the clarinet as the basic instrument lessons per term: $147. Two % Courses Vt Course Mr. Powers Messrs. Matsinko and Belt fj\ Course Descriptions I Music I Philosophy 93

rrr

125 Organ

Private instruction designed to include literature of various PHILOSOPHY periods, sight reading, hymn-playing, chant and anthem accompaniment. Prerequisite: Satisfactory performance of all major and minor scales (two octaves) and a Bach Inven- Professor Coulter (Chairman) for one forty-minute lesson per week per tion. Fee Associate Professor Schubart term: $147. Assistant Professor Portmess V* Course Messrs. Weikel and Belt OVERVIEW 127 Band Instrument Instruction The Philosophy Department designs its courses Private instruction in woodwind, percussion and brass instru- with the following goals in mind: to acquaint ments Repeated spring term. Fee for one half-hour lesson per week per term: $147. students with the history of philosophy, to assist to understand to Ms Landgren and Messrs. Thurmond and Zellner students and analyze the assumptions and theories which guide our efforts

129 Stringed Instrument Instruction to obtain knowledge of the world, and to encour-

Private instruction emphasizing both the fundamentals of age students to become aware of the social, string playing and repertory. Repeated spring term. Fee for scientific, religious, ethical and aesthetic aspects one half-hour lesson per week per term: $147 of human existence. Philosophy can help stu- % Course dents achieve perspective on the knowledge Mr. Nunamaker and Mrs. Jarvinen acquired from their other college courses.

major in philosophy for its 131 College Choir A may be chosen own sake, or as preparation for graduate study in An intensive study of the best of choral literature. In addition to appearances in nearby cities, the Choir makes an annual philosophy or for professional study in fields such concert tour. Oratorios are presented in conjunction with the as law or the ministry. A student may take courses Chapel Choir. Four rehearsals weekly. in philosophy to fulfill a distribution requirement or No Credit to supplement a major in another department. Mr. Getz The Department is interested in assisting and encouraging students to design Special Majors in 132 Chapel Choir which philosophy is an integral part. Performs standard musical literature with the purpose of supporting and assisting the College community in the Sun- day morning services. The Choir appears in nearby cities and REQUIREMENTS AND makes a short tour each spring. Three rehearsals weekly. No Credit RECOMMENDATIONS Mr, Matsinko Philosophy 101, 113, and 211 have no pre- requisites. Philosophy 101 is recommended as 133 Band preparation for 223 and any 300 or 400 level Membership in the Band dependent on the individual's abil- course. Students who have not had 101 should ity and interest. The Band plays at athletic events and during consult with the Instructor before registering for the spring term gives concerts on the campus and in nearby cities. Four rehearsals weekly. 223 or any 300 or 400 level course. No Credit A philosophy major includes at least eight Mr. Powers courses in the Department, chosen in consulta- tion with the student's advisor. Philosophy majors 135 Orchestra are encouraged to obtain a broad background in The study and performance of orchestral music of all eras. the liberal arts in addition to their major. Membership is open to all students of qualifying ability. Two rehearsals weekly. No Credit DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS Mr Nunamaker Any of the courses offered by the Department,

456 Senior Recital with the exception of 1 1 3, may be used to satisfy

Solo or duo presentation of representative literature of vari- the distribution requirement in History, Philos- ous stylistic periods of the student's major applied area with ophy and Religion. emphasis on historical performance practice. .

94 d^\ Course Descriptions I Philosophy

rrr

101 Introduction to Philosophy 321 Seminar in Twentieth Century Philosophy

A study of selected philosophical works, such as Plato's A study of contemporary philosophies such as pragmatism, Republic, Descartes' Meditations and Sartre's Existentialism, logical positivism, analytical philosophy, phenomenology, with the aim of developing the students' ability to read existentialism, and Marxism. philosophy and to reflect and comment critically upon philo- Mr. Schubart sophical problems. Ms. Portmess 332 Seminar in Ethics

An examination of such topics as: contemporary develop- 113 Thinking Clearly ments in ethical theory; the relation of ethics to economic, political, and social practices and theories; the philosophy of An informal logic course designed to help students develop law and its relation to ethics; and the analysis of the funda- the practical ability to analyze and to evaluate arguments and of ethics. The student will have the oppor- explanations. The course deals with clarifying language, with mental concepts tunity to choose a specific topic in ethics, or one of the pre- the analysis of arguments, with informal fallacies, with causal ceding topics, for investigation. analyses and with inductive reasoning Does not meet a dis- Mr. Schubart tribution requirement. Not recommended for majors or for

persons who have had Philosophy 21 1 Staff 334 Seminar in Philosophy of Art

The course explores such topics as: the nature of art; the 211 Logic and Semantics functions of art, aesthetic experience, aesthetic judgment, and relates aesthetics to other aspects of philosophy. An introduction to formal logic and a study of the uses of lan- Mr, Schubart guage, with particular reference to the nature of inference from premises to conclusion; rules for deductive inference; construction of formal proofs in sentential and quantifica- 337 Seminar in Philosophy of Religion tional logic; the nature of language; informal inferences and An analytical study of religious concepts and statements, with fallacies; theory of definition. Mr. Coulter an attempt to relate this study to contemporary constructive attempts Mr. Coulter 223 Ethics

The main types of theories of ethics. The course emphasizes, 400 Senior Seminar first, the goals and obligations of human life and their rela- seminar for philosophy majors in which signifi- tion to a general philosophical position; and second, the An advanced are raised, where the student has the relevance of ethical theory to contemporary individual and cant problems and opportunity write thesis on one of the problems or on one social situations. Prerequisite: one course in philosophy or to a of the contemporary philosophers. permission of instructor. major Mr Schubart Ms. Portmess

303 History of Philosophy: Classical Philosophy Individualized Study of the Department, qualified students may A study of the philosophers and philosophies of ancient With the consent take of directed reading and conferences under the Greece and Rome. Major emphasis will be on the Pre-Socra- a course of of the staff Repeated spring term tics, Plato, Aristotle, and Hellenistic Neoplatonism. supervision a member Mr. Coulter Staff

304 History of Philosophy: Medieval and Early Modern

A study of philosophers and philosophies of Medieval and Early Modern Europe as these reflect the impact of religion and science on the traditional problems and assumptions of philosophy. Major thinkers to be studied include Augustine, Thomas Aquinas. Descartes, Leibniz, Spinoza, Locke, Berkely, Hume, and Kant. Mr. Coulter

320 Seminar in Nineteenth Century Philosophy

A study of the major continental thinkers of the period. The philosophies of Kant and Hegel are studied as criticisms of the Enlightenment and as idealistic constructions. The phi- losophies of Kierkegaard, Marx, and Nietzsche are in- cluded as criticisms of idealism and as significant new constructive attempts. Ms. Portmess r^\ Course Descriptions I Physics 95

rrr

PHYSICS nuclear, and ocean engineering; physics; and physiological psychology.

All majors must complete mathematics courses Professors T. Daniels, Haskins (Chairman), through Mathematics 21 2 or its equivalent. Those T. J. Hendrickson, and Mara planning to go to graduate school should also Associate Professors Cowan, Marschall, complete the Applied Analysis course Mathema- J. Scott and W. tics 363-364. Majors are expected to exhibit increasing competence with computer facilities OVERVIEW as they progress through the courses in the physics curriculum. Within wide limits, a physics major can be tailored to meet the needs and desires of individual Qualified majors should consider the opportuni- students. A major in physics is appropriate for ties afforded by Physics 462. This course entails those who enjoy the subject and who have no the study of a problem in physics or astronomy particular career in mind. It is also suitable selected by a student in consultation with a staff preparation for careers ranging from government member. The problem may be of a theoretical or and law to theoretical physics and molecular experimental nature. A student electing this biology. course should obtain an adviser for the project by the end of his or her junior year and expect to Persons who become physics majors ought to be begin work in the fall term of the senior year with curious about the ways of nature and have a the completion of the work to be accomplished in strong urge to satisfy this curiosity. Their success the spring term of the senior year. depends upon their ability to devise and perform meaningful experiments, their intuitive under- Freshmen who are considering a major in physics standing of the way nature behaves, and their skill should enroll in Physics 111, 112 and Mathema- in casting ideas into mathematical forms. No two tics 111-112, if possible. While it is desirable for majors are endowed with precisely the same majors to take this freshman program, students division of these talents, but they must develop may accomplish a full major in physics even if some proficiency in each. they take Physics 111, 112 in their sophomore year. Courses in the Department emphasize those theories and principles that give a broad, unifying understanding of nature and the analytical rea- DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS soning needed for their use. Laboratory training The laboratory science distribution requirement stresses the design of experiments, the tech- may be satisfied by taking one course from niques of precise measurement, and the interpre-

Physics 1 , 1 or 1 1 1 tation of data. among 01 03, and one course

from Physics J 1 , 1 02, 1 04, or 1 1 2.

REQUIREMENTS AND The prerequisites listed below in the course RECOMMENDATIONS descriptions are meant only as guides. Any course is open to students who have the The physics major consists of eight minimum permission of instructor. courses including Physics 111, 112, 211, 212,

31 1 , 312 and J 26. This minimum major is more FACILITIES than adequate preparation for physics certifica- SPECIAL

tion for secondary school teaching and industrial In addition to the usual classrooms, seminar or government laboratory work. Anyone for whom rooms, laboratories, and faculty offices, Masters graduate study is a possibility should plan to take Hall contains the physics library, a machine shop, twelve courses in the Department. Students are and a planetarium. The Department has well not permitted to take more than twelve courses in equipped nuclear physics, X-ray, optics, and

the Department without the permission of the electronics laboratories, and it directs the obser- Department unless the thirteenth course is vatory and the planetarium. Some of the larger Physics 462. Gettysburg physics graduates have pieces of equipment are multichannel analyzers, selected a wide range of fields for graduate study, coincidence-anticoincidence circuitry, two X-ray including: astronomy; astrophysics; biophysics; diffraction units, a Mossbauer analyzer, a neutron business; geophysics; environmental, electrical, howitzer, a 16" Cassegrain telescope with cam- 96 1911 Woman's League of Gettysburg College organized

103, 104 Elementary Physics eras, a UBV photometer, a 12" Varian electro- magnet, and an astronomical spectrometer. A general coverage of the fields of classical and modern physics with time devoted to areas of special interest in biol- Computational resources include a large pro- ogy; fluids, heat, radiation and numerous applications While and mul- grammable calculator, microcomputers particularly useful for biology majors, the course will serve tiple access to the College's Burroughs 6800. any student as an introduction to a wide range of topics in physics. Rudimentary calculus is taught and used. Prerequi- site: facility in algebra and geometry. Three class hours and SPECIAL PROGRAMS three laboratory hours. and Daniels The Department administers the Cooperative Messrs. Scott Engineering Program with Pennsylvania State University, Washington University in St. Louis, 108 Introductory Astronomy and Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute. Students Fundamental observations of classical astronomy and the recent discoveries of modern astrophysics Starting with the selecting this program will take Physics 111,112, solar system, the course surveys contemporary knowledge of J 33, and 216 and will graduate from 211, stellar systems and of the structure and behavior of the uni- Gettysburg with a major in Physics upon suc- verse at large. Physical principles of gravitation, relativity, cessful completion of an engineering degree at atomic and nuclear structure, and electromagnetic radiation are introduced where they apply to astronomical problems. Pennsylvania State, Washington University in St. Frequent observational activities at the College Observatory Louis, or RPI. For more details on the Cooperative will be scheduled to supplement the lectures. Prerequisite: Engineering Program, see page 39. High school algebra and trigonometry will be helpful. Three and occasional evening observing sessions. Further details about the physics and the co- class hours Mr Marschall operative engineering program are described in the Handbook for Students prepared by the 109 Topics in Astronomy Physics Department. Majors and prospective Highlighting a single area of current interest in astronomy. majors are encouraged to request a copy from The development and present state of thinking in such fields office. the Physics Department as the structure and origin of the solar system, stellar and galactic evolution, extraterrestrial life, and cosmology may be investigated. The specific area of concentration will be pub- 101, 102 General Physics lished in the announcement of courses during the spring pre- introduction to the basic concepts of classical and An ceding the course May not be counted toward the minimum modern physics with applications in a contemporary context. requirement for a major in physics. Prerequisite: Completion The fields covered include mechanics, energy, heat, waves, of the College science distribution requirement or the consent sound, electricity, magnetism, relativity, and atomic and of the instructor. for students nuclear physics. These courses are designed Mr Marschall who are not majoring in the sciences. Prerequisite: Compe- tence in high school algebra Three class and three labora- tory hours. 111 Mechanics Staff An introduction to classical mechanics: laws of motion and the conservation laws of linear momentum, energy, and angular momentum. The rudiments of calculus and vector J 1 Vibrations, Waves, and Music analysis are introduced and used throughout the course. physical principles employed in the An introduction to the Laboratory work emphasizes the detection, measurement, production of sound and music. The acoustical properties of and interpretation of electrical signals and elementary circuit musical instruments wil be studied in depth. The laboratory analysis. Students already having credit for Physics 1 01 , 1 02 provides experience in electrical measurements, vibrations, or 1 03, 1 04 may register for Physics 111 for credit only with and the analysis, synthesis, and production of sound. Oppor- the permission of the Department. Prerequisite: Mathematics tunities exist for individual projects such as the design and 111, which may be taken concurrently. Four class hours and construction of a simple musical instrument. The level of three laboratory hours. is algebra. exper- mathematics required elementary Some Mr. Mara ience in music is expected. Physics 101 and Physics J1 will complete the laboratory science distribution requirement. Prerequisite: Physics 101 or consent of instructor. Class and 112 Heat, Electricity, Magnetism, and Relativity laboratory hours. Heat and the first and second laws of thermodynamics, Messrs. Hendrickson and Scott electrostatic fields, currents, magnetic fields, electro- magnetic induction, Maxwell's equations, light as a propagat- ing electromagnetic disturbance, and the special theory of relativity Laboratory work emphasizes the detection, measurement, and interpretation of optical signals and nuclear radiation. Prerequisite: Physics 111. Four class hours and three laboratory hours Mr. Mara . .

Course Descriptions I Physics ^ 97

211 Vibrations, Waves, and Optics 311 Atomic and Nuclear Physics II Simple harmonic motion including damped and forced os- A continuation of Physics 212. Course begins with an intro- cillations of mechanical and electrical systems. Coupled and duction to quantum mechanics The harmonic oscillator, continuous systems are also treated. Properties of light and potential wells and barriers, the hydrogen atom, and the sound, including reflection, polarization, interference, and helium atom are treated at an intermediate level. Other topics diffraction are covered as well as physical and geometrical include the spectra of multielectron atoms, quantum statis-

optics Prerequisite: Physics 1 1 2 Three class hours and one tics, band theory of solids, nuclear models, nuclear and afternoon laboratory. fusion reactors and their impact on society, accelerators, and

Mr. Cowan beta decay. Prerequisites: Physics 2 1 2 and Mathematics 21 2. Three class hours and three laboratory hours. Mr Daniels

212 Atomic and Nuclear Physics I

Experimental foundations of atomic physics and their use in 312 Thermodynamics and Statistical Physics developing the quantum theory. Some of the topics included are: kinetic theory, blackbody radiation, photoelectric effect, Temperature, heat, the first and second laws of thermody- Rutherford's atom, x-rays, Compton effect, Bohr-Sommerfeld namics, introductory statistical physics; Maxwell-Boltzmann, theory, spectra, spin, magnetic moments, de Broglie wave- Fermi-Dirac, and Bose-Emstein statistics. Applications to length, uncertainty principle, radioactivity, particles. Prerequi- selected topics in solid state physics, low temperature phys-

site: Physics 211 Three class hours and one afternoon ics, and other fields are included. Prerequisite: Physics 31 1 laboratory. Three class hours. Mr. Haskins Mr. Hendnckson

J 33 Engineering Mechanics: Statics 319 Classical Mechanics

Equilibrium of coplanar and noncoplanar force systems; Advanced Newtonian mechanics for upperclass physics analysis of structures; friction; centroids and moments of majors. Topics include equations of motion, gravitational field, inertia. Required for engineering students. Prerequisites: non-inertial reference systems, conservation laws, plane-

Physics 1 1 2, Mathematics 21 1 tary motion, rigid body motion, Lagrangian and Hamiltonian Mr. Daniels mechanics. Prerequisites: Physics 211 and Mathematics 212 Mr. Cowan 216 Engineering Mechanics: Dynamics

Motion of a particle; translation and rotation of rigid bodies; J 26 Advanced Physics Laboratory work and energy; impulse and momentum. Required for engineering students. Prerequisite: Physics J 33. Three class A laboratory course with experiments drawn from various hours. areas of physics such as: optics, electromagnetism, atomic Mr. Scott physics, and nuclear physics with particular emphasis on contemporary methods. Error analysis and experimental techniques will be stressed. Normally taken by physics ma- 301 Electronics jors in January of their junior year. Characteristics of semiconductor junction devices. Circuits Mr. Haskins using these devices include amplifiers, oscillators, opera- tional amplifiers, switching circuits, and digital circuits. Electricity Perequisite: Physics 112. Two class hours and six labora- 330 and Magnetism tory hours. Static electric and magnetic fields, electromagnetic induc- Mr. Daniels tion. Maxwell's equations in space, fields in matter, time

dependent fields Prerequisites: Physics 1 12 and Mathemat- ics 363. Three class hours. Mr. Marschall 1

98 (P^\ Course Descriptions I Physics I Political Science rrr

Mechanics 341 Quantum POLITICAL SCIENCE An introduction to the Schrodinger and Heisenberg formula- tions ot quantum mechanics. Topics covered include po- wells and barriers, the harmonic oscillator, the rigid tential Professor Boenau (Chairman) rotor, angular momentum, hydrogen atom fine and hyperfme structure, time-independent perturbation theory, the helium Associate Professors Borock, Mott, Nyitray, atom and many electron atoms. Prerequisite: Physics 31 and D. Tannenbaum hours and 319, Mathematics 363. Three class Assistant Professors Chase and Entessar Mr Mara Adjunct Professor Plischke

342 Relativity: Nuclear and Particle Physics OVERVIEW Special relativity: includes four vectors, tensor analysis, elec- physics at level re- tromagnetic field. Nuclear and particle a The Department aims at providing an under- quiring quantum mechanics are covered including time de- standing of the study of politics, emphasizing the pendent perturbation theory, scattering, Breit-Wigner cross- of political section, Mossbauer effect, and isotopic spin. Prerequisite: methods and approaches science and Physics 341. Three class hours. the workings of political systems in various Mr. Haskins domestic, foreign, and international settings. The program provides balance between the Tutorials: Special Topics 452 needs of specialists who intend to pursue Designed to cover physics or physics related topics not graduate or professional training and those who otherwise available in the curriculum. Open to upperclass do not. Courses offered in the Department help physics majors who arrange with a staff member for supervi- sion. Possible areas of study include advanced electronics, prepare the student for careers in politics, federal, medical physics, astrophysics, acoustics, optics. Prerequi- state, and local government, public and private site: approval by Department. interest groups, business, journalism, law, and Staff teaching.

462 Independent Study in Physics and Astronomy REQUIREMENTS AND Experimental or theoretical investigation of a research level RECOMMENDATIONS problem selected by a student in consultation with a staff member. Students should arrange with a staff member for Beginning with the class of 1983, the require- supervision by the end of the junior year. Open only to second for in political are as semester senior physics majors. Results of the investigation ments a major science are reported in a departmental colloquium. Prerequisite: follows (students in earlier classes are subject to approval by Department. the previously existing requirements): Majors in Staff the Department are required to take a minimum of 10 courses in political science. Political Science

1 01 , 1 02, 1 03, and 1 04 are required of all majors, and serve as prerequisites for corresponding upper-level courses. These courses are intended to introduce the student to the major sub-fields of

political science. Political Science 1 01 , 1 02, 1 03,

and 1 04 may be taken in any order, but should be completed before the end of the sophomore year. Upper-level courses may be taken as early as the sophomore year provided the student has met the particular prerequisites for those courses. Majors are required to take at least one 200 or 300-level course in three of the following groups: American Government, Comparative Politics, International Relations, Political Theory. Courses graded S/U are not accepted toward a major. Course Descriptions I Political Science (Ch\ 99

Beginning in 1981-82, departmental honors in 104 Introduction to Comparative Politics political science will be awarded to graduating Introduction to the structure and processes of political insti- tutions in major types of political systems, including parlia- majors who have achieved an average of 3.5 in mentary systems, the soviet system, and systems in develop- political science courses and who have success- ing countries. fully completed and defended an Honors Thesis. Mr, Boenau

In the junior and senior years, majors are urged to participate in seminars, individualized study, and Comparative Politics internships. Majors also are encouraged to enroll 260 Comparative Parliamentary Systems in related courses in other social sciences and in Analysis and comparison of parliamentary systems in the humanities. Europe, Asia, and Commonwealth countries, focusing on interest groups, political parties, political elites, public partic- DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS ipation, governmental structures and processes, and case studies of political systems in operation Prerequisite: PS 1 04 or permission Any of the following courses may be counted of instructor. Mr. Boenau towards the College distribution requirements in social sciences: 101, 102, 103, and 104. The 261 Comparative Communist following courses may be counted towards the Systems Analysis and comparison of the political systems of the USSR, College distribution requirement in N on -Western Eastern Europe, and China, focusing on the role of the com- culture: 263 and 266. munist party, the problem of succession, and case studies of political systems in operation. Prerequisite: PS 104 or per- SPECIAL PROGRAMS mission of instructor Mr. Boenau Qualified students may participate in off-campus

programs, such as the Washington Semester, 263 The Politics of Developing Areas The Harrisburg Urban Semester, The United Introduction to the study of political development and under- Nations Semester, and study abroad. development, including approaches to Third World politics; the nature of traditional politics; disruptions caused by colonialism and imperialism; the reformation of domestic Introductory Courses politics; contemporary political processes and problems. Prerequisite: PS 104 or permission of the instructor 101 American Government Mr. Entessar Examination of the institutional structure and policy-making process of national government as reflections of assumptions of liberal democracy and the American social and economic 266 The Governments and Politics of the Middle East systems. In addition to the legislative, executive, and judicial Study of the politics and social structures of the Arab world branches of government, political parties, interest groups, and Israel, Iran, Turkey, and Afghanistan. Topics considered and elections are considered. include political development, nationalism, ethnicity, the role Messrs. Chase, Mott, and Nyitray of Islam, ideology, patterns of political leadership, political parties, social classes, and the military. Prerequisite: PS 104 or permission of instructor. 102 Introduction to Political Thought Mr. Entessar Analysis of political philosophies dealing with fundamental problems of political association. The course will examine concepts of power, authority, freedom, equality, social justice, American Government and order as expressed in works of philosophers from Plato to Marx. 221 State and Local Government Mr Tannenbaum Study of the structure, functions, and political processes of non-national government in the United States. Prerequisite: PS 101 or permission of instructor. 103 Global Politics Messrs. Chase and Tannenbaum Examination of the behavior of nation-states from a micro- political perspective that encompasses such topics as na- tionalism, power, ideology, war and institutional arrange- 222 Public Administration ments, as well as from a macropolitical perspective that Study of the politics, structure, and procedures of govern- reflects the combined results of international activity such as mental administration. Particular attention is given to the the development of political and economic interdependence, administrative process, policy-making, and the public re- the use and misuse of global resources, and the prospects sponsibility of administrators. Prerequisite: PS 101 or permis- for a transition from an international community of nations to sion of the instructor. a global society. Messrs. Chase and Tannenbaum Messrs. Entessar and Borock 7976 R.O.T.C. established at the College

Irrr

224 Presidential Politics 245 World Order

Study of the role of the Presidency in the American political Examination of international organization, regionalism, and system, the selection of presidential candidates, the Presi- security systems as they affect the reduction of international dency and bureaucratic structures and procedures, presi- violence and promote tolerable standards of stability. Pre- dential leadership, and the Presidency in the policy process requisite. PS 103 or permission of instructor. Prerequisite: PS 101 or permission of the instructor. Mr. Borock Mr. Nyitray

344 U. S. Defense Policy Constitutional 225 American Law Examination of the formulation and implementation of U.S. Study of the judicial process in the United States, with partic- defense policy within the context of the international and do- ular focus on the Supreme Court and its historical role in mestic political systems. Attention will be given to the ways nation-building, establishing principles of federalism and the policy affects and is affected by the political environment, the separation of powers, and determining the scope of personal conceptual approach to war, the impact of technological

and property rights. Prerequisite: PS 1 01 or permission of in- change, the economic issues of defense spending, the structor. decision-making process, and the civilian-military relation- Mr. Mott ship. Prerequisites: PS 103 and PS 242 or permission of in- structor. Mr Borock 231 American Parties and Politics

Examination of political parties, their role in democracy, and the nature of the party system in relation to other social and Political Theory political processes. Aspects of voting behavior and campaign techniques are considered. Prerequisite: PS 101 or permis- 280 Modern Political Ideologies sion of instructor. Study of the philosophical content and the role of political Mr Mott ideologies in the modern world, with emphasis on liberalism, socialism, communism and fascism. The concept of ideology, 232 Public Opinion historical development and the intersection and overlap of ideologies, and the influence of ideologies on political be- Examination of public opinion and its effects on political be- havior will also be considered Prerequisite: PS 102 or per- havior. Special attention is given to opinion formation and mission of instructor. measurement. There is also an emphasis on propaganda and Mr. Tannenbaum pressure group activity. Prerequisite: PS 1 01 or permission of instructor. Mr. Chase 281 Elites and Masses

Examination of selected political theories which deal with the 322 Civil Rights and Liberties relationship of elites and masses in modern society. Among the writers to be considered are Burke, De Tocqueville, Study of selected problems involving interpretations of the Bill Mosca, Pareto, Michaels, Ortega y Gasset, and Lenin. Pre- of Rights. Attention will be given to both the evolution and cur- requisite: PS 1 02 or permission of instructor. rent standing of issues treated by the Supreme Court. Pre- Mr. Boenau requisite: PS 225 or permission of instructor. Mr. Mott 380 Marxism 323 Legislative Process Examination of Marxism through close textual analysis of books, polemical tracts, and other writings of Marx and Study of the United State Congress focusing on theories of Engels, and selected readings from the critical literature on representation, nomination and electoral processes, internal Marxism. Prerequisite: PS 102 or permission of instructor organization of Congress, influences on Congressional Mr. Boenau policy-making, and Congressional interaction with other

participants in the policy process. Prerequisite: PS 1 01 or per- mission of instructor Advanced Courses Mr. Nyitray 400 Seminars

International Relations Advanced study of domestic, foreign, or world politics. Acom- mon core of reading and written reports by each student 242 American Foreign Policy is provided. Topics differ each term and will be announced in advance Enrollment by permission of instructor. Analysis of the development, implementation, and effects of Staff U.S. foreign policy. Prerequisite: PS 103 or permission of in- structor. Mr. Borock Individualized Study

Intensive research on an approved topic presented in oral or written reports, under the supervision of a member of the de- partment faculty. Staff )

Course Descriptions I Psychology ! 101

rrr

with their advisers for specific information on the PSYCHOLOGY prerequisites for work at the graduate level in the specialized areas of psychology.

Departmental Honors in psychology are awarded Professors D'Agostino, Mudd (Chairman), to graduating majors who, in the combined and Piatt judgment of the staff, have demonstrated aca- Associate Professors Frank, Gobbel, demic excellence in course work and who have Pittman, and Shand completed an Individualized Study. The Honors Assistant Professor White Thesis, open by invitation of the Department Staff for Departmental Honors. OVERVIEW only, is not required

The Department emphasizes human, experi- DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS mental psychology in all of its course offerings, including those in the areas of clinical and applied The following courses may be used to fulfill the psychology. The objective of the Department is to distribution requirement in social sciences: 101, promote knowledge of behavior, with emphasis 204, 210, 214, 221, 225, 226, 230, 326, and on the formation of a scientific attitude toward designated January Term courses. behavior and appreciation of the complexity of human personality. This objective is approached 101 General Psychology providing representative of by a array courses in An introduction to the basic facts and principles of psychol- psychology, including seminars, special topics, ogy, including the study of human motivation, learning, emo- and independent study, and by providing selected tion, perception, thought, intelligence, and personality. Some attention is given to the applications of psychology. Repeated opportunities for field work. Direct experience spring term. May be used toward fulfilling the distribution re- with the major methods, instruments, and theo- quirement in the social sciences retical tools of the discipline is emphasized Staff throughout. REQUIREMENTS AND 204 Human Information Processing RECOMMENDATIONS Starting from theoretical concepts and methods surveyed in Psychology 101, the topics of sensation, perception, and Psychology 101 is a prerequisite for all other cognitive processes are developed more completely. Offered in the spring term. courses in the Department. Requirements for a Mr. D'Agostino major include Mathematics 1 07, Psychology 101,

305, 341 ; one of the following laboratory courses: 210 Behavioral Economics and Social Engineering 314, 316, 317, 318, 325, or 336; and, four Introduction to behavioral economics and the implications additional courses in psychology. Majors should of that field for social planning in a high mass consumption note that most laboratory courses have a 200 society. The potential contribution of behavioral systems level course as a prerequisite. analysis and social science research to more effective social and economic planning is reviewed. Alternate years. Offered It is possible for those who have scored 60 or 1981-82. above on the CLEP (College-Level Examination Mr. Mudd Program) General Psychology examination to waive the introductory course (Psychology 1 01 211 Psychological Tests and Measurements and to qualify for advanced placement in the Fundamental principles in the development of reliable and department. Write College Entrance Examination valid devices designed to reveal measurable characteristics Board, Box 1822, Princeton, N.J. 08540 for of personality and intelligence. Special emphasis is placed on the critical evaluation of tests, the assumptions underlying information about taking the CLEP exam. their construction, and the role of testing as one of the basic

of 1 It is recommended that students looking forward procedures social science. Prerequisite: Math 07 (may be taken concurrently). Three class hours and three laboratory to admission to graduate school take psychology hours. 211 and two advanced laboratory courses, one Mr. Shand from each of the following two groups: (a) 31 4, 31 8, 325, and (b) 31 6, 31 7, 336. Training in computer science is recommended for all majors and is highly recommended for those planning to go on to graduate work. Students should consult Gettysburg College 102 0^\ 1921 Corporate name changed to rrr

316 Perception 214 Social Psychology research in social Introduction to sensory and perceptual processes Lectures Review of current psychological theory and deal with the psychophysical analysis of the stimulus, sen- psychology. Topics include attitude and behavior change, psy- sory coding, feature detection, constancies, and meaning. conformity, attraction, interpersonal perception, and Laboratory work includes several minor studies and one chological aspects of social interaction. Mr. Pittman major research study on a special topic of the student's own choice in an area of social perception. Prerequisite: Psy- chology 305. Three class hours and the equivalent of three 221 Basic Dynamics of Personality laboratory hours. Mr. Mudd Uses textbooks and collateral readings in an introduction to theories and strategies in personology. Lecture and dis- on learning, affective, and cognitive processes cussion focus 317 Memory and Cognition evi- as they blend in personality. The usefulness of verifiable 101. An introduction to human memory and cognitive processes. dence is emphasized. Prerequisite: Psychology Mr. Frank Topics include short and long-term retention, language comprehension and models of semantic memory Prerequi- sites: Psychology 305, 204 (or permission of the instructor). 225 Developmental Psychology: Infancy and Childhood Three class hours and three laboratory hours Mr. D'Agostino The psychological development of the individual, from con- vari- ception to adolescence. Methods, relevant research and perspectives are reviewed. Content areas ous theoretical 318 Experimental Social Psychology include perception, learning cognition, language, social de- Study of specific content areas in social psychology Current velopment, etc. Ms. Gobbel and Mr. White theories and empirical data will be used to illustrate experi- mental designs and relevant methodological considerations Laboratory work includes the design, execution, and analysis 226 Developmental Psychology: Adolescence of two original experiments. Prerequisites: Psychology 214 and Psychology 305, or permission of the instructor. Three A review of theory and research concerned with the psycho- class hours and the equivalent of three laboratory hours. logical development of the adolescent Topics include: re- Mr Pittman search methods, physiological changes, cognitive develop- ment, vocational, social sex-role, and value development, and the search for identity. Psychology 225 is recommended 322 Clinical and Counseling Psychology: Uses and Abuses as a prerequisite but not required. Ms. Gobbel Presents an introduction to the history, problems, methods, values and ethics relating to clinical and counseling psychol- ogy. The course is nota practicum. Prerequ/s/'tes: Psychology of Religious Beliefs, Attitudes, spring term, alternate years. Not 230 The Psychology 221 , 320, or 326 Offered and Values offered 1981-82. Mr. Frank Empirical findings in the recent scientific study of religion re- garding the development of religious and moral traits of character, the personality structure of the religious person, 325 Life-Span Development—An Experimental Approach normal and abnormal aspects of religious experiences, be- An intensive study of one or more areas of research in cogni- liefs, and practices Mr. Shand tive, social or language development. Emphasis is placed on unique characteristics of research with children and/or adults across the lifespan. Laboratory work includes the de- 305 Experimental Methods sign execution and analysis of a research project. Prerequi- 305. Three class An introduction to scientific method and experimental design. sites: Psychology 225 and Psychology three laboratory hours. Emphasis is placed on kinds and sources of error in experi- hours and Ms. Gobbel and mentation, methods of control, and design and analysis of White experiments. Prerequisites: Psychology 101 and Mathemat- Mr. ics 107. Three class hours and three laboratory hours. Messrs. D'Agostino and Mudd 326 Abnormal Psychology

The study of abnormalities of personality and behavior which 314 Assessment of Personality and Intelligence commonly occur in mentally handicapped, deviant, neurotic, of abnormal Correlational, experimental, and projective methods for the and psychotic persons. The general principles including those of psychoanalysis, study of such topics as abilities, humor, self-concepts, personality development, prejudice, handwriting, belief, creativity, art, and music. are reviewed and illustrative case materials are presented. are given, and Each student will design an experiment and a factor- Film demonstrations of abnormal phenomena analytic study related to one topic. Prerequisites: Psychology a field trip is taken to a mental institution. Psychology 214, not required; not open to fresh- 305 and Psychology 211. Three class hours and the 221 , or 320 recommended but equivalent of three laboratory hours. men. Mr. Shand Mr. Shand Course Descriptions I Psychology I Religion r±\ 103 rrr

336 Physiological Psychology RELIGION Study of the anatomical and physiological bases of behavior and cognition. Emphasis is on the neuropsychology of sensa- tion, motivation, memory, and thinking. Prerequisites: Psy-

1 1 1 1 1 Professors Dunkelberger, Freed chology 1 01 , Biology 01 , 02, or 1 , 1 2, and either Psy- (Chairman), chology 305 or permission of the instructor. Three class Hammann, Loose, and Moore periods and three laboratory hours. Associate Professor Trone Mr. Piatt OVERVIEW 341 History and Theories of Psychology A review of the development of psychology to the present Essential to a liberal arts student's understanding Emphasis is on the contributions of empiricism, structuralism, of the past, of life, and of himself or herself is a functionalism, behaviorism, Gestalt, and psychoanalysis to solid, factual knowledge of the varied religious contemporary psychology. Mr. Piatt experiences, beliefs, and institutions of man. This Department offers the student a variety of courses in which the complex 400 Seminar phenomena of religion can be investigated. A student may elect An opportunity to work on a selected topic in a small group under the guidance of a member of the staff. Not offered every courses in biblical studies, history of religions, term. The topic for a given term is announced well in advance. and religious thought. Enrollment by permission of the instructor. May be repeated. Staff REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS 421 Personality Theory: Seminar

Examines critically and in detail selected theories of person- A major consists of eight courses. Some majors, ality. Primary and secondary sources are used for each depending on prior preparation and work taken

theory studied. Verifiable evidence is examined as it may aug- outside the Department, may be asked to take ment or challenge theory. Prerequisites: Psychology 221 and 320 and Junior or Senior status Meets three hours once a additional courses in the Department in order to week. Offered spring term, alternate years. Not offered round out an adequate program, but in no case 1982-83 will more than 12 courses be required. No Mr. Frank courses in other departments may be applied toward the minimum requirement of eight Individualized Reading courses. With departmental approval, certain Opportunity to do intensive and critical reading and to write a courses outside the Department may be applied term paper on a topic of special interest. Student will be ex- pected to become thoroughly familiar with reference books, to the major beyond the minimum requirement. microfilms, and scientific journals available for library re- Individualized Study is required of all majors. search in the field of psychology. Prerequisite: permission of Pretheological students and those contemplating the instructor. May be repeated. church vocations should especially consider a Staff major in this Department. Since some upper-level courses are not offered every year, students Individualized Empirical Research should consult with individual instructors when Design and conduct of an empirical study involving the planning their programs. collection and analysis of data in relation to some psycho- logical problem under the supervision of a staff member. Stu- dents are required to present an acceptable research DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS proposal no later than four weeks following the beginning of the term or to withdrawfrom the course. Research culminates Only one of the following courses will fulfill the in a paper. Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. Maybe one-course distribution requirement in religion: repeated.

Staff 1 01 , 1 1 1 , 1 1 7, 1 21 , 1 27, 1 31 , 1 32, 1 33, 1 35, 1 36,

Honors Thesis 1 37, and 1 42. Any courses offered in the fall and Designed to meet the needs of the clearly superior student spring terms (except for Individualized Study) and During the senior year each participant will engage in an orig- some of the January Term courses may also fulfill inal program of research under the direction of a thesis com- one course of the two-course distribution require- mittee. In addition to completing a formal thesis, each stu- dent will present and discuss his or her research before the ment in history, philosophy, or religion, which is in entire staff. Successful completion of the program entitles the student to receive credit for two courses which can be applied towards a Psychology major. Prerequisite: by invitation of the Department only. Staff 104 (O-Vl Course Descriptions I Religion

ti

210 The Apostle Paul: the Man, the Thinker, and addition to the 100-level course distribution the Traveler requirement in religion. The following courses A study of some of Paul's letters and the book of Acts in an distribution requirement in Non-Western meet the attempt to understand the complex personality of Paul and culture: 202, 241, and 242. his thought. Topics included are faith and law, the righteous- ness of God and man, and justification and salvation. Paul's travels are illustrated by slides from the instructor's personal SPECIAL PROGRAMS collection. Prerequisite: Religion 111. Mr. Freed The Department participates in the bilateral study arrangement with the Central Pennsylvania Con- 311 Jesus in the First Three Gospels sortium Semester in Mysore, India. An examination in depth of selected passages in the first three gospels using the techniques of source, form, redaction, BIBLICAL STUDIES and literary criticism. Special attention is given to the parables of Jesus. Prerequisite: Religion 111 Mr Freed 101 History, Literature, and Religion of the Old Testament 312 The Gospel of John A study of the history, literature, and religion of the Hebrews Chief emphasis given to the thought and content of the gospel from the age of Abraham to about 200 B.C The history and itself. An effort is made to determine the background, pur- culture of Israel are related to those of surrounding nations, poses for writing, and destination of the gospel. The question with special emphasis on the relevancy of archeological data its and to the First Mr Moore of relationship to the Synoptic Gospels Epistle of John is included. Prerequisite: Religion 111 Mr Freed 111 History, Literature, and Religion of the New Testament 313 Judaism From 200 B.C. to 500 A.D. they origi- A study of the writings of the New Testament as The history, institutions, and religious ideas of the Jews from is the nated in their Greco-Roman milieu. Emphasis on about 200 B.C. to 500 A.D. Jewish writings of the period, in- distinctive purposes and main content of each writing. The cluding some from Qumran and the Talmud, are studied as use of source, form, and redaction criticism as tools for the the primary sources of information. Prerequisite: Religion 101 academic study of the New Testament is demonstrated. Mr Freed Mr. Freed

HISTORY OF RELIGIONS 117 Topics in Biblical Studies

An intensive study of a religious topic, problem, writer, or 121 Church History: To the Eighth Century theme in the field of Biblical Studies Staff A historical study of all groups who claimed the name "Chris- tian" from the post-Biblical period to the eighth century. The- ologies, liturgies, councils, heresies, schisms, and the out- 201 The Prophets of the Old Testament standing participants are described and evaluated with the aid of primary documents A study of the life and times of Israel's prophets as drawn from Mr. Trone the Old Testament and extra-Biblical sources, with special emphasis given to both the importance of prophetic inter- pretations for their own day and to their lasting effect upon 123 Church History: Fifteenth to Twentieth Century Judeo-Christian thought. A study of the pluralistic developments of institutional Mr. Moore Christianity from the Reformation of the sixteenth century through the movements of Protestant Scholasticism, Pietism, Rationalism, Evangelicalism. Liberalism, Modernism, and 202 Wisdom Literature Ecumenism. A comparative study of Job, Psalms, Proverbs, Ecclesiastes, Mr Dunkelberger and the Song of Solomon with the wisdom literature of the Su- merians, Egyptians, Babylonians, and other contemporaries and predecessors of the Israelites. Fulfills the distribution re- 127 Topics in History of Religions quirement in Non-Western culture An intensive study of a religious topic, problem, writer, or Mr. Moore theme in the field of History of Religions. Staff

203 Biblical Archaeology 142 Great Religious Personalities An introduction to the history, methodology, and findings of of religious personalities, including Palestinian archaeology with attention to the related fields of A critical survey major founders, interpreters, and reformers in the great traditions, Egyptian and Mesopotamian archaeology. Lectures on field especially Christianity The historical facts about the man, technique, slide presentations, museum visits, and consid- with his mystique, and myths associated with eration of the historical and religious significance of artifacts along message, will be central to the course. him, are explored. Mr Dunkelberger Mr. Moore Course Descriptions I Religion C^\ 105 ml

IDS 206 Byzantine Civilization 133 Modern Issues, Religious Perspectives

For course description see Interdepartmental Studies. Seeking out the most important questions of our time, the Mr Trone class will discuss controversial issues as they are currently taken up by writers with a religious point of view. The sub- jects and writings studied will change from semester to Christianity 223 U.S.A. semester as new issues are raised and new answers at- An investigation of the institutional history, main ideas, and tempted. the leadership in the various churches of America from Mr. Trone colonial times to the present. The development of the Jewish tradition in America will also be considered. The broad reli- Religion in Fiction gious consensus, along with movements such as puritanism, 135

pietism, revivalism, liberalism, and fundamentalism, is ex- An examination of the fictional representation of religious plored. stories. The works of Renan, Kazantzakis, Graves, Lagerk- Mr Dunkelberger vist, and others will be read. Mr. Hammann

241 The Religions of South Asia

A historical and phenomenological study of the religions of 136 Religions From the Center to the Fringe South Asia, especially Hinduism, Hinayana Buddhism, and A historical and critical study of recent sectarian and cultic Islam. Some original sources in translation are investigated developments primarily in the West. Such movements as to promote understanding of religious ideas, institutions, and Ba'hai, Christian Science, Mormonism, Nichiren Shoshu, practices. Fulfills the distribution requirement in Non-Western ISKCON.and Hasidism will be considered. The study willaim culture. at understanding the religious characteristics as well as the Mr. Dunkelberger social effects of these movements. Mr Hammann

242 The Religions of East Asia and West Asia

Primarily an examination of the varieties of historical and con- 137 Toics in Religious Thought temporary Buddhism. The class will also study some other religious tradition from east or west Asia that can be con- An intensive study of a religious topic, problem, writer, or trasted with Buddhism. Insofar as possible original sources in theme in the field of Religious Thought. translation will be used. Fulfills the distribution requirement in Staff Non-Western culture. Spring term every year, Mr Hammann IDS 211 Perspectives on Death and Dying For Course Description see Interdepartmental Studies. RELIGIOUS THOUGHT Mr. Moore

122 History of the Medieval Church 227 "Monks, Nuns and Friars" This exploration begins with the Seventh General Council study of the rules and practices of religious orders for (787) and ends with the death of Pope Pius II in 1464. The A men Latin, the Orthodox, and the heretical traditions and institu- and women: Latin, Orthodox, and heretical. The course will tions will be included in order to help the student understand also include the art and architecture produced by these of Medieval practices and decisions which still inform churches orders and some the most famous monastic personalities. today. There will also be a visit to a monastery. Mr. Trone Mr Trone

131 Religion and Modern Man/Woman 232 The Religious Meaning of Being Responsible in Contemporary Society An exploration of the many ways in which religion expresses itself in Religious interpretations of moral values and ethical theories the twentieth century. It is particularly concerned with will be studied from the perspective of the function of the Judeo-Christian tradition in modern determining responsi- ble action for resolving western culture but includes insights from the religious tradi- moral problems reflected in current tions of Asia as they impact on the present day. controversies, issues and decisions. In addition, students will Mr Dunkelberger be asked to examine the question as to whether or not human existence has an intrinsic, essential goal with a correlative prescriptive moral structure, so that deviation from this goal 132 The Religious Meaning of Being Human leads to self-destructiveness whereas compliance with the in the Contemporary World goal leads to creative self-fulfillment. Study of the religious experience and patterns developed by Mr Loose the world's major religions from the perspective of man's na- ture and needs as these are reflected in current controver- sies, problems, decisions, and values. An analysis will be made of various ways of studying religion with an emphasis upon the phenomenological method and its relevance to the interpretation and understanding of religious phenomena. Mr. Loose 106 HC^VI Course Descriptions I Religion I Romance Languages and Literatures

243 Mythology and Religion Mythology and Religion have always been companions. The ROMANCE LANGUAGES AND course will aim at understanding this friendship. Students will LITERATURES familiarize themselves with particular mythologies, ancient and modern, and will try to understand the connection with the associated religious traditions. Professor Kurth Mr. Hammann Associate Professors Barriga and Lenski Assistant Professors Beach-Viti, Burgess, IDS 312 Theology and Literature C. Hendrickson, Kostopulos, Michelman, For Course Description see Interdepartmental Studies. A. G. Tannebaum, Viti (Chairman), and Weaner Mr. Loose Instructor Olinger-Rubira Adjunct Assistant Professor Deveny and Diaz 332 History of Christian Thought: Fifteenth to Adjunct Instructor Mellerski Nineteenth Century

Beginning with late Medieval and Reformation theological expressions, the investigation continues with Protestant OVERVIEW Scholasticism, Pietism, Rationalism, and Evangelicalism. The chief aim of the basic courses offered by the Among others, the thought of Luther, Calvin, Loyola, Wesley, is and Kant is considered. Department to give the student facility in the Mr. Dunkelberger use of the spoken and written foreign language and some acquaintance with its literature. The 333 Contemporary Religious Thought oral-aural aspect of modern language teaching is

Critical study of the primary theological literature of nine- stressed in the language laboratories which com- teenth and twentieth century Europe and America. Contrasts plement classroom instruction in the language. and continuity of themes, constitutive ideas, and movements All students in the Department, and especially in representative works by Schleiermacher, Kierkegaard, those in the elementary and intermediate phases Bultmann, Tillich, Buber, Bonhoeffer, Altizer, Daly, and others are examined for the purpose of determining the basic pre- of language study, are strongly urged to take suppositions underlying the various texts. advantage of the facilities offered by the labora- Mr. Loose tory in the library. The first years of language study require at least one hour per week in the 464 Individualized Study for Majors language laboratory. Under the direction of a member of the Department and in On a more advanced level, literature and civiliza- accordance with regulations adopted by the Department for majors a course of directed study and research. tion courses are designed to lead the student to Staff the well-informed appreciation of the literature and cultures of other societies that is one of the hallmarks of a liberal education.

Students specializing in the Romance Languages will find that, in addition to their humanistic value, these studies afford sound preparation for ca- reers in teaching as well as for graduate study. Students will also find knowledge of French and Spanish to be valuable in the fields of business, social work and government service. /j£\ Course Descriptions I Romance Languages and Literatures 107

REQUIREMENTS AND Department Chairman, take 206 and thereby fulfill RECOMMENDATIONS the language requirement and half the literature requirement. Requirements for a major in French or Spanish French 310, Spanish 310, Spanish 311, and include French or Spanish 301, 302, and six Spanish 312 fulfill distribution requirements in additional courses above the 302 level. French history, philosophy or religion. majors must include French 305 and 306 in their major program. Spanish majors must include French 331 fulfills the distribution requirement in Spanish 305, 306, and 307 in their major Non-Western culture. program. French or Spanish individualized study may be taken only once as part of the minimum SPECIAL FACILITIES requirements for the major. These requirements Language Laboratory in Musselman Library/ may be waived in special cases at the discretion Learning Resources Center. of the Department. Majors are encouraged to study in a French or Spanish-speaking country, although this is not a Departmental requirement. SPECIAL PROGRAMS

Some courses for majors are offered in January. See Junior Year Abroad. However, majors in French or Spanish may count only one January Term course in their respective FRENCH majors toward the major requirements. 101-102 Elementary French Elements of speaking, reading and writing French Language laboratory usage is required. Enrollment limited to those who DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS have not studied French previously. Staff Prior to their first registration at the College, all students receive preregistration materials which 103-104 Fundamental French give detailed instructions on language placement Fundamentals of speaking, reading and writing French. Lan- and fulfilling the distribution requirement in for- guage laboratory usage is required. Enrollment limited to eign languages. The following courses may be those who have previously studied French and who are counted toward the distribution requirement in enrolled according to achievement on the Departmental literature: French 205, 206, 305, 306, 320, 321, Qualifying Examination. Staff 322, 324, 325, 327, 328, 331 ; Spanish 205, 206,

305, 306, 307, 320, 321 , 322, 324, 325, 326. Some courses to be used toward this requirement are 201-202 Intermediate French

offered in January. Practice in oral and written expression and grammar review; readings and discussion of French writings as contact with The distribution requirement in foreign languages French culture. Enrollment limited to those who have pre- may be fulfilled by successful completion in viously studied French and who are enrolled according to French or Spanish of 201-202, 205, 206 or a achievement on the Departmental Qualifying Examination. course at the 300-level or above. Achievement Staff equivalent to 201-202 may be demonstrated by

an Advanced Placement Examination or a De- 205, 206 Readings in French Literature

partmental Qualifying Examination given during Two objectives of skill in reading French prose for compre- the initial week of fall term. French orSpanish 205 hension and reading a significant amount of French litera- ture of literary and cultural merit. Conducted in French, these or 206 satisfy the foreign language requirement courses differ from French 201, 202 in that they emphasize at the time literature and same count toward the reading for comprehension of content. Enrollment limited to requirement. The courses, which are complete as those who have previously studied French and who are en- individual units, emphasize intensive reading of rolled according to achievement on the Departmental Qual- ifying Examination. complete works in literature for comprehension Staff and analysis of style. Students who choose this alternative should have adequate preparation in reading of significant amount of prose of various literary periods. A student who shows unusual proficiency in 201 may, with the consent of the 1921 College on first accreditation list of the Middle States /jjN 108 Association

rrr

245 French Conversation 324 The Literature of French Romanticism A conversation course beyond the intermediate level with Reading and discussion of French Romantic literature, with emphasis on everyday, applied usage of the language for special emphasis on poetry and theater. An attempt will be nonliterary purposes. Prerequisite of successful completion made to reach a viable definition of the Romantic movement of 202 or freshman placement exemption. Limited enroll- in general and of French Romanticism in particular. Alter- ment of twelve students. Does not count toward the major. To nate years. Offered 1982-83. be offered annually, fall term. Staff Staff

325 From Realism to Symbolism

301, 302 French Composition and Conversation The literary and social aspects of the realist, naturalist, sym- Exercises in directed and free composition; group discussion bolist, and decadent movements, with special emphasis on and presentation of individual oral work; review of grammar the prose of Flaubert, Maupassant, Zola, and Huysmans. Al- and syntax at an advanced level. ternate years. Offered 1982-83. Staff Staff

303 Phonetics and Diction 327 Contemporary French Theatre

Study of modern phonetic theory; practice in transcription, A study of ma|or trends in modern French drama: surrealism, pronunciation, and diction. Laboratory course. Alternate existentialism, the absurd. Alternate years. Offered 1982-83 years. Offered 1982-83. Staff Staff

328 Contemporary French Novelists and 305, 306 History of French Literature: Middle Ages to Their Craft 1789; 1789 to Present A study of representative works by major twentieth-century A general survey of French literature in two parts: representa- French novelists from Gide and Proust to Butor and Robbe- tive readings and discussion of outstanding writers and of Grillet. Alternate years Offered 1981-82. main literary currents. Prerequisite: French 202 or equivalent. Mr Lenski Staff

331 La Francophonie

310 French Civilization A survey of the imaginative literatures of such French-speak- The manifestation of history, art, economics, politics, and ing countries and areas as Belgium, Switzerland, Africa north sociology in the culture of France. Fulfills distribution require- and south of the Sahara, Canada, Vietnam, the West Indies, ment in history, philosophy or religion. Prerequisite: French Louisiana, and others. Aside from their intrinsic literary worth, 202 or equivalent. Alternate years. Offered 1981-82. the selections will afford a perception of the impact and Staff adaptation of French language and culture among widely di- verse populations of the world Alternate years Fulfills the distribution requirement in Non-Western culture. Offered 320 Lyric Poetry 1982-83. A general view of French lyric from Villon to Saint-John Perse Staff Intensive study will be given to Baudelaire, The Symbolists and the Surrealists. Explication de Texte will be used exten- sively. Offered 1982-83. 400 Seminar Staff An intensive study of a particular aspect of French literature, civilization or culture to be determined by the instructor in consultation with students. Intended for upperclass majors 321 Seventeenth Century Theatre Prerequisites: Permission of the instructor and approval of French drama, comedy and tragedy of the classical period. Department Chairman. Offered every year. - Corneille, Moliere, and Racine. Alternate years. Offered 1 981 Staff 82. Mr. Kurth Individualized Study Guided readings or research under the supervision of a mem- 322 The Age of Enlightenment ber of the staff. Prerequisites: Permission of the instructor and A study of the Age of Enlightenment through reading and dis- approval of the Department Chairman. cussion of the representative fiction, non-fiction, and theatre. Staff Alternate years. Offered 1981-82. Ms. Godman Tannenbaum ,

Course Descriptions I Romance Languages and Literatures C-^yM 109

SPANISH 305, 306 History of Spanish Literature: Origins to 1700; 1700 to Present

The development of the poetry and the prose, the literary fea- 101-102 Elementary Spanish tures of the masterpieces of the literature of Spain from the of speaking, reading and writing Spanish. Elements Language eleventh century to the present. Prerequisite: Spanish 202 or laboratory usage is required. Enrollment limited to those who its equivalent. Alternate years. 305 Fall 1981; 306 Spring have not studied Spanish previously. 1982. Staff Staff

103-104 Fundamental Spanish 307 History of Spanish-American Literature

Fundamentals of speaking, reading and writing Spanish. Lan- Study of the essay, the short story, and especially the poetry guage laboratory usage is required. Enrollment limited to of Spanish-America from the Pre-Columbian era until today. those who have previously studied Spanish and who are en- Readings and discussions of the masterpieces of the last rolled according to achievement on the Departmental Quali- five centuries. Prerequisite: Spanish 202 or its equivalent. Al- fying Examination. ternate years. Offered Fall 1982. Staff Staff

201-202 Intermediate Spanish 310 Spanish Civilization

Practice in oral and written expression and grammar review; A discussion and readings course dealing with the historical, readings and discussions of Spanish writing as contact with social, artistic, economic, and political aspects of Spain. Ful-

Hispanic Culture. Enrollment limited to those who have pre- fills distribution requirement in history, philosophy or religion. viously studied Spanish and who are enrolled according to Prerequisite: Spanish 202 or its equivalent. Alternate years. achievement on the Departmental Qualifying Examination. Offered 1981-82. Staff Mrs. Hendrickson

205, 206 Readings in Spanish and Spanish 311 Latin American Civilization Literature American A discussion and readings course dealing with the historical, Two objectives of skill in reading Spanish prose for compre- social, artistic, economic, and political aspects of Latin hension and reading a significant amount of Spanish and America. Pre-Columbian cultures (Maya, Aztec and Inca), the Spanish American literature of literary and cultural merit. Conquest, the Colonization and the Independence periods Conducted in Spanish, these courses differ from Spanish 201 will be examined. Fulfills distribution requirement in history,

202 in that they emphasize reading for comprehension of philosophy or religion. Prerequisite: Spanish 202 or its equiv- content. Enrollment limited to those who have previously alent. Alternate years. Offered 1982-83. studied Spanish and who are enrolled according to achieve- Staff ment on the Departmental Qualifying Examination. Staff 312 Latin America

A cultural history of Central America, South America, and the 245 Spanish Conversation Caribbean. The course will deal with Pre-Columbian culture A conversation course beyond the intermediate level with as well as the influences of Spain, Portugal, and the United emphasis on everyday, applied usage of the language for States. An interdisciplinary course illustrating the dynamics of nonliterary purposes. Prerequisite of successful completion contemporary culture and society. Fulfills distribution re- of 202 or freshman placement exemption. Limited enrollment quirement in history, philosophy or religion. No prerequisite. of twelve students. Does not count toward the major. To be Taught in English, No knowledge of Spanish necessary. Alter- offered annually, fall term. nate years. Offered 1982-83. Staff Staff

301, 302 Spanish Composition and Conversation 320 Lyric Poetry

Exercises in directed and free composition; group discussion A study of Spanish lyric poetry through the ages. The course and presentation of individual oral work; review of grammar will concentrate on the interrelationship of form, content, and and syntax at an advanced level. idea, noting major influences upon the poetry of each period. Staff Appreciation is considered a major goal of this course, and much poetry will be read orally and discussed. Alternate years. Offered 1982-83 Staff ^..^ Course Descriptions I Romance Languages and Literatures I 110 C-^\ Sociology and Anthropology

i f

321 Prose of the Goiden Age of Spain Spanish prose masterpieces, principally the novel with SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY special emphasis on Cervantes. Alternate years. Offered 1981-82. Mr. Barriga Professor W. Hook Associate Professor D. Hinrichs (Chairman), Assistant Professors Emmons, Humphries, 322 Theatre of the Golden Age of Spain Loveland, and Sobal Development and characterization of the Spanish Theater Adjunct Instructors Dracha and Lunday with emphasis on the three masters: Lope de Vega, Tirso de Molina, and Calderon de la Barca. Alternate years. Offered 1981-82. OVERVIEW Staff Studies in the department are directed toward 324 Contemporary Spanish-American Novel understanding social organization and action and and Short Story the role of culture in conditioning human behav-

A study of the works of representative twentieth century ior. Reflecting the diversity of perspectives in Latin American novelists and short story writers of social and sociology and anthropology, the courses present literary importance. Alternate years. Offered 1 982-83. various, sometimes conflicting approaches. Staff Some perspectives start with individuals in inter- action with each other and focus upon how they 325 Nineteenth Century Spanish Prose develop meaningful social relationships, groups, Studies in the essay, short story, and novel of romanticism, and institutions. Other approaches focus upon costumbrismo, realism, and naturalism. Alternate years. Of- fered 1981-82. the molding of individuals by various institutions, Staff groups and cultures or upon the functional or conflict relationships among various classes and 326 Twentieth Century Spanish Prose subcultures. By emphasizing the scientific and

Studies in the essay, drama, short story, and novel beginning comparative study of social institutions and with the "Generacion del 98" and ending with post Civil War cultures, the department seeks to broaden the

1 982-83. Literature Offered students' discernment and to increase their Staff competence in dealing critically and construc- tively with social problems and programs for 400 Seminar social change. An intensive study of a particular aspect of Spanish or Latin goals are to contribute to the American literature, civilization or culture to be determined by The department's the instructor in consultation with students. Intended for liberal arts education at Gettysburg College, to upperclass majors. Prerequisites: Permission of the instructor provide a solid academic foundation in sociology and approval of the Department Chairman. Offered every for students interested in graduate study, to assist year. students in meeting their academic and career Staff needs, and to acquaint all students who take our courses with the sociological perspective. The Individualized Study courses reflect the diversity of perspectives in Guided reading or research under the supervision of a sociology as a discipline and cover the core member of the staff. Prerequisites: Permission of the in- structor and approval of the Department Chairman. subject matter of the field. Students can also receive a basic orientation to anthropology.

The department averages about 25 majors a year. These majors go on to graduate school in social work, sociology, urban planning, law, communication, law enforcement, criminology, anthropology, health care, theology, and library science and careers in teaching, business and fields related to the graduate programs cited. The department has an active chapter of Alpha Kappa Course Descriptions I Sociology and Anthropology £B\ 111

fff

Delta, the Sociological Honor Society. The faculty be considered for honors should enroll in 460 or J is firmly committed to experiential learning and a 90 in addition to the six required courses listed wide range of internships are available to inter- above. Students are expected to take the Gradu- ested students. Field trips and travel seminars are ate Record Exam in Sociology (of the Educational also an ongoing part of the departmental pro- Testing Service) which is administered by the gram. An effective Student-Faculty Liaison department in the spring semester of the senior Committee operates within the department to year. provide a means to respond to the particular Supporting courses for the major are normally needs and interests expressed by students. chosen from the social sciences and the human- ities. Mathematics 174 is recommended as REQUIREMENTS AND preparation for graduate study in sociology. RECOMMENDATIONS

Sociology 101 is normally a prerequisite for all DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS other sociology courses; and Anthropology 1 03 is All fall and spring semester courses except for all other anthro- considered a prerequisite Sociology 204, 301, 302, 303 and Anthropology pology courses except 102. However, these 102 may be used toward fulfilling distribution prerequisites may be waived with permission of requirements in social science. All courses in the instructor for students with some social Anthropology except Anthropology 102 may be science background. Exemption from Sociology used to meet the Non-Western culture distri- 1 01 is possible through satisfactory performance bution requirement. in a written examination.

Students majoring in the department will take a 101 Introductory Sociology minimum of nine courses. Students must take Study of the basic structures and dynamics of human so- Sociology 101. 302, 303, 304, 400, and one cieties and the development of principles and basic con- course in Anthropology. None of these courses cepts used in sociological analysis and research. Topics will may be taken S/U. Additionally, students must include culture, socialization, social institutions, stratification, and social change select a minimum of three courses from the Staff remaining fall and spring semester departmental offerings except Sociology 301, 450, and 470. 201 Issues in Contemporary Society One of these three courses may be taken S/U Survey of social problems and of responses to social issues in with the consent of the adviser. The department such areas as vested interests, inequality, deviance, popula- in faculty recommend that selecting electives tion, communications, health care, and civil liberties. An on- toward the major, students carefully consider the going analysis of issues in the news is included. following courses which are central to the Mr. Emmons discipline of Sociology: 202, 203, 206. These requirements are effective for students entering 202 Wealth, Power and Prestige

Gettysburg College as freshmen in September Examination of social ranking and rating systems. Topics in- 1979. Those majors who are interested in clude social classes, social mobility, economic and political power, and informal prestige and fame. pursuing an Anthropology concentration, may Mr. Emmons substitute, after consultation with the adviser and department chairman, certain courses taken at 203 Population Franklin and Marshall College in Anthropology for Analysis of the human population, its distribution, and growth Sociology 303, 304, or 400. from the perspective of demographic theory Topics include In response to varying needs, interests, and theories of population growth, mortality, fertility, migration, over-population, and human ecology. Alternates with Soci- expertise of individual students and staff mem- ology 208 Offered 1982-83. bers, the department provides meansfor students Mr Sobal to pursue independent research and studies through Sociology 450, 460 and J 90 in January; field work application or direct experience; and other opportunities to expand specialized in- terests. Sociology 460 or J 90 is a requirement for departmental honors, and students who want to 112 0> 1922 Weidensall Hall completed

204 The Sociology of Popular Culture 212 Sociology of Deviance the of exploration of Analysis of popular culture as a reflection of society, a factor Examination of concept deviance and sociological theories perspectives for viewing in socialization, and an economic institution. Topics include: the various and rock music, television, films, sports and games, toys, holidays, deviant phenomena. Sociological, biological, and psycho- comics and cartoons, graffiti, popular literature, and advertis- logical theories of causation are examined. There will be an in-depth analysis of alcohol and use, variations in ing. Does not fulfill distribution requirement in social science. drug sexual Mr. Emmons behavior, child abuse, and skid row. Mr. Hinrichs

205 Sociology of Religion 221 World Urbanization and Development Examination of the relation of religion and society. Topics in- clude: definitions and theories of religion, sociological analy- Examination of social and economic development within the will of sis of historical and contemporary religious groups, religious context or world urbanization. There be an evaluation organization and behavior, religion and morality, religion and the different theories advanced to explain socio-economic social change, sectarianism, and secularization. development and the growth of cities. Urbanization and cities Mr Hook in developed and developing countries will be compared and contrasted. Prerequisite: Sociology 101

Staff 206 Sociology of the Family

Analysis of the structure and continuing processes of marital 301 Sociology of Social Welfare relationships in American society with relevant comparisons from other cultures. Topics include: choice of marriage part- Discussion of the development of social work philosophy and ner, ethnic and status differences, sex roles, alternative life practice with special attention given to its place in modern styles, and aging. No prerequisites. American society. Basic principles of social work are studied Mr. Hook in relation to their operation in casework, group work, and community organization Special areas of social work prac- tices are examined. Does not fulfill distribution requirement in 207 Criminology social science Does not count toward the nine courses re- Introduction to and delineation of the field of criminology. The quired for the major course begins with a discussion of criminal law and the extent Mr. Dracha of crime and continues with a comprehensive examination of police, courts, and corrections. Theories of crime causation, criminal behavior systems and victimology are also ex- 302 Sociological Research Methodology amined. Examination of the research process, including planning and Mr. Hinrichs designing research and methods of collecting data. Funda- mental issues of sampling, measurement, causality, and ethics will be considered for several techniques including 208 Community and Urban Life survey research, participant observation, content analysis, Study of communities from a sociological perspective with a and experiments. Does not fulfill distribution requirement in major emphasis on urban areas. Topics include: historical social science- development of cities, development of suburbs, urbanism as Mr. Sobal

a unique way of life, city planning, metropolitan dynamics, and urban problems. Alternates with Sociology 203. Offered

in 1981-82. Mr Sobal

209 Racial and Ethnic Relations in America

Comprehensive study of ethnic and minority relations with case studies of black Americans, white Protestant Ameri- cans, American Indians, and Chinese Americans. Discussion topics include prejudice and discrimination, immigration and assimilation, anti-defamation, ethnic politics, and the struc- ture of the ethnic community. Mr. Emmons /jg\ Course Descriptions I Sociology and Anthropology 113

rrr

303 Data Analysis and Statistics 103 Introduction to Social-Cultural Anthropology

Treatment of the analysis and reporting of quantitative data. Comparative study of human social and cultural institutions The logic of data analysis, statistical techniques, and use of utilizing a series of ethnographies of non-western cultures at the computer will form the basis of the course. Does not ful- different evolutionary levels. The concepts, methods, theories

fill distribution requirement in social science. and history of the discipline will be discussed. Mr Sobal Mr. Loveland

304 The Development of Sociological Theory 211 Native Americans: A Survey of Amerindian Cultures

Examination of the ideas and important contributions of se- Introduction to the traditional aspects of Native American cul- lected theorists in the development of sociological thought. tures by examples drawn from the major culture areas of the Special emphasis is given to Max Weber, Emile Durkheim, Americas. The present day situation of Native Americans will Karl Marx, George H. Mead, Talcott Parsons, and Robert be discussed. Merton. Mr. Loveland Mr. Hook

215 Culture and Personality

400 Seminar Examination of the influence of culture in shaping the per- Intensive investigation of one sociological topic under the di- sonality of the individuals in non-western societies. The rection of a member of the Department. The particular semi- course will include the following: psychoanalytic theory, nar topics for each semester will be announced prior to pre- dreams, cross-cultural research, socialization, personality registration for the next academic year. The seminar is in- development, modal personality, mental illness, and the tended primarily for senior majors, but is open in special effects of social change upon personality. Ethnographic ex- cases to juniors or well-qualified students majoring in other amples from a variety of cultures will be utilized. Alternates departments. with Anthropology 220. Offered in 1981-82 Staff Mr. Loveland

450, 470 Individualized Study 216 Introduction to Medical Anthropology

Independent study in fields of special interest outside the Study of systems of belief and knowledge utilized to explain of scope of regular course offerings. The consent the depart- illnesses in various cultures and attendant systems of curing. ment is required Topics discussed include: hallucinogens, shamanism, cur- Staff ing, sorcery, witchcraft, herbal medicines, and the modern American medical system. Ethnographic examples are drawn from a variety of cultures. 460 Research Course Mr. Loveland Individual investigation of a research topic in sociology oran- thropology in the student's special area of interest under the guidance of a faculty member. The topic must be approved by 220 World Cultures project in written and oral the department. The culminates Comparative analysis of societies in different areas of the faculty. This is required presentations of a formal paper to the world with respect to a particular problem. The current focus for departmental honors and is open to juniors and seniors of the course is the technology, environment, and social- only. cultural organization in hunter-gatherers. Ethnographic ex- Staff amples used in the course include: the Bushmen, Ona, Ainu, Eskimo, Australian Aborigines, and Ik. Alternates with Anthro- ANTHROPOLOGY pology 215. Offered in 1982-83. Mr. Loveland

102 Introduction to Bio-Cultural Anthropology SPANISH—SEE ROMANCE LANGUAGES Survey of the major biological and cultural changes compris- AND LITERATURES ing human evolution. Topics discussed include: evolutionary theory, primatology, human paleontology, archaeology, old and new world prehistory, hunter-gatherers, sociobiology and race. Does not fulfill distribution requirement in social science or Non-Western studies. Mr. Loveland

Hi L 1 1 oJlSUxHjt Campus 14 Life Pupils under 15 years nf age are placed under tFic immediate supeiTision of one of tlie teachers during the hours both of study and recreation. The College Library, to which the Students have access, is well selected, and regularly increased by annual appropriation* of funds for that purpose. Libraries have also been formed by the Literary Societies*.

There is a respectable and increasing Cabinet of Minerals, also a Lyceum containing collections in Natural History. A Reading-Room, containing some of the most valuable Jour- nals and Magazines of the day, is open to subscribers during boors of recreation. In addition to the familiar lectures now delivered weekly, during the season, on Botany, Mineralogy, Geology, Anatomy and Physiology, lectures will be delivered by the Professors, t»n» subjects of general interest in Science and Literature.

Hellgtous mwtl&ts*

Prayers are attended in the Chapel every morning and even- ing, one of the Faculty officiating and all the Students being re- quired to be present. The Students are also required to attend public Worship on tire Sabbath in a church of which the Institu- tion has the use for the occasion, unless they bring written re- quests from their parents or guardians, specifying the particular congregation with which they wish them to worship. They are also required to attend a Biblical recitation con- ducted try the President and Principal of tlie Preparatory De- partment

Situation, eollcac Eulfict, fe.

Gettysburg is within sight of the South Mountain, a branch

oftli< Biui Ridge, in one of the healthiest districts of Pennsyl-

vania li is one of the best and most travelled routes between

Philadelphia and Pittsburg, being 1 14 mtk> distant from the

From the College Catalogue for 1839 116 {J^\ Campus Life

rrr

INTRODUCTION TO THE RESIDENCE HALLS

CAMPUS LIFE PROGRAM The majority of students at Gettysburg College live in College residence halls. Carefully selected The campus life program of Gettysburg College, student resident advisers and residence coordi- like the academic program, is directed toward the nators work closely with these students, assisting single purpose of enhancing the student's liberal them in planning a variety of programs for the education. The academic program is indeed residence halls and helping them resolve prob- central, but the residential, religious life, and lems in group living. Students are encouraged to extracurricular programs provide for the fullness take responsibility for residence hall governance. of experience that gives added meaning to the Students work with faculty members and mem- academic. This commitment to fullness of exper- bers of the administration in setting the regula- ience means that the entire campus commun- tions which apply to all College residences. ity—faculty, students, and administration — share The College offers a variety of residential options, a concern for, and involvement in, the campus life including opportunities for special interest hous- program. ing for those students who wish to live together and work on a project of mutual interest through- LIVING ACCOMMODATIONS out the academic year. There are both large and A student's room is a study as well as a place for small residential units. Some house freshman rest and relaxation. Gettysburg College considers men or women only; others house men or women living in College residences to be an important of all classes. Some house men and women on part of a student's total college experience. alternate floors. Most student rooms are arranged Therefore, all students in the campus community for double occupancy. There are a few singles (except married students and students living with and some large enough to accommodate three or their families) are required to live in a College four persons. Each student is provided with a residence hall or fraternity unless they have single bed and mattress, a dresser, and a desk special permission from the Office of the Dean of and chair. Students provide their own pillows, Student Life and Educational Services to live in bedding, spreads, study lamps, and window off-campus housing. Recently the percentages of curtains. Students may, through the Gordon- students, by class, living in various types of Davis Linen Supply Company, rent for an annual housing were: fee, bed linen, towels, pillows, blankets and bed spreads; weekly laundry of the linen and towels is included in the rental fee. Coin operated washing Women machines and dryers are available on the

On Campus Off Campus campus for student use. The use of television sets

Freshmen 1 00% 0% and refrigeration units is permitted in student Sophomores 99% 1% rooms; refrigeration units may have a capacity of Juniors 82% 18% not more than 3 cubic feet. Rental units are Seniors 39% 61% available. Cooking units are not permitted in rooms. Men On Camp js Off Campus Fraternities FRATERNITY HOUSES Freshmen 1 00% 0% 0% Sophomores 50% 4% 46% On and surrounding the Gettysburg College Juniors 31% 23% 46% campus, there are eleven fraternity houses. Seniors 13% 40% 47% These houses provide living, study, and eating facilities for the members of each social group. Fraternity officers act as residence counselors in the houses. Campus Life | 117 rrr

DINING ACCOMMODATIONS Each January the Council sponsors a New York Field Trip to investigate the work of the Church in All freshman and sophomore students must take an urban environment and, jointly with the their meals at the College Dining Hall with the Sociology Department, regularly sponsors exceptions of those living at home and of Awareness Trips. Recent trips have included a fraternity members and pledges who may choose visit to Appalachia, another to John's Island, to take their meals in fraternity houses. Juniors South Carolina, and a month long January Term and seniors have the option of taking their meals expedition into the South to investigate social in the Dining Hall on an individual meal or term change. Bible Study is held each week through- basis or they may eat elsewhere. out the year. Junto, a journal of student opinion, is published regularly by the Council.

Communities of Risk are groups of ten students RELIGIOUS LIFE AND CHAPEL COUNCIL and a resource person committed to an explora- tion of ways of being human. Each COR group A major source of vitality at Gettysburg College is meets for one overnight a week for a semester at the people and programs of the Chapel and the the Dean's Conference House. Search is a Chapel Council. Though completely voluntary, a common interest group composed of ten stu- comprehensive Chapel program attracts stu- dents who desire to explore the meaning of dents and faculty members holding a variety of Christian community. Chai is a common interest religious commitments and is designed to provide group for persons interested in Jewish culture opportunities appropriate to their needs and that meets for social activities and a deeper desires. One of the objectives of the College is to understanding of Judiasm. Inter-Varsity and make it possible for students to grow in the Fellowship of Christian Athletes meet weekly for understanding and practice of their own religious fellowship and renewal. tradition, to appreciate the religious traditions of others, and to understand the relationships Pre-Seminary Students gather each month to between faith and reason. hear speakers and discuss their professional goals. The Community Services Program in- Corporate worship is a part of the Chapel's volves 100 students in visitation at local homes program; students from a variety of traditions and institutions for the aged and physically and worship in Christ Chapel each Sunday. The mentally handicapped, and is the on-campus service is led by the College Chaplains and the liaison for the community Big Brother/ Sister Chapel Choir. There is a Roman Catholic Mass on Program. hoc groups of students concerned campus each Saturday evening and a Quaker Ad with social justice, world community, and human service in the Planetarium every Sunday morning. rights issues are sponsored and supported by the The Churches in the community also welcome Council throughout the year. students, and their pastors participate in the on- campus Chapel programs. Smaller groups of The Chaplains also administer a program of students participate in an informal service on Service/ Work/ Study Internships during the Jan- Monday evening; in a half-hour Communion on uary Term utilizing the world wide structure of the Wednesday evenings; and in Morning Light, a Lutheran Church in America. Last year more than brief service of reading, prayer, silence and music 48 students were placed in such internships. each weekday morning before classes. Through these programs, and the personal counseling done by the Chapel staff, the College The Chapel Council, composed of 40 students provides an opportunity for the student who representing the four college classes and all desires better to understand and to practice his student committees, meets weekly to coordinate or her religious commitments while attending many programs. The Tutorial Program provides Gettysburg. tutors for pupils in the local schools; 1 00 students participate in this program each year. The Chapel STUDENT CONDUCT Lecture Committee sponsors outstanding speak- ers and films on both religious and social issues, Every community has certain regulations and

and it supports a short term "Visiting Theologian" traditions which each member is expected to and "Student Lecture Series". abide by and uphold. Consequently, the student 7922 Distribution requirements and major and minor fields of 118 fJ^\ study introduced

rrr

who fails to support the objectives of Gettysburg College Policy on Drugs and Narcotics Illegal College forfeits his or her right to continue to possession or use of drugs or narcotics is cause attend the College. The College reserves the right for disciplinary measures, including suspension, to dismiss any student whose conduct is detri- by the College. mental to its welfare or whose attitude is antago- Visitation Hours Policy The College recognizes nistic to the spirit of its ideals. Such an individual a natural desire on the part of many students to forfeits all fees which he or she has paid. entertain and mix socially with members of the opposite sex. For this reason the College sup- Believing that it is sensible and proper for all ports visitation privileges in campus residences. students to be fully aware of their obligations and the institution positive opportunities as Gettysburg College students, the At the same time, has a right of the individual College publishes a statement entitled, "The obligation to protect the to reasonable privacy because the learning process Rights and Responsibilities of Students." This depends on extensive reading and thinking in document is the result of discussions and con- solitude; residence halls are one of the appro- clusions reached by a student-faculty- priate places for study. administrative committee. It deals with such questions as the academic, citizenship, and In an effort to avoid conflict between the above governance rights and responsibilities of stu- mentioned rights and privileges, and in order to dents. Ultimately, the final statement was ap- provide a reasonable security in College resi- proved by the Gettysburg College Board of dences, visitation in private quarters of residence is limited to the following hours: Trustees. It is published annually in the Student halls Handbook. Sunday-Thursday 10:00 A.M. -12:00 midnight Before a student decides to apply for entrance Friday10:00 A.M.- 2:00 A.M. A.M. into Gettysburg College, he or she should be Saturday10:00 A.M.- 2:00 aware of the rules governing student conduct. A Any living unit (residence hall floor, cottage, or complete copy of the rules and regulations may fraternity) may further limit the "open" hours by a be obtained by writing to the Dean of Student Life two-thirds majority vote of the residents. In and Educational Services. Several of these addition to those hours specified above, visiting are listed below for the benefit of prospective may take place at any time the living unit is open students. in designated public areas of all residences.

Alcohol Policy Gettysburg College does not encourage the use of alcoholic beverages by STUDENT GOVERNMENT students. In compliance with current Pennsyl- vania laws, the College does not approve the The faculty and administration believe that the consumption of alcohol by students (or their College should promote the development of citizenship; to this end, students are guests) who are under the age of 21 , on or off the responsible campus. encouraged to express opinions, to initiate action, and to develop critical judgment. Although it is neither possible nor legal for the

College administration to police all of its premises Students participate in College governance by at all times, the Student Life Council and the serving on various College, class, and faculty administration will effect reasonable guidelines to committees; through participation in Student assure that students are aware of their legal Senate, class, residence hall, or fraternity meet- obligations, and that inappropriate behavior re- ings; and by exercising their right to vote in lated tothefurnishing or consumption of alcoholic various campus elections. Some of the more beverages results in appropriate disciplinary important College agencies which involve stu- proceedings and penalties. dents are described in the paragraphs which follow. On-campus drinking is limited to residential living units and to other areas identified as acceptable Student Life Council The Student Life Council is for this purpose by the College administration. an organization composed of members of the Drinking or carrying of open containers of student body, faculty, and College administration. alcoholic beverages outside of these specified This Council has responsibility for studying areas is strictly forbidden. matters and developing policies pertaining to Campus Life £^y\M 119

student life and student conduct. Business may minated in the fall with an explanation of the be brought to the Council or legislation proposed Honor Code's precepts, followed by a required by any member of the College community. Major test on its procedures and principles. The issues are debated in Student Senate and in Commission also strives to reinforce the princi- faculty meetings before resolution by the Council. ples of the honor system within the entire student The Council's decisions are reviewed by the body. More information is available in a separate President and, at the President's discretion, by the booklet published by the Honor Commission. Board of Trustees prior to implementation. Those interested in receiving a copy should write to the Dean of Student Life and Educational Student Senate The Student Senate, the princi- Services. pal unit of student government, works in coopera- Student Conduct Review Board This committee tion with the administration and faculty to bring to handles student violations of College policies, .the campus community a well-organized and including individual or group violations of College democratic form of student government. It rep- rules. The Board is composed of the president of resents the students in formulating many College Student Senate, representatives of the Interfra- policies and works to promote cooperation ternity Council and Panhellenic Council, and among administration, faculty, and students. other students elected by the student body. Members of the Senate also work with the College Members of the faculty and administration also administration in planning improvements in the participate as voting members on the Board. The area of student life, designating student repre- rights of the accused, as well as the procedures of sentatives to attend faculty meetings, and in the Board, are found in the Student Handbook. approving student appointments to many faculty and College committees. The Senate also nomi- Interfraternity Council An important part of the nates students for service on certain committees responsibility for governing fraternities at Gettys- of the Board of Trustees. The Senate conducts burg College is assumed by the Interfraternity class elections, nominates candidates for out- Council, an organization composed of the Presi- standing achievement awards, and works with dent and one representative and one alternate other College groups to plan such campus from each social fraternity. This Council formu- activities as Homecoming. Another important lates and administers general regulatory policies

function of the Student Senate is to allocate funds by which fraternities must abide. It serves as the from the Student Chest to student organizations representative of the social fraternal groups to the on campus. student body, the College, and the community of Gettysburg. During the school year the IFC The Senate is presently composed of sixteen variety of social and social voting members. Senate meetings are held sponsors a campus service activities. weekly and are open to any student who wishes to attend, to present ideas, and to participate in Panhellenic Council Important responsibility for discussions. governing the sorority system at Gettysburg The Honor Commission The Honor Commis- College is assumed by the Panhellenic Council, to which each social sorority sends two student sion is a student organization which was autho- representatives. This Council establishes and rized by the constitution of the Honor Code enforces the Panhellenic "rushing" regulations adopted at Gettysburg in 1 957. The Commission and functions as a governing body in matters is composed of ten students, aided by three case involving sororities and intersorority relations. investigators, six faculty advisers, and a member of the staff of the office of Student Life and CULTURAL ACTIVITIES Educational Services. It is their function to promote and enforce the Honor Code at Gettys- Lectures Through a lecture program, the Col- burg College, to secure the of cooperation lege brings to the campus each year well-known students and faculty to these ends, and to scholars and outstanding figures in public life. In adjudicate allegations of Honor Code violations. this way, the College extends the student's view An extensive program has been instituted to beyond the confines of the College community. In acquaint incoming students with Gettysburg's addition to the general lecture series sponsored Honor Code. Started during the summer with by the College, the following special lectures are

orientation correspondence, the program is cul- given regularly: /"p\ 120 1922 College enrollment exceeds 500 for first time m

The Robert Fortenbaugh Memorial Lectures An gives concerts on campus. Each year it makes a endowment provided by Clyde E. (1 91 3) and Sara twelve-day concert tour, presenting concerts in Choir members are A. Gerberich supports a series of lectures and churches and schools. quality, other programs in the Department of History. The selected through auditions for voice lectures are dedicated to the memory of Dr. trueness of ear, and musical feeling. Robert Fortenbaugh (1913), who served the Chapel Choir The Chapel Choir performs at the College for thirty-three years as Chairman of chapel services, special services, and concerts authority on Department of History. Each year an during the year. Members are selected on the lectured on a topic re- the Civil War period has basis of ability and willingness to meet the lectures are lated to those years. These public rehearsal and service requirements. presented in November to coincide with the audition, anniversary of Abraham Lincoln's Gettysburg Women's Chorus A group, chosen by Address. that performs the repertoire of choral music for women. Musselman Visiting Scientist A fund provided by the Musselman Foundation in honor of Dr. Band The Gettysburg College Band opens its John B. Zinn, former Chairman of the Chemistry season with a marching band camp in prepara- Department, supports an annual three-day visit tion for performances at football games, pep by a renowned scientist to the Chemistry Depart- rallies, parades, and convocations. The Band ment. also hosts an annual High School Band Day at a home football game. Stuckenberg Lecture A bequest from Mary G. Stuckenberg in memory of her husband, the Rev. At the conclusion of marching band season J. H. W. Stuckenberg, enables the College to symphonic band rehearsals begin. Besides home sponsor a lecture in the area of social ethics. concerts, an annual tour is taken to nearby communities and neighboring states. Bell Lecture A fund from the estate of the Rev. Peter G. Bell (1860) was given to the College to The offering of small ensembles remains a vital establish a lectureship on the claims of the gospel segment of the overall instrumental program. ministry on college men. The main object of this Clarinet choir, brass ensemble, jazz ensemble, fund is "to keep before the students of the College and saxophone quartet are open for membership the demand for men of the Christian ministry and to Band members and meet on a weekly basis. qualifying that demand." the condition of the age Orchestra The Gettysburg College Orchestra The Henry M. Schari Lecture on Current Affairs performs concerts throughout the academic A fund provided by Dr. F. William Sunderman year. Membership is open to all students who (1919) in memory of Henry M. Scharf, alumnus have the necessary proficiency. Auditions are and member of the College's Board of Trustees held at the beginning of each school year. from 1969 to 1975, is used to bring a recognized The Owl and Nightingale Players Under the authority or scholar to the campus each year to direction of the Director of Dramatics, each year speak on a subject of timely interest. this group offers four major productions. The program is a varied one, with works drawn from classical, contemporary, avant garde, and musi- PERFORMING ARTS cal theatre. The Players tour at least one production annually to regional high schools and The College encourages students to participate colleges. in various performing arts and provides an opportunity for those with special talent to Laboratory Theatre Lab Theatre produces a develop and share that talent. The College also dozen one-act plays each year, manyofwhichare brings to the campus each year performances in frankly experimental and some of which are the dance, drama, vocal and instrumental music by work of campus playwrights. recognized professional groups and individuals. Otherstage In addition to sharing the facilities of The Gettysburg College Choir The Gettysburg the black box Studio Theatre with Lab, thistroupe College Choir, which has received international performs its short plays at other areas both on recognition, appears at special services and campus and in the community. Their work ,

Campus Life £E\ 121

encompasses Lunchtime Theatre, Street The- The Spectrum A pictorial essay of life on atre, and Children's Theatre. campus is featured in the College yearbook. Staffed by students, the yearbook offers the In each of the theatre groups, students are opportunity for creativity in design, layout, pho- afforded the opportunity of gaining experience in tography, and writing. The Spectrum covers the all areas of theatre, from acting and directing to full academic year, including commencement scene design, lighting, and costuming. weekend. It is mailed to graduating seniors and The CPC Summer Theatre Practicum This is an distributed to underclassmen earlyinthefallterm. offering of the Central Pennsylvania Consortium, The College radio station (90.3 mega- housed on the Gettysburg Campus. While offer- WZBT cycles) has been the voice of the for ing cultural stimulation to both campus and campus many years. WZBT operates as a noncommer- community, the Theatre, with its company of cial, radio station the public professional performers, provides the focus for educational FM over the Theatre Practicum, a college credit course airwaves and under FCC regulations. The station is student staffed and broadcasts a variety of whose members serve in supporting roles and programs from its fully equipped studios in the assist in the technical aspects of the theatre's life. Union. is organized like profes- The company offers an interesting balance of College WZBT a radio station offers positions for modern classics, Broadway and Off-Broadway sional and announcers, disc jockeys, newscasters, engi- hits, and avant garde works not generally per- neers, music librarians, and typists, as well as formed in summer theatre. jobs in production, continuity, and advertising. A Artist in Residence During the year, usually in student Executive Committee supervises the the January Term, the College has one or more daily operation of the station, and a Board of Artists in Residence on the campus. These are Overseers composed of students, faculty mem- drawn from the fields of music, theatre, and bers, and administrators, establishes general dance. An Artist in Residence works with students policy for the station. in demonstrating the skills and craft of the creative performing artist. STUDENT ORGANIZATIONS AND ACTIVITIES STUDENT COMMUNICATION MEDIA Phi Beta Kappa Phi Beta Kappa, established on

the Gettysburg College campus on January 1 1 Every community needs to keep its members in 1923, is a national academic honorary fraternity. contact with each other and with the rest of the Normally not over ten percent of the senior class world. On the Gettysburg campus student com- may be elected to membership each year. Candi- munication media not only inform the members of dates must show promise of both intellectual and the community, but also afford students an moral leadership. They must show evidence of a opportunity to express their ideas effectively and liberal program of study and a distinguished to learn the practical necessities of producing academic record. Gettysburg College faculty newspapers, radio broadcasts, magazines, and members and administrators who belong to Phi yearbooks. Beta Kappa elect students to the Gettysburg

The Gettysburgian The College newspaper is Chapter. staffed by students who are responsible for editing, feature writing, news writing, layout, DEPARTMENTAL, PROFESSIONAL, AND personnel management, subscription manage- HONORARY SOCIETIES ment, and circulation. This newspaper is pub- Alpha Kappa Delta: national sociological honor listed weekly and carries news, feature articles, society and editorials concerning activities on and off campus. Alpha Phi Omega: service fraternity Alpha Psi Omega: National dramatic honor fra- The Mercury The poems, short stories, and ternity illustrations published in The Mercury are contrib- uted by students. The student editorial staff American Marketing Association: organization encourages creative writing within the campus for students interested in economics and community. business administration 1

is President I C-^\ 1923-1952 Henry W. A. Hanson rrr i -

Association of The U.S. Army: national military MEN'S FRATERNITIES professional organization Alpha Chi Rho Phi Gamma Sigma Chi Alpha Tau Delta Sigma Nu national honorary society for Beta Beta Beta: Omega Phi Kappa Psi Tau Kappa students of biology Lambda Chi Phi Sigma Kappa Epsilon Alpha Theta Chi Delta Phi Alpha: German language society Phi Delta Theta Eta Sigma Phi: undergraduate fraternity for stu- dents of the classics COLLEGE UNION Hispanic Culture Society Music Educators' National Conference: organ- College life is not solely a series of treks from the ization for future music educators classroom to the dorm to the cafeteria and back Phi Alpha Theta: fraternity for majors in history to the dorm again. A chance to relax, to enjoy Phi Mu Alpha: music fraternity some light entertainment, to get a cup of coffee, or to share conversation with friends, faculty, and Phi Sigma lota: national foreign language administrators in an informal atmosphere is honorary available at the College Union. For student use Physical Education Majors Club and enjoyment the College Union provides the Pi Lambda Sigma: fraternity for majors in politi- following facilities: cal science, business administration, and INFORMATION DESK- economics BULLET HOLE— available for a snack or a break from routine meals Psi Chi: national honorary society for students BOOKSTORE— a student-oriented store, moderately priced; of psychology open Monday-Friday 9-5 CRAFT CENTER— located in the basement of Plank Gym, the Sceptical Chymists: organization of students in center offers the opportunity to experiment with new crafts chemistry such as pottery, jewelry, batik, macrame, and photography offers pinball, billiards, air hockey, electronic Sigma Alpha lota: music fraternity GAMES ROOM— tennis Society for Collegiate Journalists GANGPLANK— a place to study, socialize, listen to a jukebox or watch the Marx Brothers movies while munching on snacks Sociology Club and drinking sodas Located in the Plank Gym. It's open T, Th, Society for Physics Students: student section of F, Sat. evenings from 6-1 DARK ROOM— for student use only; under supervision of Pho- the professional society, affiliated with the tography Club American Institute of Physics; to all stu- open BALLROOM— seats 2,000 and is the scene of dances, con- dents interested in physics. certs, plays, and lectures TABLE TENNIS AND SHUFFLEBOARD— located in rear ball- Social Fraternities and Sororities On the Get- room tysburg College campus there are eleven men's SWIMMING POOL COLLEGE UNION BOARD BOWLING LANES OFFICE social fraternities and seven women's sororities. READING LOUNGE RADIO STATION-WZBT, All of these groups are nationally affiliated. These TELEVISION LOUNGE 90.3 on your dial fraternal groups extend invitations for member- ART GALLERY-located in RECORD LISTENING lounge ship after a "rushing" period which takes place at upstairs ROOMS DISPLAY SHOWCASES BLACK STUDENT UNION the beginning of the spring term. Each of these MEETING ROOMS EMERGENCY PHONE groups recognizes that the primary purpose of the STUDENT GOVERNMENT SYSTEM College is academic; thus, each fraternal group OFFICES encourages good scholarship. At the College Union Information Desk alone, the College Union professional and student staff pro- WOMEN'S SORORITIES vide the following services: Alpha Delta Pi Chi Omega Gamma Phi Beta CAMPUS AND CAMPING EQUIPMENT, Alpha Xi Delta Delta Gamma Sigma Kappa COMMUNITY BIKE RENTALS Sigma Sigma Sigma INFORMATION CAMPUS DIRECTORY FILE TRAVEL INFORMATION CAMPUS MAPS XEROX AND FILM PASSES AND TICKET MIMEOGRAPHING SALES SERVICES Campus Life (^S 123

rrr

LOST AND FOUND GAMES EQUIPMENT which both men and women are eligible. The SIGN PRESS FOR RENTAL breakdown is as follows: PUBLICITY & POSTERS MEETING ROOM LOCK RENTAL FOR RESERVATIONS (through Men Women All Students LOCKER ROOMS Scheduling Coordinator) Fall Football Field NEWSPAPERS (subscriptions) CHANGE SERVICE Hockey Soccer Volleyball In the area around the Information Desk the fol- Cross Country Cross Country lowing additional services are available: Winter Basketball Basketball Rifle Swimming Swimming WEEKLY CALENDAR OF EVENTS— a list of activities occurring Wrestling on campus during the week Spring Lacrosse Lacrosse Baseball BULLETIN BOARDS— organizational space may be arranged Tennis Softball Golf through the Scheduling Coordinator Tennis Track and RIDE AND EXCHANGE BOARD— a service designed to make Field finding transportation easier POTPOURRI— a daily sheet of news shorts created and typed by students There is also an informal club for women in track While the facilities and services offered by the and field. Some intercollegiate competition is

College Union contribute largely toward making it available in this sport. a comfortable place for students to go, the Intramural Sports The Council on Intramural programs, initiated by the student-composed Athletics and Recreational Activities operates College Union Board, reflect the Union's philos- extensive intramural programs for all students. ophy and goal to provide meaningful and This Council, composed of student, faculty, and enjoyable recreational, social, and cultural oppor- staff representatives from the Health and Physi- tunities to complement the overall educational cal Education Department, the Interfraternity experience of being a student at Gettysburg Council, the Student Senate, the Panhellenic College. Council, and the College Union Board, plans and COLLEGE UNION HOURS: promotes free, voluntary sport activities. For men, these include touch football, soccer, cross coun- Monday thru Friday 8 a.m. - midnight try, basketball, wrestling, volleyball, swimming, Saturday 8 a.m. - 1 a.m. bowling, billiards, table tennis, golf, badminton, Sunday noon - midnight tennis, softball, and track. Women students participate in intramural basketball, volleyball, ATHLETICS swimming, bowling, table tennis, badminton, cross country, billiards, bike racing, tennis, and The College has an extensive program of inter- softball. Coeducational sports include volleyball, collegiate and intramural athletics for men and softball, and a bike rally.

women. It is possible for all students to participate in some supervised sport. For those with particu- STUDENT SERVICES lar athletic skills and interest there are the varsity Deans' Offices The Office of the Dean of teams. For others there is the opportunity to Student Life and Educational Services, located in participate in the intramural program, for which Pennsylvania Hall, is involved with many of the competitive teams are organized from fraternities, academic situations which students encounter. residence halls, and other groups. The posses- The reporting of academic deficiencies, and sion of a College identification card guarantees student petitions to the Academic Standing free admission to all intercollegiate contests. Committee are processed by this office. Working Intercollegiate Athletics Gettysburg College in conjunction with the individual student's ad- maintains membership in the National Collegiate viser, the Deans assist students in making Athletic Association, the Eastern Collegiate Ath- educational plans and solving academic prob- Atlantic States letic Conference, the Middle lems. Other Deans located in the same area of Collegiate Athletic Conference, and The Associ- Pennsylvania Hall, assist students with housing ation for Intercollegiate Athletics for Women. and fraternity and sorority matters. They fre- The intercollegiate program includes teams for quently are also concerned with questions of men, teams for women, and athletic teams for discipline. 1923 lota Chapter of Pennsylvania of the Phi Beta Kappa Society 124 (3S organized

The Dean of the College, whose office is in roommates, their goals and plans, difficulties at Pennsylvania Hall, handles matters pertaining to home, feelings of depression and lack of motiva- faculty and academic programs. The Associate tion and how to become the kind of person they and Assistant Deans of the College supply want to be. While much counseling involves information concerning January Term programs, solving problems and changing, its focus is often medical and dental school admission require- simply helping a student's learning to understand ments and affirmative action. herself or himself better. Student Health Service The College maintains Counseling Services also offers a number of topic a health service for the benefit of all students. The oriented group experiences which teach skills objective of the health service is to maintain the that students can use to improve their relation- physical and emotional well-being of the student ships on campus and assist them when they and to provide necessary continuing medical leave Gettysburg. Groups that are regularly care begun at home. Medical information and offered are Communicating Confidence (Assert- health records are not part of the student's iveness Training), My Partner and Me (Com- College record and are confidential. munication Skills for "Committed" Couples),

Relax and Take It Easy, Study Skills, and Slim The health service requires that a questionnaire in a Fat World. Other group experiences and physical examination be completed prior to Chance are created based on campus need and interest. entrance in the College. If the student has had any illness, surgical procedure, or injury which might When appropriate, the Counseling Service also modify or prevent his or her participation in functions as an information and consulting ser- physical education, the family physician must vice working with students and others on a variety stipulate in writing the nature of the injury and the of campus programs and projects to improve the limitations on activity. environment. Members of the Counseling staff teach, conduct research, and work closely with A twenty-six bed health center is staffed twenty- administration, and parents on issues of four hours daily by registered nurses and physi- faculty, concern. cians. Students whose medical problems cannot student be managed by the staff are referred to local All Counseling Service activities are free and are specialists or the physicians chosen by the available to Gettysburg College students. It is the student or family. If serious illnesses or accidents Counseling staff's desire that their services occur, the family is notified by telephone. complement the College's academic program and their hope that for some students they will be COUNSELING SERVICES an integral part of their educational experience.

With the goal of promoting the emotional well-

being of all members of the Gettysburg College community, the Counseling Services staff offer a CAREER SERVICES OFFICE of services number and a wide variety of The Career Services Office seeks to perform programs. These activities are concerned with two primary functions: 1 ) to assist students in helping students grow to self- become effective, making and acting on career decisions; 2) to directing adults, and with teaching them the skills promote an awareness of Gettysburg College necessary to deal with their personal problems and a receptivity to Gettysburg students among and feelings so that they can benefit as much as individuals and organizations beyond the campus possible from their educational experience. community. Relatedly, the office provides a One of the services offered by the College's variety of programs and services to support professional counselors is individual counseling. students in the planning and implementation of They work with students in a confidential relation- the next step after graduation. Group-based ship teaching them how to approach their sessions covering topics such as career plan- problems and how to resolve them. Some of the ning, job hunting techniques, and resume writing types of things students talk to counselors about are offered regularly, and individual assistance is are their morals and values, academic pressure, also available. A library of career information, study habits, concerns about their sexuality, including employer literature, graduate school relationship issues, problems with friends and directories, and self-instructional materials is 1

Campus Life fi£s 1

maintained for students' use. Seniors may take Classrooms, Laboratories The following class- advantage of interview opportunities provided by room and laboratory facilities serve the College: employer and graduate school representatives Non-Science Facilities who visit the campus annually. Building Academic Special All students are encouraged to become involved Departments Features with the career services program early in their Brua Hall Music Studios and college careers to learn more about both the Recital Hall relationship between the liberal arts and career Classics Building Classics Glatfelter Hall Economics and Theatre Laboratory of working toward development and some means Business Studio a satisfying post-graduation involvement. Administration Computer Center English and FINANCIAL AID Religion McKnight Hall German and Language Details about Financial Aid procedures are Russian Laboratory Romance found in the Student Financial Aid section of Languages this catalogue. Schmucker Hall Art and Music Stanley Hall Education and FACILITIES Mathematics Weidensall Hall History and Gettysburg College has a 200 acre campus with Philosophy 44 buildings that provide excellent facilities for all West Building Military Science aspects of the College programs. These buildings White House Political Science range from the original College building, Pennsyl- Science Facilities

vania Hall (Old Dorm), constructed in 1 837, to the Building Academic Special new Musselman Library/ Learning Resources Departments Features Center. A campus map appears on page 126. Breidenbaugh Chemistry Masters Physics Hatter Planetarium Academic Facilities with Spitz A3P planetarium

The Library The College library collection is projector in a 30-foot dome housed in the Musselman Library/ Learning Re- McCreary Biology, Electron source Center, completed in 1981, and in two Psychology Microscopes departmental libraries, Chemistry in Breiden- Sociology and Greenhouse Anthropology baugh Hall and Physics in Masters Hall. Total Observatory Sixteen-inch collections are approximately 255,000 volumes, Cassegrain 34,000 microforms, 32,000 governmental publi- telescope cations, 10,000 records, and extensive slide, filmstrip, and other audio-visual media. The Computer Center The Computer Center is library subscribes to about 1 ,1 00 journals. located in a separately air-conditioned area in

The Open Door is a leaflet available in the library Glatfelter Hall and contains a Burroughs 6800 which outlines library hours, service, usage, etc. computer available to faculty and students for Those using the library should review this education and research needs. Priority is given to publication. students enrolled in courses that require use of the computer and to faculty and students en- The College's library uses the Interlibrary Deliv- gaged in research. ery Service, which extends the College's library facilities far beyond the campus through the Athletic Facilities College's membership in the Associated College Libraries of Central Pennsylvania, PALINET Eddie Plank Memorial Gymnasium, Hen Bream (Pennsylvania Library Network), and the Central Gymnasium, and John A. Hauser Fieldhouse Pennsylvania Consortium. Faculty and students contain the College's indoor athletic facilities. are encouraged to use these extended facilities. These facilities include seven regulation basket-

ball courts, four indoor tennis courts and a 1 / 1 mile Chem-turf track. In addition there is a

(continued on p. 128) 126 C^\ 1927 Breidenbaugh Hall completed rn CAMPUS MAP

ADMINISTRATION OFFICES Location President Pennsylvania Admissions Eisenhower House Alumni Pennsylvania Athletic Director Bream Gym Bursar Pennsylvania Business Manager Pennsylvania Chaplain Christ Chapel Career Services Pennsylvania College Relations Pennsylvania Counseling Services Pennsylvania Dean of the College Pennsylvania Dean of Student Life and Educational Services Pennsylvania Development Pennsylvania Librarian Musselman Library Maintenance West Public Relations Pennsylvania Registrar Pennsylvania Student Senate College Union Religion Glatfelter ACADEMIC AREAS ROTC West Russian McKnight Art Christ Chapel, Schmucker Biology McCreary Spanish McKnight Chemistry Breidenbaugh Sociology-Anthropology McCreary Glatfelter Computer Center Glatfelter Speech Economics, Business Adm Glatfelter Theatre Arts Glatfelter Education Stahley English Glatfelter RESIDENCE HALLS French McKnight MEN WOMEN German McKnight Apple Apple Greek Classics Apple Annex Apple Annex Health, Physical Ed Bream Gym, Plank Gym Musselman Hanson History Weidensall Patrick Huber Latin Classics Paul Musselman Mathematics Stahley Rice Patrick Military Science West Rice Music Brua, Schmucker Stevens Observatory West Field Stine Philosophy Weidensall Services Physics Masters Bookstore College Union Planetarium Masters Health Service Health Center Political Science White House Post Office Plank Gym Psychology McCreary Snack Bar College Union Campus Life ££sL-J 1 128 /fT\\ 1927 Eddie Plank Gymnasium completed

swimming pool of Olympic dimensions in the Administrative Offices College Union Building which is used for varsity Pennsylvania Hall, after complete renovation, swimming competition and intramural and recre- was rededicated in 1970 and now provides ation swimming. modern offices and facilities for administrative There are several athletic field areas: Musselman personnel. The Admissions Office is housed in Stadium, which contains a football field and a the Dwight David Eisenhower House, which quarter-mile cinder track; a baseball field west of served as the office of General Dwight D. the stadium; two areas for soccer and lacrosse; Eisenhower during his years in Gettysburg. Memorial Field, adjacent to Eddie Plank Gym- field and lacrosse; a nasium for women's hockey Other Facilities women's softball field, and the intramural areas which contain eight tennis courts, soccer, foot- On the campus is the residence of the College President. College maintenance services are ball, and hockey fields. centered in the West Building. On the northern Fourteen intercollegiate tennis courts are also portion of the campus is the Deans' Conference available. House, which is used for small group meetings.

Living and Dining Facilities

See Living Accommodations on p. 116.

Student Services

Located near to the residence halls are the College Union Building, the Sieber-Fisher Health Center, and Christ Chapel. £ill I ooU rvvx

14 Admissions, Consisting of a central building and two wings, with rml pram - Expenses, tions, front and rear. V hole length i;>(> feet. The building is foar stories bigh, of brick painted white, making a very impo- and sing appearance. It is will aired bj a spacious ball arid Mass-

ages on every floor, the whole length of the building. It wiii Financial contain 80 apartments when finished. The rooms noa com- Aid pleted are appropriated to the Steward's family and a refectory in the basement, above are the. President's rooms, the Chapel, Librarv. Recitation-rooms, rooms for the Literary Societies, and chambers for the accommodation of 32 Students. When fully

Completed, as it is hoped it will be be wry soon, this edifice will room and lodge 120 Students comfortably, and afford apart- ments for all other purposes specified above. All the members of

the College are required to room in the building, except in spe- cial cases.

Hrpcnsrs.

Board in thr College commons amounts to gl 75 per week. Those preparing for the Theological Seminary can obtain board in the Seminary edifice at Si 50 per week. In town it varies from the prices just, mentioned to S3 50 \>vr week. Washing may be bad at gl 00 per month. Room-rent Slo a year.

Tuition is g!8 00 for the Winter, and gig 00 for the Sum- mer session. In accordance with this, the expenses of the year will vary from 100 to ISO dollars per annum. Of course a great deal wilt depend upon habits of economy. According to a res- olution of the State Legislature the Institution is bound to furnish tuition to fifteen young men, preparing themselves as teachers of common schools, if so many apply. They therefore invite, young men of this character to avail themselves of the iibcraUfv of the Stale,

fc'ttcatfons.

There are two vacations in the year, commencing on the third Thursday of April and September, and each of HWT xceela continuance for the College, and Jour for the Preparatory D«"-

From the College Catalogue for 1837-38 .

/js\ 130 Admissions, Expenses, and Financial Aid

rrr

ADMISSION POLICY be leadership in campus programs, involvement in the welfare of others, expression of artistic creativity, or the quiet pursuit of scholarly excel- Gettysburg College students come from a variety lence. In estimating such qualities the College of backgrounds and secondary school programs. relies on confidential statements from secondary The College welcomes applications from stu- school principals, headmasters, and guidance dents of differing ethnic, religious, racial, eco- counselors, and on personal appraisals by its nomic and geographic settings. alumni and friends. The Admissions Staff seeks to identify applicants who have demonstrated a capacity for academic ADMISSION PROCEDURE achievement, responsiveness to intellectual The student interested in Gettysburg College challenge, eagerness to contribute their special should submit an application during the fall of his talents to the College community, and an aware- or her senioryearand no laterthan February 1 5. A ness of social responsibility. Such persons give nonrefundable fee of $20 must be sent with the promise of possessing the ability and the motiva- application. Although not required, a visit to the tion which will enable them to profit from the many and an interview with a member of the opportunities that the College offers. campus Admissions Staff is strongly urged. A student Since the competition for admission is keen, the considering a major in art, music or physical Admissions Staff gives careful consideration to education should make his or her interest known each application. Its decision is based on three when requesting an interview, so that arrange- categories of evidence described below. ments can be made for an appointment with a Evidence of high academic attainment as indi- member of the department concerned. Seniors

by the secondary school record The 1 juniors, cated should plan their visits before February ;

College requires no fixed number of secondary after April 1 school units for admission. It normally assumes secondary school, graduation from an approved OFFERS OF ACCEPTANCE and it considers grades in academic courses, distribution of subjects, and rank in class as highly The Early Decision Plan The student with a significant parts of the applicant's credentials. strong record through the junior year of sec- Participation in accelerated, enriched, and ad- ondary school who has decided on Gettysburg vanced placement courses is desirable. The College as the college of his or her first choice, College regards superior facility in the use of the may submit an application for Early Decision English language and an understanding of funda- acceptance. The application must be received by mental mathematical processes as essential to a November 1 5 of the senior year. Those students successful college experience. accepted under this program are obligated to enroll at Gettysburg College and to withdraw Evidence of ability to do good college work as applications submitted to other institutions. Noti- indicated by aptitude and achievement test fication of the decision on admission will be made results The Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) of during the first in December. Payment of a the College Entrance Examination Board or the week nonrefundable advance fee of $200 is required to test results of the American College Testing validate this offer of acceptance. program are required of all candidates. The College prefers that the SAT be submitted. The Early Decision applicant should take the Achievement tests are suggested for placement Scholastic Aptitude Test no later than June purposes but are not required to complete an following the junior year. Those students sub- application. mitting applications for Early Decision who are not offered acceptance in will auto- Evidence of personal qualities The College December matically be considered for admission under the seeks evidence that the applicant is a person of receipt of grades and good moral character and social habits enabling Regular Decision Plan upon test scores from the senior year. him or her to contribute to the success of the College community. Such contributions should The Regular Decision Plan To be assured of be appropriate to his or her talents, whether these maximum consideration, students must present Admissions, Expenses, and Financial Aid fj\ 131

rrr

applications by February 15. Most offers of records and College Entrance Examination acceptance will be announced by the first week in Board Test results and an official transcript from April after the receipt of November, December, or all colleges and universities attended. He or she January Scholastic Aptitude Test results and must be entitled to an honorable dismissal without senior year first semester grades. College En- academic or social probation from the college trance Examination Board tests taken prior to the from which he or she transfers and must be senior year may be used to satisfy test require- recommended for transfer by the Dean of the ments. College previously attended. A transfer candidate is expected to visit the campus for an interview. Payment of a nonrefundable advance fee of $200 is required to validate this offer of acceptance. Gettysburg College requires sound academic Since Gettysburg College subscribes to the performance in previous college work for stu- principle of the Candidate's Reply Date, the dents who seek admission as a transfer student. student has until May 1 to make his or her Credit is granted for individual courses passed decision and pay the advance fee. with a grade of C or better at approved institutions,

provided that these courses fit reasonably well A student offered acceptance under either plan is into the Gettysburg curriculum. Academic credit expected to continue to do satisfactory work in all for courses transferred is granted tentatively until subjects and to earn a secondary school diploma. the student has satisfactorily completed one year of work at Gettysburg College. All transfer CREDIT ADMISSION WITH ADVANCED students must satisfy all requirements for the AND PLACEMENT degree for which they are candidates.

Students who have taken college-level courses in secondary school and wish to be considered for ADMISSION AS A SPECIAL STUDENT advanced credit or placement must take Ad- A high school graduate, not a candidate for a vanced Placement Tests of the College Entrance degree, may apply for admission as a nonmatric- Examination Board. All entering students who ulated student. Normally, such a student may submit a score of three or higher on these tests enroll in a maximum of two courses. Permission to shall receive two course credits for each tested take more than two courses must be secured area toward the 35-course graduation require- from the Dean of the College. ment with the exception of the Mathematics Calculus AB examination, for which one course Taking courses as a special student requires credit shall be given. Students who have com- permission of the instructors of the courses pleted advanced level or honors courses may be involved, as well as filing an application for considered for advanced placement. special student status with the Admissions Office. A special student who may later wish to become a Those high school students who have taken candidate for a degree must submit an applica- regular courses at the college level in regionally tion under regular admissions procedures. Spe- approved junior or senior colleges may receive cial students have the same classroom duties credit for these courses if no duplication of high and privileges as regular full-time students, but no school units and college credits is involved. This promise is made in advance that the special credit must be approved by the chairman of the student will be admitted as a candidate for the academic department involved. degree. See the section on Residence Requirements and Schedule Limitations for information about the planning of the academic program of students COMPREHENSIVE ACADEMIC who plan to complete their graduation require- FEE PLAN ments in less than four full years.

charges a comprehensive ADMISSION OF TRANSFER STUDENTS Gettysburg College academic fee covering the three terms of the A transfer student may be admitted at the academic year. Not included in this fee are books beginning of any term. He or she must present a and supplies, gym uniformsfor certain Health and regular application, including secondary school Physical Education activity courses, some private 132 (C^vl 7929 Schmucker Library completed

rrr

lessons in music, and optional off-campus PAYMENT OF BILLS courses in the January Term. Checks should be made payable to Gettysburg The fee applies to each full-time student: one College and sent to the Bursar, Gettysburg taking three or four courses in the fall and spring College, Gettysburg, PA 17325 by the dates terms and one course in the January Term. With outlined below. the following exceptions, any courses beyond Although the College operates academically with four courses in the fall and spring terms require a three-term calendar, fiscally the Collegedivides additional charges of $500 per course or $1 47 per the student's charges into two half-year billings; quarter course. There is no additional charge for the first due and payable on August 15 and the the quarter courses in the required program in second due and payable on January 10. Each Health and Physical Education to a maximum of student candidate for a degree will be billed for four course registration, or, for majors in that one-half of the yearly comprehensive academic department, for the required quarter courses in fee, room rent, and board charges before the the junior and senior years. Courses involving beginning of the fall and January terms. Special private lessons in Applied Music require extra students will be billed on a per course or quarter fees; music majors are permitted some of these course basis and for room and board, if appli- courses with the comprehensive fee. For details, cable, before the beginning of each of the three see the Health and Physical Education and Music terms. Department listings. Of the advanced payment of $200 made under Comprehensive Academic Fee $5300 either the early or regular acceptance plans, $1 00 1981-82 is credited to the first term bill and the remaining BOARD $100 is credited to the reserve deposit. This deposit is used to pay for minor charges such as College Dining Hall (21 meals $1000 laboratory breakage, infirmary meals, and room per week) damages for as long as the student is in ROOM RENTS attendance. If the reserve deposit falls below $50, replenishment will be required. Costs for all College living facilities $ 900 Every continuing student in the College is Single rooms $1100

required to pay a fee of $1 00.00 by April 1 . This amount is deducted from the student's first term ESTIMATE OF TOTAL EXPENSE FOR AN College bill. No refunds of this fee will be made ACADEMIC YEAR after the date of Spring Registration. The College Comprehensive Academic Fee $5300 reserves the right to implement a late charge on Board $1000 accounts not paid by the due date. Dormitory Room $ 900 Books and Supplies $ 200 VETERANS' ADMINISTRATION BENEFITS $7400 Gettysburg College has made arrangements with the Veterans Administration whereby children of This tabulation does not include personal ex- veterans attending College under the provisions penses such as clothing, laundry, spending of Public Law 634 are eligible to receive monthly allowances, fraternity dues, and transportation. payments from the Veterans' Administration in Since the Bookstore is operated on a cash basis, accordance with the scale established by the law. students should be provided with $200 each year Students requiring any forms to be completed by to purchase books and supplies. the College concerning such benefits should contact the Office of the Registrar. SPECIAL STUDENT FEES INSURED TUITION PLAN Any student who is not a candidate for a degree

will be charged at the rate of $500 per course or An Insured Tuition Payment Plan is usually a $147 per quarter course. combination of a prepayment installment plan Admissions, Expenses, and Financial Aid £^\\ 133

covering four years of College expenses and an REFUND POLICY insurance policy guaranteeing payment for com- Board pletion of the four years in the event of the death or total disability of the person financing the student's education. If a student withdraws for any reason at any time, the unused portion of the half-year bill paid for There are a number of Tuition Payment Plans board will be refunded on a pro-rated basis from (some with insurance and some without). The the date of withdrawal to the end of the half-year College is the most familiar with the plan of the billing period, based on the date when the Dining Richard C. Knight Insurance Agency, Inc., 53 Hall sticker or card is returned to the Business Beacon Street, Boston, Massachusetts 021 08. In Office. addition, there are others such as: The Tuition Plan, Inc., Concord, New Hampshire 03301 and Academic Management Services, 1110 Central Comprehensive Fee Avenue, Pawtucket, Rhode Island 02861. Academic and Room Rental Parents should write directly to such organiza- tions. The Director of Admissions generally mails One hundred dollars of any comprehensive out the Richard C. Knight Insurance Agency, Inc. academic fee or room rental paid by a student shall plan information to all new students around June be non-refundable, regardless of the time of 1st of each year. withdrawal.

Date of withdrawal will be the date the student has BOARD filed the completed withdrawal form with the Office of the Dean of Student Life and Educational Junior and senior students choose to take may Services. their meals in the Dining Hall on an individual A student who withdraws during the fall and meal or term basis or to eat elsewhere. All spring terms because of the student's serious fraternity members and pledges may choose to illness and/or has a Guaranteed Student Loan take their meals in the fraternity house. All other guaranteed by a federal, state or private agency students except those living at home must take will be entitled to a refund of comprehensive their meals regularly in the College Dining Hall on academic fee and room rental based on the a term basis, and participate in the full board plan. following schedule applied to the half-year bill in question (excluding January Term where appro- HOUSING POLICY priate).

All freshman men and women are expected to One week or less 90% refund room in the College's residence halls and Two weeks or more preference is given them in securing dormitory than one week 80% refund space. Fraternity housing is available to students Three weeks or more following the freshman year. When the residence than two weeks 60% refund halls have been filled, permission for off -campus Four weeks or more housing may be granted to a limited number of than three weeks 40% refund students who have applied through a procedure Five weeks or more administered by the Dean of Student Life and than four weeks 20% refund with- Educational Services. Students who have More than five weeks but drawn from the College and are approved for less than one-half readmission are expected to occupy any va- of the period cancy which may exist in a College residence covered by the hall. half-year bill 10% refund More than one half of the period covered

by the half year bill No Refund /jA 134 (, FM 7930 Trustees vote to admit no more women students

liTrf

A/ore: January Term withdrawals for reasons STUDENT FINANCIAL AID stated above: Although charges made by colleges and uni- in first refund Withdrawal 100% versities have risen sharply in recent years, the half- half of January 2nd fact remains that in most institutions the fees paid Term year bill by a student or a student's parents cover only a Withdrawal in 1 00% refund portion of the total cost of a student's education. half of spring term second In private institutions the remainder comes from portion of January Term 2nd endowment income and from gifts from sources half-year bill such as alumni, businesses, foundations, and A student who voluntarily withdraws by October churches. 5th of the Fall Term or by March 5th of the Spring Gettysburg College recognizes the primary re- Term is entitled to a 25% refund of tuition for that sponsibility of the student and his or her parents to term's billing. There is no refund of tuition for provide as much as possible toward the total cost voluntary withdrawal during January Term. of the student's college education. Since an education is A student who is required to withdraw for an investment which should yield life-long dividends, disciplinary reasons will forfeit all fees (except a student should be prepared

to contribute to it from his or her earnings, board, if refund requirements are met) which he or own she has paid. both before entering and while in college.

Unused portion of respective half-year bills for Gettysburg College has a program of financial aid for worthy and promising comprehensive fee, room and board will be students who are unable to finance their education from personal and/or refunded if academic withdrawal is required at the family resources. Access to such aid is consid- end of any term provided the student follows all procedures for obtaining refunds. ered a privilege, not a right. The qualifications for it, in addition to need, are academic ability, A student who completes the January Term but academic achievement, and promise of contri- voluntarily declines to enroll for the spring term bution as a student and citizen. The amount of aid will be entitled to a refund equaling the spring term in any particular case is based upon the financial portion of the second half-year bill for compre- need of the student. hensive academic fee, room rental, and board minus the non-refundable $100.00 fee. The College participates in the College Scholar-

ship Service and requires all applicants to file the Reduction of financial aid obligations and Financial Aid Form and supplement found on the advances will receive priority in the payment reverse side. All Financial Aid Forms should be of refund. The unused reserve deposit bal- sent to the College Scholarship Service, Box 1 ance will be refunded upon the student's 76, Princeton, New Jersey 08540. The College also graduation or withdrawal, provided the stu- requires that a notarized or certified copy of the dent has no outstanding loans or debts to the parents' U. S. Individual institution. most recent Income Tax Return (Form 1 040) be sent directly to the Office ACCIDENT INSURANCE of Financial Aid at Gettysburg College. Applicants for admission need not send the IRS Form 1 040 in Each student as a consequence of his or her order to receive consideration for financial aid payment of the Comprehensive Academic Fee unless specifically requested. This form, how- receives coverage under an accident insurance ever, must be submitted when the student enrolls policy with a $1000 limit. Information concerning at the College (May 1 ). the coverage provided by this insurance is made A prospective student seeking financial aid available at the time of registration or in advance if should forward the Financial Aid Form and requested. supplement to the College Scholarship Service PERSONAL PROPERTY INSURANCE as soon as possible after applying for admission,

but no later than February 1 . A student already The College does not carry insurance on per- enrolled who has previously had some form of aid sonal property of students and is not responsible should secure a renewal application from the for the loss or damage of such property. Director of Financial Aid and should request his or .

Admissions, Expenses, and Financial Aid @) 135

her parents to complete this form. The renewal College Work-Study Program— an employ- application should be forwarded to the College ment program funded by the federal govern-

Scholarship Service no later than February 1 ment and the College.

Financial aid is awarded by a faculty committee in Grants need not be repaid, but the College hopes the form of grants, loans or a combination of that recipients will recognize that they have these. All financial aid awards are made for one incurred an obligation and will therefore sub- year only. The Committee will consider a request sequently contribute as they can to help insure for renewal and will act on the basis of the that the benefits which they enjoyed will be applicant's record as a student and campus available to others. citizen as well as his or her continuing financial Approximately one-fourth of the students receive need. financial assistance in some form from the Applications for financial aid, of those students College. About one-half of the Gettysburg Col- who demonstrate financial need, are reviewed to lege student body receives aid from the College determine eligibility for the following forms of or other sources. available from Gettysburg College. assistance Rules governing all types of financial aid are stated in the Summary of Regulations published Charter Grant— awarded to entering freshmen by the Dean of Student Life and Educational with exceptional academic ability, outstand- Services, and on the reverse side of the Notifica- ing academic achievement, and superior tion of Financial Aid. promise of contribution as a student and campus citizen. ENDOWED SCHOLARSHIPS Gettysburg College Grant— awarded to stu- (GRANTS-IN-AID) STUDENT AID dents who, in addition to financial need, evi- for financial assistance dence good academic ability and academic All students who apply achievement, and give promise of contribu- and are determined to have financial need will be scholarships (grants-in- tion to the College's extracurricular program. considered for these These grants are renewable as long as the aid). Recipients are selected by the College. recipient continues to demonstrate need, Richard A. Arms Scholarship Fund: The income participate in his or her extracurricular activ- from a fund contributed by the Class of 1924 in

ity, and maintains a sound academic rec- memory of the Chairman of the Mathematics

ord. Normally, such grants are combined Department (1 920-1 963) is awarded to a worthy with loans and/or student employment in student. order to meet the student's financial need. Dr. Joseph B. Baker (1901) and Rena L. Baker In cases of students who demonstrate ex- Scholarship Fund: The income from a fund ceptional talent, skills and abilities, need may donated by the Woman's General League of be satisfied entirely with grant funds. Gettysburg College is given to a needy and Lutheran College Grant— awarded to Lutheran deserving student in the Music Department. students. In addition to financial need, con- Dr. Ray Alfred Barnard (1915) Scholarship Fund: sideration is given to academic ability and The income from a fund provided by Dr. achievement. Barnard is given to a male student from the Supplemental Educational Opportunity Central Pennsylvania Synod who is preparing for Grant— a grant program funded by the fed- the Lutheran ministry. eral government and administered The Rev. Sydney E. Bateman (1887) Scholarship by the College. The program is designed to Fund: The income from the fund is awarded to a assist students from low-income families. needy ministerial student. Gettysburg College Loan— a loan program Belt Hess-Quay Scholarship Fund: The income made available by Gettysburg College. from a fund provided by Effie E. Hess Belt (1 898)

National Direct Student Loan— a loan pro- in commemoration of several relatives is awarded gram funded by the federal government and as follows: first preference is given to a member of administered by the College. Grace Lutheran Church, Westminster, Maryland; 136 C^\ 1932 College celebrates its first one hundred years

second preference to any other resident of Carroll Adams County, Pennsylvania or Carroll County, County, Maryland, who is pursuing theological Maryland. studies at the College; and third preference is Dr. Anthony G. Ciavarelli (1933) Scholarship any deserving student. given to Foundation: The income from a scholarship Helen A. and James B. Bender Scholarship established by Dr. Anthony G. Ciavarelli is Fund: The income from the fund is granted on awarded annually to a student (or students) who the basis of need and ability, preference being demonstrates superior character, industry, seri- given to residents of Adams County, Pennsyl- ous academic purpose, and financial need. Pref- vania, majoring in Economics and/or Business erence to be given to a student preparing for the

Administration. medical profession. If there are no students who preparing Jesse E. Benner (1907) and Minerva B. Benner demonstrate financial need (who are Scholarship Fund: The income from a bequest for the medical profession), then the income may to aid other students demonstrate is used to aid worthy students, preferably pre- be used who ministerial students. financial need. If there are no students who demonstrate financial need, then the College may Burton F. Blough Scholarship Fund: The income use the income for any purpose it determines. from a fund contributed by a former trustee is used to aid needy and deserving students. Class of 1903, George S. Rentz Memorial Fund:

Harry F. Borleis (1925) Scholarship Fund: The The income from the fund is used in support of the income from a bequest is used to assist needy College scholarship program. and deserving students. Class of 1913 Scholarship Fund: The income Elsie Paul Boyle (1912) Scholarship Fund: The from the fund is awarded to a needy and income from a gift by Elsie Paul Boyle is awarded deserving student. to a needy and worthy student, preference given Class of 1915 Scholarship Fund: The income to a Lutheran from Weatherly, located in Carbon from the fund is awarded to a needy and County, Pennsylvania. deserving student.

T. Scholarship Fund: The Henry Bream (1924) Class of 1916 Scholarship Fund: The income from a fund contributed by alumni and income from the fund is awarded to a needy and friends of the College in honor of Henry T. Bream, deserving sophomore. Professor of Health and Physical Education, Class of 1917 Schmucker-Breidenbaugh Me- 1 926-1 969, is awarded to a needy and deserving morial Scholarship Fund: The income from the male scholar-athlete. fund is awarded to a needy and deserving student Scholar- Randall Sammis Brush (1 973) Memorial or students. ship: The income from a fund contributed by Class of 1918 Scholarship Fund: The income family and friends in memory of Randall Sammis from the fund is awarded to a needy and Brush 73 is awarded to a needy and deserving deserving student. student particularly proficient in the study of history. Class of 1921 Scholarship Fund: The income from the fund is awarded to a needy and Edward B. Buller (1 923) Scholarship Fund: The deserving student. income from a fund contributed by the Lutheran Church of the Good Shepherd, Pearl River, New IV. K. Diehl (1886) Scholarship Fund: The York, and friends in honor of the Rev. Edward B. income from a fund created by Norman E. Diehl in Buller is awarded to a deserving student, pref- memory of his father, W. K. Diehl, D.D., is used to erence being given to a student from Good provide scholarships to needy and deserving Shepherd congregation. students. Cambridge Rubber Foundation Scholarship Chris Ebert (1965) Memorial Fund: The fund Fund: The income from the fund given by the was established in memory of Chris Ebert, a Foundation is awarded to a qualified male graduate of the Class of 1965, by his father and student. First preference is given to an employee mother. The income is awarded annually to a or relative of an employee of Cambridge Rubber. needy student. First preference is given to a Second preference is given to a resident of student who is pursuing a career in teaching or Admissions, Expenses, and Financial Aid rg\ 137

rrr

majoring in mathematics, and/or participating in Edgar L. Hildebrand (1928) Scholarship Fund: intercollegiate wrestling; second preference is The income from a fund established by Louis O. given to a student who is studying forthe ministry. Hildebrand as a memorial to his son Edgar L. Hildebrand is awarded each year to worthy Jacob C. Eisenhart and Rosa Bott Eisenhart students of Scholarship Fund: The income from a fund the College. established by the J. C. Eisenhart Wall Paper Dr. and Mrs. Leslie M. Kauffman Scholarship Company is awarded to a deserving Lutheran Fund: The income from a fund donated by Dr. preministerial student. Leslie M. (1890) and Nellie G. Kauffman is awarded to a deserving student, preference being Clarence A. Eyler (1880) and Myrtle B. Eyler Scholarship Fund: The income from a bequest given to students of Franklin County, Pennsyl- vania, or preministerial or premedical students. is awarded to a worthy Lutheran preministerial student. Hon. Hiram H. Keller (1901) Scholarship Fund: The income from a bequest by Mr. Keller, a former Annie C. Felly Scholarship Fund: The income trustee, is granted on the basis of need and ability, from the fund is given to a needy and deserving preferably to applicants from student. Bucks County, Pennsylvania. Wilbur H. Fleck (1902) Memorial Scholarship Alvan Ray Kirschner Scholarship Fund: The Fund: The income from a bequest is awarded to fund was established by Mr. and Mrs. C. J. a graduate cum laude of the Protestant faith of the Wyoming Seminary. Kirschner in memory of their son who lost his life in World War I. The income from the fund is Dr. Daniel F. Garland (1883) Scholarship Fund: awarded to two students, preference being given The income from the fund is awarded to a to applicants from Hazleton and vicinity. Applica- deserving ministerial student. tions for these scholarships should be made Richard W. Gaver (1966) Memorial Scholarship directly to Mr. Carl E. Kirschner, Attorney at Law, Fund: The income from a fund contributed by Northeastern Building, Hazleton, Pennsylvania Dr. and Mrs. Leo J. Gaverin memory of their son is 18201. awarded to a worthy student, preference being Klette Scholarship Fund: The income from a given to a premedical student. fund established by Dr. Immanual Klette (1939) Dr. and Mrs. James E. Glenn Scholarship Fund: and friends in honor of Mrs. Margaret Klette, is The income from a fund contributed by J. Donald awarded to a student (or students) whose Glenn (1 923) in memory of his parents is awarded activities evidence an innovative accomplish- to a worthy student preparing for the Christian ment and potential in the promotion of human ministry or the medical profession. betterment.

Gordon-Davis Linen Supply Company Scholar- The Rev. Frederick R. Knubel (1918) Memorial ship Fund: The income from a fund contributed Scholarship Fund: The income from a fund by the company is awarded to a deserving given by John M. McCullough (1918) in memory student. of his classmate, is awarded to an outstanding Grand Army of the Republic Living Memorial senior ministerial student who has financial need.

Scholarship Fund: The income from a fund Bernard S. Lawyer (1912) Scholarship Fund: donated by the Daughters of Union Veterans is The income from a bequest shall be awarded to awarded to a needy and deserving student, needy and deserving students, preference to be preferably the descendant of a Union veteran. given first to members or former members of St.

Ida E. Grover Scholarship Fund: The income Mary's Evangelical Lutheran Church, Silver Run, to or from a bequest is awarded to a needy and Maryland, and second members former deserving student. members of Evangelical Lutheran Churches in Maryland and Pennsylvania. John Alfred Hamme (1918) Scholarship Fund: Clarence Gordon and Elfie Leatherman Scholar- The income from a fund given by Mr. Hamme is awarded to a deserving student. ship Fund: The income from a fund given by the Leathermans is awarded to a deserving preminis- C. F. Hildebrand (1920) Scholarship Fund: The terial student. income from a fund is used to aid worthy preministerial students. 138 £g\ 1935 Trustees vote to again admit women students

rrr

The Rev. H. J. H. Lemcke (1860) Memorial Nellie Oiler and Bernard Oiler Memorial Scholar- Scholarship Fund: The income from a fund ship Fund: The income from a bequest by Ida R. given by Ruth Evangeline Lemcke in memory of Gray in memory of her daughter and son-in-law is her father is awarded to worthy male students awarded to a deserving student, preference being who are graduates of Pennsylvania secondary given to a Lutheran applicant from Waynesboro, schools. Pennsylvania.

Frank M. Long (1936) Memorial Scholarship Lovina Openlander Scholarship Fund: The in- Fund: The income from a fund is given in come from the fund is awarded to needy and memory of Frank M. Long to worthy students. deserving students.

Charles B. McCollough, Jr. Memorial Scholarship The Lillian M. and William H. Patrick, Jr. (1916) Fund: The income from a fund provided by Scholarship Award: The income from a bequest Charles B. McCollough (1916) and Florence by William H. Patrick, Jr., is awarded on a McCollough in memory of their son and by H. R. competitive basis to students with musical ability. in of his grandnephew is Earhart memory Willard S. Paul Scholarship Fund: The income to one or more worthy male students. awarded from a fund contributed in his honor by friends of Charles H. May (1904) Scholarship Fund: The the College on the occasion of President Paul's income from a bequest by Mr. May is awarded to retirement and thereafter awarded to a deserving deserving male students from York County, student. Pennsylvania. Earl G. Ports (1923) Scholarship Fund: The Dr. John E. Meisenhelder (1897) Scholarship income from a fund provided by Horace G. Ports Fund: The income from a bequest by Dr. (1925) in memory of his brother is awarded to a Meisenhelder is awarded to a deserving student. worthy student, preferably in the Department of Physics. Forrest L. Mercer (1 908) Scholarship Fund: The income from a bequest by Forrest L. Mercer is Rev. Clay E. Rice (1911) Scholarship Fund: The awarded to a deserving and needy student. income from a fund established by Minnie Catherine Rice in honor of her husband, Rev. Clay J. Elsie Miller (1905) Scholarship Fund: The E. Rice, is awarded to a student preparing for the income from a bequest by Mr. Miller is awarded to a preministerial student. ministry. Miller-Dewey Scholarship Fund: The income James A. Rider (1942) Scholarship Fund: The from a bequestbythe Rev. Adams B. Miller (1 873) income from a fund established by James A. is awarded to a deserving student. Rider is awarded to worthy and deserving students determined to be in financial need. Rev. William J. Miller (1903) Scholarship Fund: Preference is to be given first to dependents of The income from a bequest by Mary Willing Miller active employees of Thermos Industries, Inc., of is awarded to worthy young persons. Preference Raleigh, North Carolina; second, to students who is given to students preparing for the Lutheran compete in intercollegiate athletics; and third, to ministry and especially to those from Tabernacle students who may be orphans. Evangelical Lutheran Church, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. Lawrence E. Rost (1917) Fund: The income Musselman Scholarship Fund: The income from a fund established by Jeanne Preus Rost in of Lawrence E. Rost, is from a fund established by The Musselman memory her husband, awarded to deserving students, descendants of Foundation, to be awarded to a deserving student, Charles A. Rost, Red Lion, York County, Pennsyl- with preference given to sons or daughters of vania, being given first consideration. employees of the Musselman Fruit Product Division, Pet Incorporated. Philip P. Rudhart Scholarship Fund: The income John Spangler Nicholas (1916) Scholarship from a bequest by Emma Bennix in memory of her Fund: The income from a bequest by John brother is awarded to deserving male students. Spangler Nicholas is awarded to a member of the Junior or Senior Class of sterling character and Mary Sachs Scholarship Fund: The income high intellectual ability in the Department of from a fund established as a memorial to Mary Biology, preferably zoology. Sachs is awarded to a needy and deserving Admissions, Expenses, and Financial Aid /jg\ 139

rrr

student, preference given to a student in business McHenry in memory of her son Stuart Warrenfeltz administration whose interests are in retailing. is awarded to a worthy young man, preference being given to students from Funkstown, Wash- Andrew C. Schaedler Foundation Scholarship: ington County, Maryland. The income from a fund established as a memorial to Andrew C. Schaedler is awarded to Dr. Rufus B. Weaver (1862) Scholarship Fund: worthy and needy students from Central Pennsyl- The income from a bequest by Dr. Weaver is vania who graduated from a high school located awarded to deserving students. York, Franklin, in Dauphin, Lebanon, Cumberland, Senator George L. Wellington Scholarship Fund: Lancaster, Perry, Mifflin, Adams, Northumber- The income from a bequest by Mr. Wellington is land, or Huntingdon County. awarded to a deserving Lutheran preministerial Gregory Seckler (1965) Memorial Scholarship student. Fund: The income from a fund given by Mr. and Richard C. Wetzel Scholarship: The income in of Gregory Mrs. J. M. Arnold, Sr., memory from a fund contributed by Richard C. Wetzel is Seckler, is awarded to a deserving student, awarded to a deserving and needy student. preference being given to an English major. Jeremiah A. Winter and Annie C. Winter Memorial Edgar Fahs Smith (1874) Scholarship: The Scholarship Fund: The income from a fund income from a fund provided by Margie A. Smith contributed by Amelia C. Winter in memory of her in honor of her father, Edgar Fahs Smith, is given parents is granted to a needy and deserving to a student recommended by the Chemistry student. Department. Norman S. Woli (1904) Scholarship Fund: The Mary Ann Ocker Spital Scholarship Fund: The income from a fund contributed by Dr. Spurgeon income from a bequest is awarded to a qualified M. Keeny (1914) in honor of the Rev. Norman S. male student. Wolf is awarded to a worthy student, preference Edward J. Stackpole Scholarship Fund: The being given to a student who is fatherless. income from a fund contributed by the friends of General Stackpole is awarded to a deserving LOAN FUNDS FOR STUDENTS student, preference being given to a student in American history interested in the Civil War. Alumni Loan Fund: Loans are available to of Senior Class have financial The Rev. Milton H. Stine(1877) and Mary J. Stine members the who Memorial Scholarship Fund: The income from a need. The Alumni Loan Fund was established by the Alumni Association and augmented by indi- fund provided by Dr. Charles M. A. Stine (1 901 ) in contributions. memory of his parents is awarded to a premini- vidual and class sterial student. The Rev. Edward I. Morecraft (1924) Memorial This fund estab- Dr. J. H. W. Stuckenberg Scholarship Fund: The Loan Scholarship Fund: was Lutheran of income from a bequest by Dr. Stuckenberg is lished by the St. James Church awarded to a qualified student. Stewart Manor, Long Island, in memory of its former pastor. Warren L. Swope (1 943) Scholarship Fund: The M. Nafey Student Loan income from a fund contributed by Warren L. Milton T. Nafey and Mary from the estate of Mary M. Swope, a career diplomat, is awarded to a Fund: A bequest qualified student, preference being shown to Nafey provides a fund for student loans. students of American parentage who have spent The Charles H. Rothfuss and Martha Hufiman a significant portion of their pre-college years Rothfuss Loan Scholarship Fund: This fund was abroad. contributed by Dr. E. Lloyd Rothfuss (1916) in

Parker B. Wagnild Scholarship Fund: The in- memory of his parents. come from a fund contributed by alumni and friends of the Gettysburg College Choir is given to OTHER AID FOR STUDENTS needy and deserving students in the Music Department. Scholarships The Stuart Warrenfeltz Memorial Fund: The AAL Lutheran Campus Scholarship: Aid As- income from a bequest by Ethel Warrenfeltz sociation for Lutherans makes available scholar- 140 /J^ 7946 College enrollment exceeds 1000 for first time

rrr

ship funds each year to assist needy students Charlotte L. Noss Scholarship Fund: The in- who hold membership with the association. come from a trust established by Charlotte Noss Selection of recipients is made by the College. is awarded to a deserving female student from York County, Pennsylvania, who will not other- Aero Oil Company Scholarship: The award wise be able to attend Gettysburg College for a provided annually by the Aero Oil Company is lack of finances. The recipient is selected by the available to a needy and deserving student from College. the area in which it operates. Presser Foundation Scholarship: An award pro- Army ROTC Scholarships: United States Army vided by the Presser Foundation, Philadelphia, is Scholarships provide part or full tuition scholar- given to a qualified student in the Music Depart- ships to some students enrolling in the ROTC ment. program. After completing their education, stu- dents enter active duty in the United States Army Weaver-Bittinger Classical Scholarship: The as commissioned officers. Information on these income from a trust created by Rufus M. Weaver scholarships may be acquired by writing to the (1907) is awarded to a needy and deserving Army ROTC, Gettysburg College, Gettysburg, Pa. student(s) who has demonstrated outstanding 17325. academic achievement. Recipients are selected by Gettysburg College. Frank D. Baker Scholarship Fund: An award available to aid worthy students in immediate need. Selection of recipients is made by the State and Federal Scholarship Programs College. Basic Educational Opportunity Grant: A federal Lutheran Brotherhood Lutheran Senior College grant program to enable students to attend Scholarship: The scholarships are awarded to colleges and universities; awarded by the Office Lutheran students who will begin their first year of of Education. post-secondary study at Gettysburg College. State of Connecticut Scholarship: An award Recipients are selected by Gettysburg College on given by the State of Connecticut to students who the basis of scholastic achievement, religious are residents of Connecticut. The students are leadership, and financial need. selected on the basis of academic achievement Lutheran Brotherhood Members' Scholarship and financial need. Information on these scholar- Program: Established to assist Lutheran Broth- ships should be acquired from the high school erhood members attending accredited post- guidance office. secondary institutions. Information is available New Jersey State Scholarship: An award made from Lutheran Brotherhood, 701 Second Avenue available by the State of New Jersey to residents South, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402. of New Jersey. The recipients are selected on the Frank L. Daugherty (1922) Scholarship Fund: basis of financial need. Information on these The income from a trust established by Frank L. scholarships should be acquired from the high Daugherty is awarded to a deserving York County school guidance office. resident who would not otherwise be able to Pennsylvania Higher Education Assistance attend Gettysburg College for lack of finances. a Agency Scholarship: An award given to stu- The recipient is selected by the College. dents who are residents of Pennsylvania. The Christian R. and Mary F. Lindback Foundation recipients are selected on the basis of financial Scholarship Fund: The scholarship is awarded need. Information on these scholarships should preferentially to residents of New Jersey, Penn- be acquired from the high school guidance office. sylvania, Delaware, or Maryland are of who high There are other states with scholarship and/or character and ability. grant programs. Further information may be Guy L. Moser Fund: Mr. Guy L. Moser estab- available at high school guidance offices. lished a trust fund to support grants to male students from Berks County, Pennsylvania, who State and Federal Loan Program are majoring in American history and who rank in the upper third of their class. Applications for State Guaranteed Student Loan: Applications these grants should be made directly to the for a loan under this program may be obtained National Central Bank, 51 5 Penn Street, Reading, from a bank in the student's community. This is a Pennsylvania 19603. low-interest educational loan. VJT-Cj 111 OD U XVVT Register

BOARD OF TRUSTEES.

Rev. Benjamin Kurtz, President of the Board, Baltimore. Dr. David Gilbert, Secretary of the Board, Gettysburg, Fa- Mr. Jno. B. M'Phehson, Treasurer, Gettysburg, Pa. Hon. Calvin Blythe, Harrisburg, Pa.

Rev. J. G. ScHMtiKEK. D. D. York, Pa. Hon. Daniel Shrffer, Petersburg, Pa. Rev. John C. Baker, D. D. Lancaster, Pa. Rev. S. S. Schmucker, S. T. P. D. D. Gettysburg, Pa. Rev. J. Ruturaijsf, Lebanon, Pa. Rev. J. Medtakt, Philadelphia, Pa.

Mr. Thomas J. Cooper, Gettysburg, Pa. Rev. William Ernst, Lebanon, Pa. TiiAunErs Stevens, Esq. Gettysburg, Pa. Gen. T. C. Miller, Gettysburg, Pa.

.1. F. M'Farlatic, Esij. Gettysburg, Pa. Rev. A. Reck, Indianapolis, Indiana. Rev. Daniel Uottwalb, Petersburg, Pa. Mr. R. G. Harper, Gettysburg, Pa. Rev. Ai yesris H. Lochman, York, Pa.

Two vacancies.

College's Board of Trustees listed in 1837-38 College Catalogue 142 £E\ Register

I l I

BOARD OF TRUSTEES 1 ALBERT R. BURKHARDT (1970) Maryland Synod Trustee Pastor. First Lutheran Church, LAVERN H. BRENNEMAN (1 962-1 974 )(1 976) Chairman Ellicott City, Maryland Retired Chairman and President. RALPH W. COX (1972) York Shipley, Inc., Manager. Connecticut General York, Pennsylvania Life Insurance Company, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

EDWIN T. JOHNSON (1977) ROBERT E. DAVIS (1980) Vice Chairman Chairman, President and President. The Johnson Companies, Chief Executive Officer. Philadelphia, Pennsylvania Thiokol Corporation, ROBERT D. HANSON (1974) Newtown, Pennsylvania Secretary GEORGE F. DIXON, JR. (1978) Attorney. Harrisburg, Pennsylvania Chairman of the Board. JAMES G. APPLE (1978) Carlisle Corporation, Vice President. Butter Krust Baking Company, Carlisle, Pennsylvania Sunbury, Pennsylvania GUY S. EDMISTON (1977)

•JOHN A. APPLE (1 953-1 964)(1 964-1 977) Central Pennsylvania Synod Trustee President. Butter Krust Baking Company, Secretary. Central Pennsylvania Synod, Sunbury, Pennsylvania Harrisburg, Pennsylvania JOHN H. BAUM (1976) CHARLES H. FALKLER (1973) Publisher and Vice President. Senior Vice President and Regional The Patriot-News Company, Administrator. Hamilton Bank, Harrisburg, Pennsylvania York, Pennsylvania

L. CLYDE O. BLACK II (1980) PAUL FOLKEMER (1973) Alumni Trustee Maryland Synod Trustee Attorney. Hollidaysburg, Pennsylvania Folkemer Photo Service, Ellicott City, Maryland MARGARET H. BLANCHARD (1979) Alumni Trustee CHARLES E. GLASSICK (1977) ex-officio Development Microbiologist. President. Gettysburg College, American Cyanamid Company, Gettysburg, Pennsylvania Pearl River, New York HENRY W. GRAYBILL, JR. (1977) HAROLD BRAYMAN (1969) Alumni Trustee Wilmington, Delaware Executive Vice President. Mutual Inspection Bureau, HENRY T. BREAM (1972) Harrisburg, Pennsylvania Gettysburg, Pennsylvania ANGELINE F. HAINES (1973) Lutherville, Maryland 'JOHN A. HAUSER (1967-1979) Biglerville, Pennsylvania Register ml

EUGENE D. HUG (1979) MURIEL L. RICE (1979) President and Chief Executive Gettysburg, Pennsylvania Phoenix Steel Corporation, C. B. ROGERS, JR. (1979) Claymont, Delaware Group Executive and Senior Vice President. JUDITH W. KIP (1974) IBM Corporation, Wyncote, Pennsylvania White Plains, New York EUGENE R. KLINE (1980) CARROLL W. ROYSTON (1973) Vice President - Public Affairs. Attorney. Towson, Maryland Bethlehem Steel Corporation, SAMUEL A. SCHRECKENGAUST, JR. (1973) Bethlehem, Pennsylvania Of Counsel. HOWARD J. McCARNEY (1958-1960)(1966) Hershey Foods Corporation, ex -officio Hershey, Pennsylvania Bishop. Central Pennsylvania Synod, ARLINE SHANNON (1981) Lutheran Church in America, Central Pennsylvania Synod Trustee

Harrisburg, Pennsylvania Lititz, Pennsylvania G. THOMAS MILLER (1963-1 967)(1 975) •WILLIAM H. B. STEVENS (1959-1971) Central Pennsylvania Trustee Synod Gettysburg, Pennsylvania Attorney. Harrisburg, Pennsylvania *F. WILLIAM SUNDERMAN.M.D. (1967-1 979) RAMON R. NAUS (1975) Director. Institute for Clinical Sciences, Chairman of the Board. Philadelphia, Pennsylvania Naus and Newlyn, Inc., Philadelphia, Pennsylvania DONALD M. SWOPE (1977) Attorney. Gettysburg, Pennsylvania PATRICK F. NOONAN (1978) Alumni Trustee JAMES I. TARMAN (1978) Trustee Immediate Past President. Alumni The Nature Conservancy, Associate Director of Athletics and Assistant to the Dean. Arlington, Virginia Pennsylvania State University, C. THOMAS NORRIS (1974) University Park, Pennsylvania President and Chief Executive Officer. CHARLES W. WOLF (1970) P. H. Glatfelter Company, Spring Grove, Pennsylvania Attorney. Gettysburg, Pennsylvania EARL W. ZELLERS (1979) PAUL M. ORSO (1968) ex-officio Bishop. Maryland Synod, Central Pennsylvania Synod Trustee Pastor. St. Mark's Lutheran Church, Lutheran Church in America, Annville, Pennsylvania Baltimore, Maryland JAMES A. PERROTT (1975) Alumni Trustee Judge. Baltimore, Maryland 'The dates following the names indicate years of pre- vious service and the beginning year of present ser- A. N. PRITZKER (1981) vice on the Board of Trustees. Vice Chairman of the Board. Hyatt Corporation, "Honorary Life Trustee Chicago, Illinois

*PAUL H. RHOADS (1960-1972) Attorney. Harrisburg, Pennsylvania

*JOHN S. RICE (1939-1968)(1969-1972) Former Ambassador to the Netherlands.

Ft. Lauderdale, Florida 144 /jg\ 1950 Postwar building program begins with Hanson Hall

rrr

ADMINISTRATION Kim S. Breighner 1975- (1980-81 Academic Year) Computer Operator A.S., York College of Pennsylvania Glassick 1977- Charles E. Barbara J. Henderson 1978- Professor of Chemistry President and Coordinator of Administrative Computing College; M.A., Ph.D., B.S., Franklin and Marshall B.A., University of Colorado; M.A., Indiana Princeton University; D.Sc, University of University Richmond John Tate 1979- 1979- Allan C. Carlson Administrative Systems Analyst Assistant to the President B.A, Carnegie-Mellon University A.B., Augustana College (Illinois); Ph.D., Ohio William Wilson 1979- University Coordinator of Academic Computing 1965- David J. Cowan B.A., Gettysburg College; M.A., Ph.D., Fellow in Academic Administration ACE University of Connecticut B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Texas Delwin K. Gustafson 1967- Karl J. Mattson 1977- Director of Admissions Chaplain B.A., Augustana College (Illinois); J.D., B.A., Augustana College (Illinois); B.D., University of Nebraska Augustana Theological Seminary; S.T.M., Yale Daniel A. Dundon 1972- Divinity School Associate Director of Admissions Harold A. Dunkelberger 1950- B.A., State University of New York at Buffalo; Director of Church Relations and M.A., Eastern Michigan University Professor of Religion Lynne M. Basler 1980- B.A., Gettysburg College; B.D., Lutheran Admissions Counselor Theological Seminary, Gettysburg; Ph.D., B.S., St. Lawrence University Columbia University; D.D., Susquehanna Uni- versity Janet Frick 1980- Admissions Counselor David B. Potts 1979- B.A., Gettysburg College Dean of the College and Professor of History B.A., Wesleyan University; M.A., Ph.D., Jean LeGros 1978- Harvard University Admissions Counselor Ethel Beach-Viti 1978- B.A., Gettysburg College Assistant Dean of the College and Assistant James A. M. Zarrella 1980- Professor of Romance Languages Admissions Counselor B.A., University of Montevallo; B.A., Gettysburg College M.A., Ph.D., Duke University James H. Richards 1974- G. Ronald Couchman 1967- Librarian Assistant Dean of the College and Registrar B.A., Wesleyan University, B.S.L.S., Columbia B.A., Gettysburg College University; M.A., Wesleyan University Robert C. Nordvall 1972- Mary G. Burel 1970- Associate Dean of the College Acquisitions Librarian B.A., DePauw University; J.D., Harvard Law B.A., University of Oklahoma; M.S.L.S., Florida School; Ed.D., Indiana University State University Richard K. Wood 1969- David T. Hedrick 1972- Director of Computer Facilities Audio Visual Librarian

B.A., Earlham College; M.S. (2), University of B.A., Emory and Henry College; M.A., Wisconsin University of Denver Gwen Hepner 1978- Catalogue Librarian B.S., M.S.L.S., Shippensburg State College Register ^1(v-'-klm 145

Dwight A. Huseman 1971- Frances Parker 1980- Serials/ Documents and Systems Librarian Psychological Counselor A.B., Susquehanna University; B.D., S.T.M., B.A., MA., University of Kentucky Lutheran Theological Seminary, Deanna Forney 1978- Philadelphia; M.S.L.S., Drexel University Director of Career Services Anna Jane Moyer 1961- B.A., Gettysburg College; M.A., The Readers' Services Librarian Pennsylvania State University A.B., Susquehanna University; M.S.L.S., Denise Dwight Gingrich 1980- Drexel University Assistant Director of Career Services Frances H. Playfoot 1972- B.A., Millersville State College; Assistant Readers' Services M.S., Shippensburg State College Librarian/Circulation Librarian Edward F. McManness 1970- B.A., The George Washington University; Director of the College Union M.S.L.S., State College Shippensburg B.S., M.S., East Texas State University; M.B.A., Frank B. Williams 1966- Mt. St. Mary's College Dean of Student Life and Educational Services Mary D. Gutting 1979- B.A., M.A.T., Wesleyan University; Ed.D., Assistant Director of the College Union University of Pennsylvania B.S., University of Northern Colorado; M.Ed., Ralph W. Arend, Jr. 1975- Colorado State University Associate Dean for Student Life Clare N. Shumway 1977- BA., Denison University; MA., Ph.D., Ohio Medical Director University M.D., University of Buffalo School of Medicine David C. Halek 1979- — Douwe L. Radsma 1 961 Assistant Dean of Student Life College Physician B.S., University of Rochester; M.D., University of Amsterdam M.Ed., Ed.S., University of Florida Ruth Kane 1964- H. Patricia Lord 1979- Head Nurse Assistant Dean of Student Life R.N., Mercy Hospital; B.S., Duquesne B.A., M.Ed., St. Lawrence University University Nancy C. Locher 1968- Eugene M. Haas 1954- Associate Dean for Educational Services Director of Intercollegiate Athletics and B.A., Mary Baldwin College; M.A., University Professor of Health and Physical Education of North Carolina B.A., Gettysburg College; M.A., Columbia — Salvatore Ciolino 1 971 University Director of Financial Aid John D'Ottavio 1979- B.A., State University of New York at Geneseo; Coach and Lecturer in Health and Physical M.S., State University of New York at Albany Education Don A. Crewell 1978- B.S., East Stroudsburg State College Assistant Director of Financial Aid and Robert T. Hulton 1957- Coordinator of Minority Affairs Coach and Associate Professor of Health and B.A., M.Ed., Lehigh University Physical Education William H. Jones 1964- B.A., Grove City College Coordinator of Counseling R. Eugene Hummel 1957- B.A., Eastern Nazarene College; M.A., Coach and Associate Professor of Health and University of Wisconsin; Ed.D., Boston Physical Education University B.A., Gettysburg College; M.A., Columbia J. Michael McGrath 1967- University Consulting Psychiatrist George E. Kennedy, Jr. 1980- B.S., University of Notre Dame; M.D., Temple Swimming Coach and Bowling Supervisor University School of Medicine A.B., M.A.T., University of North Carolina 146 /JjN 1952-1955 Walter C. Langsam is President

rrr

Robert E. Lehr 1980- Nicolaas P. Schindeler 1968- Head Basketball and Cross Country Coach Superintendent of Engineering and B.S., Lock Haven State College; M.Ed., Construction University of Pittsburgh B.S. in Mechanical Engineering, Amsterdam William T. Miller 1977- Technical College Coach and Instructor in Health and Physical JackS. Krafft 1970- Education Director of Safety and Security M.Ed., Norwich University B.S., Richard Page Allen 1978- Debra Novgrod 1979- Vice President for College Relations Coach and Lecturer in Health and Physical A.B., Lafayette College Education Bernadine Dorich 1979- B.A., Montclair State College; M.Ed., Director of Public Relations Springfield College A.B., West Liberty State College; M.A., Kent Carolyn J. Schlie 1975- State University Coach and Assistant Professor of Health Paul D. Mangan 1976- and Physical Education; Coordinator of News Bureau Director Women's Intercollegiate Athletics B.S., Mt. St. Mary's College B.S., Valparaiso University; M.S., Indiana University Robert D. Kenworthy 1965- Sports Information Officer Barry H. Streeter 1 975- 1978- Coach and Assistant Professor of Health Gary Lowe and Physical Education Director of Development B.A., Lebanon Valley College; M.S., B.S., Denison University; M.S., Miami University University of Delaware 1977- Lawrence J. Zelenz 1980- Marguerite Carroll Head Soccer Coach and Track Coach Assistant Director of Development B.A., M.A.T., DePauw University A.B., Duke University John Schlegel 1976- Robert L. Setzer 1980- Treasurer and Business Manager Director of Planned Giving B.A., Gettysburg College B.S., M.B.A., Temple University D. 1965- Roland E. Hansen 1973- Robert Smith Assistant Business Manager Director of Alumni Relations B.A., Nebraska Wesleyan University B.S., Gettysburg College; M.S., Shippensburg State College Michael Malewicki 1976- Director of Personnel B.A., Gettysburg College THE FACULTY (1980-81 Academic Year) Gary L. Anderson 1973- Bookstore Manager Charles E. Glassick 1977- President of B.A., University of Albuquerque; M.B.A., and Professor Chemistry B.S., Franklin M.A., Mt. St. Mary's College and Marshall College; Ph.D., Princeton University; D.Sc, University Robert A. Pickel 1974- of Richmond Assistant Bookstore Manager B.A., Gettysburg College David B. Potts 1979- Dean of the College and Professor of History Jay P. Brown 1947- B.A., Wesleyan University; M.A., Ph.D., Harvard Bursar University Certificate, American Institute of Banking John Coleman 1979- Director of Physical Facilities Register rE\,147

EMERITI Carl Arnold Hanson 1961-1977 President, Emeritus R. Henry Ackley 1953-1976 B.A., University of Akron; Ph.D., Cornell Professor of Music, Emeritus University; LL.D., University of Akron; L.H.D., B.A., Western Maryland College; Teacher's Roanoke College; LL.D., Dickinson Law Certificate in Voice, Peabody Conservatory of School Music William D. Harshorne, Jr. 1928-1959 Albert Bachman 1931-1963 Professor of Romance Languages, Emeritus Professor of Romance Languages, Emeritus A.B., M.A., Haverford College; Diplome de Ph.D., University of Zurich; Agregation, Professeur de francais a I'etranger, Universite University of Zurich; Ph.D., Columbia de Toulouse University F. Stanley Hoffman 1 956-1 977 M. Esther Bloss 1953-1968 Treasurer, Emeritus Professor of Sociology, Emerita B.S., M.S., Gettysburg College B.A., Cornell University; M.A., Ph.D., Columbia E. Jarvis 1 950-1 980 University Chester Professor of Political Science, Emeritus Harry F. Bolich 1947-1980 A.B., M.A., University of California, Berkeley; Professor of Speech, Emeritus Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania Sc.B., Sc.M., Bucknell University W. Ramsay Jones 1956-1975 1926-1969 Henry T. Bream Dean, Emeritus Professor of Health and Physical Education, B.A., Gettysburg College Emeritus Norman E. Richardson 1945-1979 B.S., Gettysburg College; M.A., Columbia William Bittinger Professor of Philosophy, University Emeritus Albert W. Butterfield 1958-1972 A.B., Amherst College; B.D., Yale Divinity Professor of Mathematics, Emeritus School; Ph.D., Yale University B.S., United States Naval Academy; M.S., Katherine K. Taylor Rood 1947-1966 University of Michigan Professor of English, Emerita Martin H. Cronlund 1957-1973 B.A., University of Oregon Dean, Emeritus Calvin E. Schildknecht 1959-1979 B.A., Gettysburg College; M.A., Temple Professor of Chemistry, Emeritus University Ockershausen B.S., Gettysburg College; Ph.D., The Johns Helen H. Darrah 1961-1977 Hopkins University Professor of Biology, Emerita B.S., M.S., University of Pittsburgh Charles A. Sloat 1 927-1 968 Professor of Chemistry, Emeritus William C. Darrah 1957-1974 B.S., Gettysburg College; M.A., Haverford Professor of Biology, Emeritus College; Ph.D., Princeton University B.S., University of Pittsburgh; L.H.D., Gettysburg College Lillian H. Smoke 1959-1974 Librarian, Emerita Edith Fellenbaum 1963-1968 B.A., Juniata College; B.S.L.S., Columbia Professor of Education, Emerita University B.A., Gettysburg College; M.A., The Johns Hopkins University Parker B. Wagnild 1937-1976 Professor of Music, Emeritus John G. Glenn 1925-1966 B.A., St. Olaf College; B.D., Lutheran Professor of Classics, Emeritus Theological Seminary, Gettysburg; M.S.M., B.A., M.A., Wesleyan University; Ph.D., Union Theological Seminary; M.A., New York Princeton University University; Mus.D., Thiel College; D.D., Gettysburg College 148 /jg\ 7953 Christ Chapel completed

rrr

Glenn S. Weiland 1949-1974 A. Bruce Boenau 1957- Professor of Chemistry, Emeritus Professor of Political Science, Department B.S., M.S., Ph.D., University of Maryland Chairman A.B., Amherst College; A.M., Ph.D., Columbia Conway S. Williams 1 949-1 980 University Professor of Economics and Business Administration, Emeritus Donald M. Borock 1974- A.B., Columbia University; M.S., Columbia Associate Professor of Political Science University School of Business B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Cincinnati

Waldemar Zagars 1956-1974 Lois J. Bowers 1969- Professor of Economics, Emeritus Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Dr. oec, University of Riga Education B.S., Temple University; M.Ed., Western CURRENT FACULTY Maryland College Bruce W. Bugbee 1958- Paul R. Baird 1951 - Associate Professor of History Associate Professor of Economics and A.B., College of William and Mary; A.M., Business Administration Ph.D., University of Michigan B.A., M.A., The Pennsylvania State University Ronald D. Burgess 1980- Robert D. Barnes 1955- Assistant Professor of Romance Languages Dr. Charles H. Graff Professor of Biology B.A., Washburn University of Topeka; M.A., B.S., Davidson College; Ph.D., Duke Ph.D., University of Kansas University A. Ralph Cavaliere 2 1966- Guillermo Barriga 1951- Professor of Biology, Department Chairman Associate Professor of Romance Languages B.S., M.S., Arizona State University; Ph.D., B.S., Columbian Naval Academy; M.A., Duke University Middlebury College; Ph.D., University of Madrid Patrick J. Chase 1980- Assistant Professor of Political Science Edward J. Baskerville 1956- B.A., Loyola University of Los Angeles; Professor of English M. A., University of Southern California; B.S., Lehigh University; M.A., Ph.D., Columbia Ph.D., University of Maryland University John F. Clarke 1966- Neil W. Beach 1960- Professor of English Associate Professor of Biology B.A., Kenyon College; M.A., Stanford B.S., M.S., Ph.D., University of Michigan University Ethel Beach-Viti 1978- Glendon F. Collier 1957- Assistant Professor of Romance Languages Assistant Professor of German and Russian B.A., University of Montevallo; M.A., Ph.D., Duke B.A., Franklin and Marshall College; M.A., University University of California, Berkeley F. Eugene Belt 1966- Chan L. Coulter 1958- Associate Professor of Music Professor of Philosophy, Department Chairman A.B., Western Maryland College; M.A., New B.A., University of Iowa; M.A., Ph.D., Harvard York University University Gareth V. Biser 1959- David J. Cowan 1965- Associate Professor of Health and Physical Associate Professor of Physics Education B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Texas B.S., Gettysburg College; M.S., Syracuse University Basil L. Crapster 1949- Professor of History, Department Chairman Robert L. Bloom 1949- A.B., Princeton University; A.M., Ph.D., Adeline Sager Professor of History Harvard University B.S., Shippensburg State College; M.A., Duke University; Ph.D., Columbia University Register /5\ 149

rrr

David L. Crowner 2 1967- Norman O. Forness 1964- Associate Professor of German and Russian Associate Professor of History B.A., Pacific Lutheran University; M.A., Ph.D., B.A., Pacific Lutheran University; M.A., Rutgers - The State University of New Jersey Washington State University; Ph.D., The Paul R. D'Agostino 1969- Pennsylvania State University Professor of Psychology Donald H. Fortnum 1965- B.S., Fordham University; M.A., Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry University of Virginia B.S., Carroll College (Wisconsin); Ph.D., Theodore C. Daniels 2 1954- Brown University Professor of Physics Lewis B. Frank 1957- B.A., Oberlin College; Ph.D., Syracuse Associate Professor of Psychology University B.S., Franklin and Marshall College; M.A., The Joseph D. Donolli 1971- Johns Hopkins University Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Robert S. Fredrickson 1969- Education Associate Professor of English B.S., University of Delaware; M.Ed., Temple B.A., DePauw University; M.A., University of University Minnesota; Ph.D., University of North Carolina

Harold A. Dunkelberger 1950- Edwin D. Freed 1948-51 , 1953- Amanda Rupert Strong Professor of Religion Professor of Religion, Department Chairman B.A., Gettysburg College; B.D., Lutheran B.A., Gettysburg College; B.D., Lutheran Theological Seminary, Gettysburg; Ph.D., Theological Seminary, Gettysburg; Ph.D., Columbia University; D.D., Susquehanna Harvard University University Robert H. Fryling 2 1947-50,1958- Charles F. Emmons 1974- Professor of Mathematics Assistant Professor of Sociology and B.A., Gettysburg College; M.S., Ph.D., Anthropology University of Pittsburgh B.A., Gannon College; M.A., Ph.D., University CAPT Archibald Galloway 1978- of Illinois Assistant Professor of Military Science Nader Entessar 1980- A.B., College of William and Mary Assistant Professor of Political Science Robert M. Gemmill 1958- B.A., University of California, Los Angeles; Associate Professor of Economics and M.A., University of Missouri, St. Louis; Business Administration Ph.D., St. Louis University B.A., Gettysburg College; M.A., University of Ann Harper Fender 1978- Pennsylvania Associate Professor of Economics and Russell P. Getz 1976- Business Administration Associate Professor of Music A.B., Randolph Macon Woman's College; B.S., Lebanon Valley College; M.S., University Ph.D., The Johns Hopkins University of Pennsylvania; Ed.D., The Pennsylvania 2 George H. Fick 1967- State University Associate Professor of History Richard B. 2 1954- A.B., Harvard University; M.A., University of Geyer Minnesota; Ph.D., Harvard University Graeff Professor of English, Department Chairman Kermit H. Finstad 1970- A.B., M.A., Miami University; Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Music Northwestern University B.A., St. Olaf College; M.M., The Catholic 1949- University of America Charles H. Glatfelter Professor of History David E. Flesner 1971- B.A., Gettysburg College; Ph.D., The Johns Associate Professor of Mathematics Hopkins University A.B., Wittenberg University; A.M., Ph.D., University of Michigan 150 {J^\ 1956-1961 Willard S. Paul is President

Gertrude G. Gobbel 1968- Thomas J. Hendrickson 1 1960- Associate Professor of Psychology Professor of Physics B.S., The Pennsylvania State University; M.S., B.S., M.S., University of Michigan; Ph.D., Iowa University of Illinois; Ph.D., Temple University State University

Derrick K. Gondwe 1977- Sherman S. Hendrix 1964- Assistant Professor of Economics and Associate Professor of Biology Business Administration B.A., Gettysburg College; M.S., Florida State B.A., Lake Forest College; MA, University of University; Ph.D., University of Maryland Ph.D., University of Manitoba Wisconsin; Janet S. Hertzbach 1978- Winston H. Griffith 1978- Assistant Professor of English Instructor in Economics and Business B.A., Gettysburg College; MA, Ph.D., Indiana Administration University University of the West Indies; M.A.. B.Sc, Edmund R. Hill 1961- University Howard Associate Professor of Economics and Joseph J. Grzybowski 1979- Business Administration Assistant Professor of Chemistry B.Com., McGill University; M.A., Ph.D., B.S., King's College; Ph.D., Case Western University of Pittsburgh Reserve University Donald W. Hinrichs 1968- Louis J. Hammann 1 1956- Associate Professor of Sociology and Professor of Religion Anthropology, Department Chairman B.A., Gettysburg College; B.D., Yale Divinity B.A., Western Maryland College; MA, School; M.A., The Pennsylvania State University of Maryland; Ph.D., Ohio State University; Ph.D., Temple University University Colleen M. Hanlon 1980- MAJ Barry W. Hitchcock 1980- Instructor in Economics and Business Assistant Professor of Military Science Administration B.A., B.S., University of Houston; B.S., M.B.A., Shippensburg State College M.S., Florida Institute of Technology

J. Richard Haskins 1959- Leonard I. Holder 1964- Professor of Physics, Department Chairman Professor of Mathematics, Department Chairman B.S., University of Texas; Ph.D., Ohio State B.S., M.S., Texas A & M University; Ph.D., University Purdue University

Susan J. Hathaway 1978- Wade F. Hook 1967- Assistant Professor of Chemistry Professor of Sociology and Anthropology B.A., M.A., State University of New York at A.B., Newberry College; B.D., Lutheran Potsdam; Ph.D., University of New Hampshire Theological Southern Seminary; M.A., CAPT Clement J. Heincer 1979- University of South Carolina; Ph.D., Duke Assistant Professor of Military Science University B.A., Temple University Harry L. Humphries 1980- C. Robert Held 1954-55,1956- Instructor in Sociology and Anthropology Assistant Professor of Classics B.A., University of Nevada, Las Vegas; B.A., Gettysburg College; MA, Princeton M.A., California State University, Long Beach University CAPT Thomas B. Jackson 1980- John T. Held 1960- Assistant Professor of Military Science Associate Professor of Education B.S., North Carolina State University B.A., Gettysburg College; M.A., Columbia Christine M. Kalke 1980- University; M.S., University of Illinois Assistant Professor of Classics Caroline M. Hendrickson 1959- B.A., Wayne State University; M.A., Assistant Professor of Romance Languages Columbia University; Ph.D., Brown University A.B., Wellesley College; M.A., Columbia University Register (r^y\ 151

LTC Robert B. Karsteter 1978- Franklin O. Loveland 1972- Professor of Military Science, Department Assistant Professor of Sociology and Chairman Anthropology B.A., M.S., Texas A & M University A.B., Dartmouth College; M.A., Lehigh University; M.A., Ph.D., Duke University John M. Kellett 1968- Associate Professor of Mathematics Richard T. Mara 1953- B.S., Worchester State College; M.S., Rutgers Sahm Professor of Physics - The State University of New Jersey; Ph.D., B.A., Gettysburg College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Florida University of Michigan Grace C. Kenney 1948- Laurence A. Marschall 1971- Professor of Health and Physical Education Associate Professor of Physics B.S., New York University; M.A., Columbia B.S., Cornell University; Ph.D., University of University Chicago Celeste Kostopulos 1979- Michael Matsinko 1976- Assistant Professor of Romance Languages Assistant Professor of Music B.A., Simmons College; M.A., Ph.D., B.S., M.M., West Chester State College Brown University Nicholas A. Mauro 1980- Arthur L. Kurth 1962- Assistant Professor of Biology Professor of Romance Languages B.S., Mt. St. Mary's College; M.S., B.A., Yale College; Ph.D., Yale University University of Notre Dame; Ph.D., College of William and Mary L. Carl Leinbach 1967- Associate Professor of Mathematics Arthur McCardle 1969- B.A., Lafayette College; M.A., University of Assistant Professor of German and Russian Delaware; Ph.D., University of Oregon B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Columbia University

Branko A. Lenski 1970- Trevor L. McClymont 1980- Associate Professor of Romance Languages Instructor in Economics and Business Ph.D., New York University Administration University Ada G. Lewis 1977- B.A., M.B.A., Andrews Instructor in Economics and Business John K. McComb 1971- Administration Associate Professor of English B.S., M.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania B.A., M.A., Southern Methodist University; Hopkins University Ralph D. Lindeman 1952- M.A., Ph.D., The Johns

Professor of English Fredric Michelman 1 973- B.A., University of Pittsburgh; M.A., Columbia Assistant Professor of Romance Languages University; Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh B.S. Ec, University of Pennsylvania; M.A.,

3 Middlebury College; Ph.D., University of Jack S. Locher 1957- California, Los Angeles Associate Professor of English M.A., University of Chicago; Ph.D., University Jan E. Mikesell 1973- of Pennsylvania Assistant Professor of Biology B.S., M.S., Western Illinois University, Ph.D., Rowland E. Logan 1958- State University Assistant Professor of Biology Ohio A.B., University of California, Los Angeles; Carey A. Moore 1955-56, 1959- M.S., Ph.D., Northwestern University Professor of Religion B.D., Lutheran John H. Loose 1959- B.A., Gettysburg College; Theological Seminary, Gettysburg; Ph.D., The Professor of Religion Hopkins University B.A., Gettysburg College; B.D., Lutheran Johns Theological Seminary, Gettysburg; M.A., M. Scott Moorhead 1955- Ph.D., University of Chicago Associate Professor of Mathematics B.S., M.A., Washington and Jefferson College; Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh 152 /J*\ 1957 Academic honor system begins operation

II

:& Kenneth F. Mott 1966- George M. Pellak 1980- (> Associate Professor of Political Science Instructor in Economics and Business A.B., Franklin and Marshall College; MA, Administration Lehigh University; Ph.D., Brown University B.S., M.B.A., Drexel University Samuel A. Mudd 1958-64, 1965- James D. Pickering 1954- Professor of Psychology, Department Professor of English, Chairman of Interdepart- Chairman mental Studies B.A., Gettysburg College; M.S., Ph.D., Purdue A.B., A.M., Wesleyan University; Ph.D., University Columbia University

James P. Myers, Jr. 1968- Thane S. Pittman 1972- Associate Professor of English Associate Professor of Psychology B.S., LeMoyne College; M.A., University of B.A., Kent State University; Arizona; Ph.D., University of Massachusetts M.A., Ph.D., University of Iowa Katsuyuki Niiro 1972- Charles E. Piatt 1957- Assistant Professor of Economics and Professor of Psychology Business Administration A.B., Wittenberg University; B.A., M.A., University of Hawaii, M.A., Ph.D., M.A., Ph.D., Ohio State University University of Pittsburgh Lisa Portmess 1979- Norman K. Nunamaker 2 1963- Assistant Professor of Philosophy Associate Professor of Music B.A., Gettysburg College; A.B., Bowling Green State University; M.A., Ph.D., Queen's University M.M., Ph.D., Indiana University William D. Powers 1977- Joseph P. Nyitray 1974- Instructor in Music Associate Professor of Political Science B.S., Gettysburg College; A.B., Cornell University; M.A., Ph.D., Ohio M.Ed., The Pennsylvania State University State University Ingolf Qually 1956- Paula Olinger-Rubira 1979- Professor of Art, Department Chairman Instructor in Romance Languages B.A., St. Olaf College; B.A., University of Wisconsin; B.F.A., M.F.A., Yale University M.A., Brandeis University William F. Railing 1964- CAPT Bruce Olson 1978- Professor of Economics and Business Assistant Professor of Military Science Administration, Department Chairman B.S., U.S. Military Academy B.S., United States Merchant Marine Academy; B.A., The Johns Hopkins University; Bruce L. Packard 1 971 - Ph.D., Cornell University Associate Professor of Education B.A., Gettysburg College; Ray R. Reider 2 1962- Ed.M., Ed.D., Temple University Assistant Professor of Health and Physical William E. Parker 1967- Education Associate Professor of Chemistry B.A., Gettysburg College; B.A., Haverford College; M.S., Ph.D., M.Ed., The Pennsylvania State University University of North Carolina Michael L. Ritterson 1968- Alan Paulson 1978- Assistant Professor of German and Russian Assistant Professor of Art A.B., Franklin and Marshall College; B.F.A., Philadelphia College of Art; Ph.D., Harvard University M.F.A., University of Pennsylvania Russell S. Rosenberger 1956- Ruth E. Pavlantos 1963- Professor of Education, Department Chairman Pearson Professor of Classics, Department B.S., Geneva College; Chairman M.Litt., Ed.D., University of Pittsburgh B.A., College of Wooster; M.A., Ph.D., University of Cincinnati Register fj\ 153

rrr

Alex T. Rowland 2 1958- JefferySobal 1977- Professor of Chemistry, Department Chairman Assistant Professor of Sociology and B.A., Gettysburg College; Anthropology Ph.D., Brown University B.A., Bucknell University; Emile O. Schmidt 1962- MA, Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania Professor of English and Director of Dramatics Ralph A. Sorensen 1977- A.B., Ursinus College; Assistant Professor of Biology M.A., Columbia University B.A., University of California, Riverside; Ph.D., Yale University Henry Schneider, III 1964- Franklin Professor of German, Department John R. Stemen 1961- Chairman Associate Professor of History A.B., MA, Ph.D., Princeton University B.A., Yale University; Allen C. Schroeder 1967- M.A., Ph.D., Indiana University Associate Professor of Biology Mary Margaret Stewart 1959- B.A., Loyola College; Professor of English M.S., Ph.D., The Catholic University of America A.B., Monmouth College (Illinois); W. Richard Schubart 1950- Ph.D., Indiana University Associate Professor of Philosophy Amie Godman Tannenbaum 1968- A.B., Dartmouth College; Assistant Professor of Romance Languages A.M., Columbia University A.B., Hood College; M.A., Washington University; Walter J. Scott 1959- The George Associate Professor of Physics Ph.D., University of Maryland B.A., Swarthmore College; Donald G. Tannenbaum 1966- M.S., Lehigh University Associate Professor of Political Science Jack Douglas Shand 1954- B.B.A., M.A., City College of the City York; Associate Professor of Psychology University of New University B.A., Amherst College; Ph.D., New York M.A., Harvard University; Robert H. Trone 2 1956- Ph.D., University of Chicago Associate Professor of Religion Howard G. Shoemaker 1957- B.A., Gettysburg College; B.D., Divinity School; Associate Professor of Health and Physical Yale Education M.A., Ph.D., The Catholic University of America B.A., Gettysburg College; Robert M. Viti 1971- M.A., Columbia University Assistant Professor of Romance Languages Lee M. Siegel 1978- Department Chairman B.A., Instructor in Economics and Business St. Peter's College; Administration M.A., Ph.D., Duke University B.A., Queens College of The City University of Elizabeth Wallace 1980- New York; M.A., State University Assistant Professor of English of New York at Buffalo B.A., Duke University; of at Canterbury James F. Slaybaugh 1964- Ph.D., University Kent Associate Professor of Education Janis H. Weaner 1957- A.B., Roanoke College; Assistant Professor of Romance Languages M.Ed., The Pennsylvania State University B.A., Mary Washington College of the Carol D. Small 1969- University of Virginia; Instructor in Art M.A., New York University B.A., Jackson College of Tufts University; M.A., The Johns Hopkins University 1958 Dining Hall completed

IfTr

Dexter N. Weikel 1 1962- OTHER INSTRUCTIONAL AND Professor of Music, Department Chairman ADMINISTRATIVE PERSONNEL B.S., Susquehanna University; (1980-81 Academic Year) M.A., The Pennsylvania State University; DM. A., Peabody Conservatory of The Johns Mary T. Baskerville Hopkins University Adjunct Assistant Professor of Interdepartmental Richard T. Wescott 1966- Studies Associate Professor of Health and Physical B.A., Hunter College; M.A., Education, Department Chairman Ph.D., Columbia University A.B., Colby College; SFC John Callahan M.Ed., Boston University; Assistant Instructor in Military Science P.E.D., Indiana University MSG Guadalupe Cantu Thomas White 1979- Assistant Instructor in Military Science Assistant Professor of Psychology Allan C. Carlson B.A., Lake Forest College; Lecturer in History Ph.D., State University of New York A.B., Augustana College (Illinois) at Stony Brook Ph.D., Ohio University John R. Winkelmann 1963- Shirlee S. Cavaliere Associate Professor of Biology Assistant in Economics B.A., University of Illinois; M.A., Ph.D., B.A., Butler University; University of Michigan M.S., Arizona State University Robert F. Zellner 1968- Bradley DeHoff Associate Professor of Music Assistant Instructor in Chemistry B.S., West Chester State College; B.A., Gettysburg College M.A., Lehigh University Mary L. DeNys Adjunct Instructor in English 'Sabbatical leave. Fall and January Terms. 1981-82 'Sabbatical leave, January and Spring Terms. 1981-82 B.A., M.A., Loyola University, Chicago; 3 Sabbatical leave. Academic Year, 1981-82 Ph.D., The George Washington University Thomas Deveny Adjunct Assistant Professor of Romance Languages B.A., State University of New York; M.A., University of Florida; Ph.D., University of North Carolina

Jose A. Diaz Adjunct Assistant Professor of Romance Languages B.A., University of Puerto Rico; M.F.A., Yale University; Ph.D., Columbia University William Doherty Adjunct Assistant Professor of Economics and Business Administration B.S.B.A., Bryant College; M.B.A., Suffolk University Register (C£j 155

Richard Dracha Lillian Jackson Adjunct Instructor in Sociology and Assistant Instructor in Chemistry Anthropology B.A., Wheaton College (Massachusetts); B.A., Gettysburg College; M.A., Bryn Mawr College M.S.W., University of West Virginia Dorothy C. Jarvinen Helen Sheimo Flynn Adjunct Instructor in Music Adjunct Instructor in English Artist's Diploma, Institute of Musical Arts B.A., South Dakota State University William Jones SGM Clifford Fuller Lecturer in Interdepartmental Studies Assistant Instructor in Military Science B.A., Eastern Nazarene College; Janet P. Gemmill M.A., University of Wisconsin; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Ed.D., Boston University Interdepartmental Studies Richard A. Katzman B.A., Bucknell University; Adjunct Instructor in Economics and Business M.A., University of Michigan; Administration M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin B.S., Georgetown University; Jacqueline F. Hand B.S., The Pennsylvania State University; Adjunct Instructor in Health and Physical M.B.A., New York University Education— Dance Sara N. Landgren B.F.A., Ohio State University; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Music M.A., University of Oregon B.M., Auburn University; Jean A. Hartzell M.M., Cincinnati College— Conservatory Adjunct Instructor in English of Music B.A., Gettysburg College; Lani Lindeman M.A., Shippensburg State College Adjunct Instructor in Interdepartmental SSG Daniel L. Hemmerly Studies Assistant Instructor in Military Science B.A., Gettysburg College

Barbara J. Henderson James E. Lunday Lecturer in Economics and Business Adjunct Instructor in Sociology and Administration Anthropology B.A., University of Colorado; B.A., University of Central Florida M.A., Indiana University Larry Musselman Martha Hinrichs Adjunct Instructor in Economics and Business Assistant in Biology Administration A.B., Western Maryland College B.S., Shippensburg State College A. Patricia Hogan Carol Matsinko Adjunct Assistant Professor of English Adjunct Assistant Professor and Director B.A., Emmanuel College; of the Women's Chorus M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin B.S., M.M., Westchester State College

Jean S. Holder John Mellerski Adjunct Instructor in History Adjunct Instructor in Romance Languages B.S., West Texas State University; B.A., State University College at Buffalo; M.A., The American University M.A., State University of New York Melverda Hook at Binghamton Adjunct Assistant Professor of Music Paul Mills B.S., Winthrop College; Assistant Football Coach M.M., Peabody Conservatory of Music A. A., Grand Rapids Junior College 156 £&l 1959 College Union Building completed

rrr

Mark Nesbitt Judy Schwartz Assistant Coach, Soccer Adjunct Instructor in English B.A., Baldwin-Wallace College B.A., University of Arizona; M.A., Cornell University Robert C. Nordvall Lecturer in Interdepartmental Studies Nancy Scott B.A., DePauw University; College Archivist J.D., Harvard Law School; B.A., M.L.S., University of Pittsburgh Ed.D., Indiana University Robert Selby Marlene Packard Assistant Football Coach Assistant in Biology B.A., University of South Carolina

B.A., Gettysburg College Paul J. Seybold Elmer Plischke Assistant Coach, Basketball Adjunct Professor of Political Science B.A., Rutgers— The State University of Ph.B., Marquette University; New Jersey; M.A., The American University; M.S., Shippensburg State College Ph.D., Clark University Nancy A. Slaybaugh Leigh Ann Powers Adjunct Instructor in Education Adjunct Instructor in Education B.S., Shippensburg State College B.S., Gettysburg College James Thurmond Phyllis Price Adjunct Assistant Professor of Music Assistant in Biology B.A., The American University; B.A., Gettysburg College M.A., The Catholic University of America; Washington College of Music Charles H. Raffensperger Mus.D., Adjunct Instructor in Economics and Business Tim Weinfeld Administration Adjunct Instructor in English B.S., Mt. St. Mary's College A.B., Miami University; Jennifer M. Railing A.M., Indiana University Adjunct Assistant Professor of Economics and Helen J. Winkelmann Business Administration Assistant in Biology LL.B., University of London B.A., Notre Dame College of Staten Island; of Michigan Shelby A. Robert M.S., University Adjunct Instructor in Economics and Business James F. Wright Administration Assistant Coach, Cross Country B.S., Mississippi State University; B.A., Gettysburg College; M.S., Louisiana State University M.Ed., University of Maryland John Schlegel Joseph Yeck Lecturer in Economics and Business Assistant Coach, Basketball Administration B.A., Temple University; B.S., M.B.A., Temple University M.A., University of Maryland

Carmen B. Schmersahl Adjunct Instructor in English B.A., Gettysburg College; M.A., Ohio State University SFC John Schneider Assistant Instructor in Military Science C%\ 157 rrr

1981-82 CALENDAR

FALL TERM

September 2-5, Wednesday-Saturday Orientation and Registration September 6, Sunday (Evening) Opening Convocation September 7, Monday at 8:00 a.m. Classes begin September 26, Saturday Alumni Homecoming October 10-12, Saturday-Monday Long Weekend (no classes Monday) October 19, Monday at 8:00 a.m. Classes resume 6UT. ^ October 22, Thursday Mid-term reports October 23, Friday Fall Honors Day October 23-25, Friday-Sunday Fall Parents Weekend November 19, Thursday Fall Convocation

(1 1 :00 classes cancelled) November 24, Tuesday at 4:00 p.m. Thanksgiving recess begins November 30, Monday at 8:00 a.m. Thanksgiving recess ends December 10, Thursday Last day of classes December 12-18, Saturday-Friday Final examinations JANUARY TERM

January 4, Monday at 8:00 a.m. January Term begins January 29, Friday at 5:00 p.m. January Term ends

SPRING TERM

February 8, Monday Registration February 9, Tuesday at 8:00 a.m. Classes begin March 19, Friday at 4:00 p.m. Spring recess begins March 29, Monday at 8:00 a.m. Spring recess ends March 31, Wednesday Mid-term reports April 7, Wednesday Charter Day (10:00-12:00 classes cancelled) April 8, Thursday at 4:00 p.m. Easter recess begins April 13, Tuesday at 8:00 a.m. Easter recess ends April 24, Saturday Get Acquainted Day April 30, Friday at 11:00 a.m. Spring Honors Day Convoca- tion (11:00 classes cancelled) April 30-May 2, Friday-Sunday Spring Parents Weekend

May 21 , Friday Last day of classes May 22, Saturday Pre-Registration May 24-29, Monday-Saturday Final examinations June 4-5, Friday-Saturday Alumni Weekend June 6, Sunday Baccalaureate Commencement . 2

158 r^\ Statistical Summary I Endowment Funds

rrr

STATISTICAL SUMMARY (Unrestricted) Students in College Alumni Memorial Endowment Fund

1980 Full-Time Enrollment E. W. Baker Estate Fall Term Frank D. Baker Total M W Fay S. Benedict Memorial Fund Senior 215 226 441 H. Melvin Binkley Estate Junior 227 211 438 H. Brua Campbell Estate Sophomore . . 251 266 517 Freshman .... 270 271 541 Class oi 1919 Fund

963 974 1937 Class of 1927 Fund

Class of 1939 Fund Geographic Distribution Full-Time Students Class of 1971 Fund 1980 Fall Term Louise Cuthbertson Number A bequest in memory of Arthur Herring, Anna of Wiener Herring and Louise Cuthbertson Students Charles W. Diehl, Jr. '29 Pennsylvania 630 32.5 New Jersey 565 29.2 Harold Sheely Diehl Estate New York 229 11.8 Faculty and Staff Memorial Endowment Fund Maryland 176 9.1 Robert G. Fluhrer, '1 Connecticut 1 59 8.2 The Ford Foundation Massachusetts 41 2.1 Virginia 27 1.4 The Carman Fund Delaware 22 1.1 Given by members of the Garman family as a Other States and perpetual family memorial to the endowment of Foreign Countries 88 4.5 Gettysburg, the income of which shall be used in support of the education program. 1937 1 00% The Gettysburg Times Mamie Ragan Getty Fund

Frank Gilbert STUDENT RETENTION Margaret E. Giles Of the students who entered Gettysburg as Ralph and Katherine M. Gresh freshmen in September 1976, 71.5% were '10 graduated by August, 1980, 1.8% who had not Adam Hazlett, met the graduation requirements continued at Joseph H. Himes, '10 Gettysburg, 5.6% were required to withdraw from Marion Huey Gettysburg for academic reasons. John E. Jacobsen Family Endowment Fund

ENDOWMENT FUNDS William J. Knox, '10 Frank H. Kramer, '14 and Mrs. Kramer Gettysburg College has benefited over the years and continues to benefit from the income of funds Harris Lee Estate contributed to the College's Endowment. Income The Richard Levis Lloyd Fund from unrestricted endowment funds may be used Ralph McCreary Estate for the general purposes of the College or for any special purposes; income from restricted James MacFarlane Fund, Class of 1837 endowment funds is used solely for the purpose Dana and Elizabeth Manners Memorial specified by the donor. The generous support of the donors listed below has been vital to the continuing success of the College. Endowment Funds £§| 159 rrr

G. Bowers Mansdorfer, M.D., '26 Jack Lyter Williams Memorial Fund

J. Clyde Market, '00, and Caroline O. Markel Contributed by Mrs. Ernest D. Williams as a

L. of Robert T. Marks memorial to her son Jack Williams, Class 1951. Fred G. Masters, '04 Jeremiah A. & Annie C Winter Memorial Fund A. L. Mathias, '26 Alice D. Wrather John H. Mlckley, '28 Romaine H. Yagel Trust A gift for endowment in memory of his brother William Blocher Mickley (Restricted) Alice Miller

William J. Miller, Jr., '00 Conrad Christian Arensberg Memorial Fund A fund established in 1948 by Francis Louis Thomas Z. Minehart, '94 Arensberg in memory of his father, a Union Ruth G. Estate Moyer veteran, for the purchase of Civil War books and Bernice Baker Musser materials.

Helen Overmiller The Rev. Peter C. Bell Memorial Lectureship Joseph Parment Company Fund A fund for the establishment of a lectureship on the claims of the gospel on college '31 Mrs. Willard S. Paul, men. Nellie G. Royer Bikle Endowment Fund A fund to support debat- Sarah Ellen Sanders ing, established in 1925 to honor Dr. Philip Bikle, Anna D. Seaman Class of 1 866, Dean of Gettysburg College 1 889- 1925. Paul R. Shelter, '18 Joseph Bittinger Chair of Political Science. A bequest to Gettysburg College in support of the educational program. Lydia Bittinger Chair of History. Herbert Shimer, '96 Joseph and Lydia Bittinger Memorial Fund A fund to support the needs of the library. Robert O. Sinclaire Mr. & Mrs. Thomas Citron A fund established by Albert T. Smith Memorial Fund Mr. & Mrs. Thomas Citron '47 to endow insurance James Milton Smith Fund on a 1934 oil painting by Minna Citron.

Contributed by Mrs. Emma Hancock Smith as a Class of 1911 Memorial Trust Fund A fund memorial to her son James Milton Smith established in 1 961 , on the fiftieth anniversary of

Anna K. and Harry L. Snyder the Class, to provide income for the purchase of books for the college library. Mary Heilman Spangler Class of 1925 Meritorious Service Award Charles M. A. Stine, '01 Foundation To provide annual alumni awards for '10 Harvey W. Strayer, notable service rendered Alma Mater. Veronica K. Tollner Estate Thomas Y. Cooper Endowment A bequest to Vera and Paul Wagner Fund Gettysburg College in support of its libraries: (a) for acquisitions in literature and American Walter G. Warner Memorial Fund (by Bergliot J. History, as a memorial to his parents, Dr. and Mrs. Warner) Moses Cooper; and (b) for the operating budget of Leona S. & L. Ray Weaver Memorial Fund the library.

Richard C Wetzel Daughters of Union Veterans Scholarship Fund

A. Bruce Denny Fund A fund in memory of A.

Bruce Denny, Class of 1 973, contributed by fellow students to purchase library books. 160 r£\ 1961-1977 C. Arnold Hanson is President

rrr

'98 Luther P. Eisenhart Fund A fund established for James A. Singmaster Fund for Chemistry A the use of Emeriti faculty and of widows of former fund established in 1967 by Mrs. James A. Sing- members of the faculty in real need of assistance. master in memory of her husband for the purchase of library materials in chemistry, or in Clyde E. and Sarah A. Gerberich Endowment areas related thereto. Fund A fund established to support a series of lectures dedicated to the memory of Dr. Robert Dr. Kenneth L. Smoke Memorial Trust Fund A Fortenbaugh '13. fund created in 1971 to honor the man who in 1946 established the Department of Psychology Jean Landefeld Hanson Fund A fund estab- at Gettysburg College and served as its chairman lished in 1971 by family and friends of the late wife until his death in 1 970. The annual income is used of President Emeritus C. Arnold Hanson, the in- at the joint discretion of the Chairman of the come to be assigned to purposes related to the Psychology Department and the College Chapel program as determined by the Chaplain Librarian. and the President of the College. Earl Kresge Stock Endowment Fund The The Harry D. Holloway Memorial Fund A fund to income from a sum of money given by Earl be used for purposes of keeping alive on the Kresge Stock '1 9 in honor of Helen W. Wagner '06 campus of Gettysburg College the Spirit of and Spurgeon M. Keeny '14 for their outstanding Abraham Lincoln. and inspirational teaching abilitytobe used by the Dr. Amos S. and Barbara K. Musselman Art En- English Department, over and above its normal dowment Fund The income only from this fund budget, in a manner determined by the primarily to support and advance to be used Department to best promote the English Lan- knowledge and appreciation of art at Gettysburg guage in written form. College. Stoever Alcove Fund A fund established by K. Musselman Dr. Amos S. and Barbara Laura M. Stoever for the support of the library. Chemistry Endowment Fund The income only J. H. W. Stuckenberg Memorial Lectureship A from this fund to be used by the Chemistry bequest from Mary G. Stuckenberg in memory of Department in support of the Chemistry program. her husband to sponsor lectures in the general The funds will be used primarily for the purchase area of social ethics. of laboratory equipment and supplies. Waltemyer Seminar Room Fund A fund Musselman Endowment for Music Workshop A established by Carroll W. Royston '34 and the fund contributed by The Musselman Foundation, family and friends of Dr. William C. Waltemyer '1 3, the income from which is to be used to support former head of the Department of Bible at the workshops in music performance and seminars College, to provide furnishings for and to maintain in music education. the library in a seminar room in his memory. Musselman Endowment for Theatre Arts A fund '68 contributed by The Musselman Foundation, the Stephen Henry Warner Memorial Fund A including: Contributions to income from which is to be used to support visits two-part fund, (1) College in memory of Mr. Warner, the to the campus by individuals with expertise in the Gettysburg to maintain and support the technical aspects of the theatre. income to be used Warner Collection on Vietnam, as well as to Musselman Endowment for Visiting Scientists A purchase new books for the library; (2) A bequest fund contributed by The Musselman Foundation, established by Stephen H. Warner for (a) library the income from which is to be used to support acquisitions in Asian studies and for (b) use as visits by scientists to the College. seed money for projects encouraging exciting, Keith Pappas Memorial Fund A fund challenging, and fresh ideas. established in memory of Keith Pappas 74 to Woman's League Fund for Upkeep and Repair of provide an award to an outstanding student. the YMCA Building (Weidensall Hall) An en- Henry M. Scharf Lecture Fund A fund dowment bequest of Louisa Paulus. contributed by Dr. F. William Sunderman '19 in Dr. and Mrs. Jeremiah Zimmerman Fund A fund memory of Henry M. Scharf, Class of 1925, to established in 1931 by Dr. Jeremiah Zimmerman establish a lectureship on current affairs. (1873), from a bequest of Mrs. Zimmerman, who died in 1930, to create an endowment in support of the annual operating budget of the library. tit 1 1 1 5515 U ttljr Index 162 |CI>I Index

lr r r

Academic Advising 26 Catholic Student Religious Group 1 1 7 Academic Calendar 25,157 Central Pennsylvania Consortium 35 Academic Honors 40,41 Certified Public Accountant Preparation 39, 60 Academic Policies and Programs 21 Chapel Council 117 Academic Purposes 22 Chemistry, Courses in 53 Academic Standing 30 Choirs 120 Academic Standing Committee 28, 30, 123 Classics, Courses in 56 Accounting, Courses in 59 Classrooms, Laboratories 125 Accident Insurance 134 College Union 122 Accreditation Inside back cover Communication Media 121 Administration, The 144 Comprehensive Academic Fee 131 Administrative Offices 128 Computer Center 125 Admission Policy 130 Computer Courses 31 Admission Procedure 130 Computer Science 31 Admissions, Expenses, and Financial Aid 129 Consortium Exchange Program 35 Advanced Credit and Placement 30, 131 Correspondence, Listing for Inside back cover Advising System 26 Costs 131 Alcohol Policy 118 Counseling Services 124 American Studies 82 Course Changes 29 Anthropology, Courses in 110 Course Numbering System 46 Anti-discrimination Policy Inside back cover Course of Study 45 Army Reserve Officers Training Program 40 Credit System (Credit Hours) 26 Art, Courses in 47 Cultural Activities 1 19 Artist in Residence 121 Curriculum 24 Asian Studies 82 Dean of Student Life and Educational Services 123 Astronomy (See Physics) Dean of the College 124 Athletic Facilities 125 Deans' Honor List 41 Athletics 123 Degree Requirements Auditing of Courses 29 Bachelor of Arts 27 Awards 41 Bachelor of Science in Music Education 34 Bachelor of Arts Degree Requirements 27 Exemption From 30 Bachelor of Science in Music Education 34 Departmental, Professional, and Honorary Band 1 20 Societies 121 Bills 132 Dining Accommodations 117 Biology, Courses in 50 Dining Fees 132 Board 132, 133 Distribution Requirements 24, 27, 46 Board of Trustees 142 Dormitories 116, 133 Bookstore 122,132 Drama (See Theatre Arts) Business Administration, Courses in 59 Dramatics 120 Calendar 1981-82 157 Drugs and Narcotics Policy 1 18 Campus Directory 126 Early Decision Plan 130

Life 1 Campus 15 Economics, Courses in 59 Campus Map 126 Education, Courses in 64 Career Services Office 124 Employment Placement Services 26, 124 Career Opportunities (See Departmental Course Employment Prospects in Teaching 35 Introductions) Endowment Funds 158 Engineering Cooperative Programs 39 English, Courses in 66 Enrollment, Summary of 158 Environmental Studies and Forestry Cooperative Program 39 Expenses 132 9

Index /j?\ 163

rrr

Facilities 125 Latin, Courses in 56

Faculty, The 146 Lectures 1 1 Fees 131 Libraries 125 Financial Aid 125 Literary Magazine 121 Foreign Study 37 Literature, Concentration in 65 Forestry and Environmental Studies Living Accommodations 116 Cooperative Program 39 Loans 139, 140 Four-One-Four Program (See January Term) Lutheran Theological Seminary Exchange 37 Fraternities 116, 122 Major Fields of Study 27 Fraternity Houses 116 Major Requirements 27 French, Courses in 106 Map of Campus 126 Freshman Advising and Orientation 26 Mathematics, Courses in 84 Geographical Distribution of Students 158 Medieval and Renaissance Studies 83 German, Courses in 70 Mercury, The 121 Gettysburgian, The 121 Military Science, Courses in 88 Government, Courses in (See Political Science) Minor Requirements 28 Grading System 29 Music Activities 120 Graduate School Preparation 26 Music, Courses in 90 Graduation Music Education, Bachelor of Science Degree 34 Requirements for 27, 34 Newspaper 121 With honors 40 Off-Campus Study 35 Grants 135, 139 Office of Career Services 124 Greek, Courses in 56 Optional Minor 28 Harrisburg Urban Semester 35 Orchestra 120 Health and Physical Education, Courses in 73 Organizations 121 Health Center 124 Orientation 26 Health Service 124 Other Instructional and Administrative Personnel 1 54 History, Courses in 76 Owl and Nightingale Players 120 Honor Code 24,119 Panhellenic Council 119 Honor Commission 24, 119 Part Time Student 132 Honors, graduation with 40 Payment of Bills 132 Honorary Fraternities and Societies 121 Performing Arts 120 Housing Policy 133 Personal Property Insurance 134 India Program 35 Phi Beta Kappa 121 Individualized Study 31 Philosophy, Courses in 93 Infirmary 124 Physical Education, Courses in 73 Insurance, Accident 134 Physical Education Requirement 27, 74 Insured Tuition Plan 132 Physics, Courses in 95 Intercollegiate Athletics 123 Placement of Graduates 26, 35, 124 Interdepartmental Studies, Committee on 80 Political Science, Courses in 98 Interdepartmental Studies, Courses in 80 Predental Preparation 38 Interfraternity Council 119 Prelaw Preparation 38 Internships 25, 35 Premedical Preparation 38 Intramural Sports 123 Preprofessional Studies 38 January Term 25 Preveterinary Preparation 38

Jewish Student Religious Group 1 1 7 Prizes and Awards (See also Scholarships) 41 Journalism 121 Professional Fraternities and Societies 121 Junior Year Abroad 37 Psychology, Courses in 101 Publications, Student 121 Radio Station 121 Readmission of Students 30 Refund Policy 133 Register of Trustees, Faculty, Administration 141 Registration 29

Religion, Courses in 103 164 CE^ 1961 Masters Hall completed

rrr

(The Harrisburg Urban Semester) Religious Life 1 17 THUS 35 Religious, Student Groups Table of Contents 2 Catholic 117 Teacher Education Programs 32, 64 Jewish 117 Elementary 33, 64 Protestant 117 Secondary 32, 64 Reserve Officers Training Corps (ROTC) 40, 88 Music Education 34 Reserve Officers Training Corps, Courses in 88 Teacher Placement 35 Residence Halls 116,133 Theatre Arts and Drama, Residence Requirements 28 Concentration in 69 Rights and Responsibilities of Students 118 Courses in 69 Romance Languages and Literatures, Courses Groups 120 in 106 Transcripts 30 Room Rents 132 Transfer Credit 30 ROTC, Courses in 88 Transfer Students 131 Russian, Courses in 70 Tuition 131 Schedule Limitations 28 Two Minute Look at Gettysburg 20

Scholarships 1 35, 1 39 (See Also Prizes and Awards) United Nations Semester 37 Scholastic Aptitude Tests 130 Veterans' Administration Benefits 132 Seminars 31 Visitation Hours Policy 118 Senior Honors 40 Vocational Counseling 26, 124 Senior Scholars' Seminar 31 Washington Semester, Economic Policy or Political Small Business Institute Program 60 Science 36 Social Fraternities and Sororities 122 Withdrawal of Students 30 Sociology and Anthropology, Courses in 110 Women's Chorus 120 Sororities 122 Work-Study Program 135 Spanish, Courses in 106 Writing Policy 27 Special Interdepartmental Programs 82 WZBT 121 Special Major 28, 80 Yearbook 121 Special Students 131,132 Spectrum, The 121 Speech, Courses in 66 Sports 123 Statistical Summary of Students 158 Student Communication Media 121 Student Conduct 117

Student Conduct Review Board 1 19 Student-Faculty Ratio 6 Student Financial Aid 134 Student Government 118 Student Handbook 118 Student Insurance 134 Student Health Service 124 Student Life 115 Student Life Council 118 Student Newspaper 121 Student Organizations and Activities 121 Student Radio Station 121 Student Retention 158 Student Senate 119 Student Services 123,128 Student Yearbook 121 Students, Geographical Distribution 158 Summary of Facts about Gettysburg 20 LISTING FOR CORRESPONDENCE

Academic Information General Information Dr. David B. Potts, Dean of the College Dr. Allan C. Carlson, Assistant to the President Admissions Delwin K. Gustafson, Director of Admissions Health, Physical Education, and Athletics Dr. Richard T. Wescott, Chairman, Department Affairs Alumni of Health and Physical Education D. Smith, Director of Relations Robert Alumni Eugene M. Haas, Director of Intercollegiate Athletics Bursar Jay P. Brown, Bursar Library James H. Richards, Jr. Librarian Career Services Dea Forney, Director of Career Services Public Relations Central Pennsylvania Consortium Paul D. Mangan, News Bureau Director G. Ronald Couchman, Registrar Bernadine Dorich, Director of Public Relations Records and Transcripts Chaplain G. Ronald Couchman, Registrar The Rev. Karl J. Mattson, Chaplain

Student Accounts College Relations John J. Schlegel, Business Manager Richard Page Allen, Vice President for College Relations Student Affairs Counseling Services Dr. Frank B. Williams, Dean of Student Life Dr. William H. Jones, Coordinator of and Educational Services Counseling Mailing Address Financial Aid Gettysburg College Salvatore Ciolino, Director of Financial Aid Gettysburg, Pennsylvania 17325

General College Policy Telephone Number Dr. Charles E. Glassick, President Area Code 717/334-3131

Gettysburg College does not engage in illegal discrimination in its programs, activities, and policies against students, prospective students, employees, or prospective employees, on account of race, color, religion, ethnic or national origin, age, personal handicap, or sex. Such policy is in compliance with the requirements of Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972, the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, and all other applicable federal, state, and local statutes, ordinances, and regulations. Inquiries concerning the application of any of these laws may be directed to the Affirmative Action Officer at the College or to the Director of the Office for Civil Rights, Department of Education, Washington, D. C. for laws, such as Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972 and the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, administered by that department.

Gettysburg College is accredited by the Middle States Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools. rs

*~ .> ro w>, gci_ it w ^ m 5

80 0) « V) v (0 o ° s 0) o c o lu a.

in

< Q. O CC Z> CD >CO

LU en CD oUl" at _i O_i o CD CL

CO H >CO h- LiJ CD